You are on page 1of 160

BY APPOINTMENT TO BY APPOINTMENT TO BY APPOINTMENT TO

HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH


HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH II HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES
THE QUEEN MOTHER
MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS
JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY

2.0L/2.5L/3.0L
Electrical Guide

2.5L & 3.0L – 2003-2004 Model Year;


2.0L – 2003-2004 Model Year

Published by Parts and Service Communications


Jaguar Cars Limited

Publication Part Number – JJM 10 38 20 / 22


Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Table of Contents

Table of Contents: Figures ................................................................................................................... 2 – 3

Abbreviations and Acronyms ............................................................................................................... 4

Introduction ........................................................................................................................................ 5

Component Index ............................................................................................................................... 6 – 9

User Instructions ............................................................................................................................... 10 – 11

Symbols and Codes ........................................................................................................................... 12 – 14

Network Configuration ...................................................................................................................... 15

Relay and Fuse Location .................................................................................................................... 16

Fuse Box Connectors ......................................................................................................................... 17

Main Power Distribution ................................................................................................................... 18

Harness Layout ................................................................................................................................. 19

Ground Point Location ...................................................................................................................... 20

Control Module Location ................................................................................................................... 21

Control Module Pin Identification ...................................................................................................... 22 – 27

Electrical Guide Figures and Data ............................................................................ follows after page 27


(pages are numbered by Figure number)

Appendix (CAN and SCP Messages) ................................................................... follows Figures and Data

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001 1


Table of Contents: Figures Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

FIGURES
Fig. Description Variant

01 Power Distribution
Fig. 01.1 ...... Main Power Distribution ............................................................................ All Vehicles
Fig. 01.2 ...... Battery Power Distribution ......................................................................... All Vehicles
Fig. 01.3 ...... Ignition Switched Power Distribution: I (Accessory) ..................................... All Vehicles
Fig. 01.4 ...... Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run) ............................................. All Vehicles
Fig. 01.5 ...... Ignition Switched Power Distribution: Battery Saver .................................... All Vehicles
Fig. 01.6 ...... Engine Management System Switched Power Distribution ........................... All Vehicles

02 Battery; Starter; Generator


Fig. 02.1 ...... Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.5L & 3.0L ...................................................... 2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles
Fig. 02.2 ...... Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.0L ................................................................. 2.0L Vehicles

03 Engine Management
Fig. 03.1 ...... Engine Management: 2.5L & 3.0L – Part 1 ................................................... 2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles
Fig. 03.2 ...... Engine Management: 2.5L & 3.0L – Part 2 ................................................... 2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles
Fig. 03.3 ...... Engine Management: 2.0L – Part 1 ............................................................. 2.0L Vehicles
Fig. 03.4 ...... Engine Management: 2.0L – Part 2 ............................................................. 2.0L Vehicles

04 Transmission
Fig. 04.1 ...... Automatic and Manual Transmissions: Early Production ............................. 2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles
Fig. 04.2 ...... Automatic and Manual Transmissions: Later Production ............................. All Vehicles (Later Production)
Fig. 04.3 ...... Automatic and Manual Transmissions: Later Production VIN D15361 ➞ ..... All Vehicles (Later Production)

05 Chassis
Fig. 05.1 ...... Anti-Lock Braking ...................................................................................... 2.5L & 3.0L ABS Vehicles
Fig. 05.2 ...... Dynamic Stability Control .......................................................................... DSC Vehicles
Fig. 05.3 ...... Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control ........................................................... 2.0L ABS/TC Vehicles

06 Climate Control
Fig. 06.1 ...... Manual Climate Control System; Glass Heaters ........................................... Manual Climate Control Vehicles
Fig. 06.2 ...... Automatic Climate Control System; Glass Heaters ....................................... Automatic Climate Control Vehicles

07 Instrumentation
Fig. 07.1 ...... Instrument Cluster ..................................................................................... All Vehicles
Fig. 07.2 ...... Audible Warnings ...................................................................................... All Vehicles

08 Exterior Lighting
Fig. 08.1 ...... Exterior Lighting: Front – Autolamps .......................................................... Autolamp Vehicles
Fig. 08.2 ...... Exterior Lighting: Front – Non Autolamps; .................................................. Non Autolamp Vehicles;
Exterior Lighting: Front – Daytime Running Lamps ...................................... Daytime Running Lamp Vehicles
Fig. 08.3 ...... Exterior Lighting: Rear ................................................................................ All Vehicles
Fig. 08.4 ...... Exterior Lighting: Rear – European Trailer Towing ....................................... EUR Trailer Towing Vehicles
Fig. 08.5 ...... Exterior Lighting: Rear – U.K. Trailer Towing ............................................... U.K. Trailer Towing Vehicles
Fig. 08.6 ...... Exterior Lighting: Rear – NAS Trailer Towing ............................................... NAS Trailer Towing Vehicles
Fig. 08.7 ...... Headlamp Leveling .................................................................................... Headlamp Leveling Vehicles

09 Interior Lighting
Fig. 09.1 ...... Interior Lighting ......................................................................................... All Vehicles
Fig. 09.2 ...... Dimmer-Controlled Lighting ....................................................................... All Vehicles

10 Steering; Mirrors; Heaters


Fig. 10.1 ...... Variable Assist Steering; Electrochromic Rear View Mirror ........................... All Vehicles
Fig. 10.2 ...... Door Mirrors: Movement, Fold-Back .......................................................... All Vehicles

2 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Table of Contents: Figures

FIGURES
Fig. Description Variant

11 Seat Systems
Fig. 11.1 ...... Powered Seats: 8-Way Movement .............................................................. 8-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
Fig. 11.2 ...... Powered Seats: 2-Way Movement .............................................................. 2-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
Fig. 11.3 ...... Seat Heaters .............................................................................................. Heated Seat Vehicles

12 Door Locking; Security


Fig. 12.1 ...... Central Door Locking: Double Locking ....................................................... Double Locking Vehicles
Fig. 12.2 ...... Central Door Locking: Non Double Locking ................................................ Non Double Locking Vehicles
Fig. 12.3 ...... Security System ......................................................................................... All Vehicles

13 Wash / Wipe
Fig. 13.1 ...... Wash / Wipe System .................................................................................. Non Rain Sensing Vehicles
Fig. 13.2 ...... Wash / Wipe System with Rain Sensing ....................................................... Rain Sensing Vehicles

14 Powered Windows; Sliding Roof


Fig. 14.1 ...... Powered Windows: LHD ............................................................................ LHD Vehicles
Fig. 14.2 ...... Powered Windows: RHD ........................................................................... RHD Vehicles
Fig. 14.3 ...... Sliding Roof ............................................................................................... Sliding Roof Vehicles

15 In-Car Entertainment
Fig. 15.1 ...... In-Car Entertainment: Standard .................................................................. Standard ICE Vehicles
Fig. 15.2 ...... In-Car Entertainment: Premium ................................................................. Premium ICE Vehicles

16 Telematics
Fig. 16.1 ...... Telephone System: ROW ........................................................................... ROW Vehicles
Fig. 16.2 ...... Telephone System: NAS ............................................................................. NAS Vehicles
Fig. 16.3 ...... Telephone System with Voice: ROW .......................................................... ROW Vehicles
Fig. 16.4 ...... Telephone System with Voice: NAS ............................................................ NAS Vehicles
Fig. 16.5 ...... Voice Control System ................................................................................. Voice Only Vehicles
Fig. 16.6 ...... Navigation System (except Japan) ............................................................... NAV Vehicles except Japan
Fig. 16.7 ...... Navigation System: Japan ........................................................................... Japan NAV Vehicles

17 Occupant Protection
Fig. 17.1 ...... Advanced Restraint System ........................................................................ All Vehicles

18 Driver Assist
Fig. 18.1 ...... Parking Aid System .................................................................................... Parking Aid Vehicles

19 Ancillaries
Fig. 19.1 ...... Ancillaries: Horn, Cigar Lighter, Accessory Connectors,
Garage Door Opener ................................................................................. All Vehicles

20 Vehicle Multiplex Systems


Fig. 20.1 ...... Controller Area Network ............................................................................ All Vehicles
Fig. 20.2 ...... Standard Corporate Protocol Network; Serial Data Link .............................. All Vehicles
Fig. 20.3 ...... D2B Network: Part 1 ................................................................................. All Vehicles
Fig. 20.4 ...... D2B Network: Part 2 ................................................................................. All Vehicles

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001 3


Abbreviations and Acronyms Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

The following abbreviations and acronyms are used throughout this Electrical Guide:
A/C Air Conditioning
A/CCM Air Conditioning Control Module
ABS Anti-Lock Braking
ABS/TC Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control
APP SENSOR Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
APP1 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Element 1
APP2 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Element 2
AUTO Automatic Transmission
B+ Battery Voltage
BANK 1 RH Cylinder Bank (Cylinders 1, 3, 5)
BANK 2 LH Cylinder Bank (Cylinders 2, 4, 6)
CAN Controller Area Network
CKP SENSOR Crankshaft Position Sensor
CM Control Module
CMP SENSOR / 1 Camshaft Position Sensor / Bank 1
CMP SENSOR / 2 Camshaft Position Sensor / Bank 2
D2B Fiber Optic Network
DSC Dynamic Stability Control
ECM Engine Control Module
ECT SENSOR Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor
EFT SENSOR Engine Fuel Temperature Sensor
EGT SENSOR Exhaust Gas Temperature Sensor
EOT SENSOR Engine Oil Temperature Sensor
EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE Evaporative Emission Canister Close Valve
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Valve
FTP SENSOR Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
GECM General Electronic Control Module
GPS Global Positioning System
HID High Intensity Discharge
HO2 SENSOR 1 / 1 Heated Oxygen Sensor – Bank 1 / Upstream
HO2 SENSOR 1 / 2 Heated Oxygen Sensor – Bank 1 / Downstream
HO2 SENSOR 2 / 1 Heated Oxygen Sensor – Bank 2 / Upstream
HO2 SENSOR 2 / 2 Heated Oxygen Sensor – Bank 2 / Downstream
IAT SENSOR Intake Air Temperature Sensor
ICE In-Car Entertainment System
IMT VALVE / 1 Intake Manifold Tuning Valve / Top
IMT VALVE / 2 Intake Manifold Tuning Valve / Bottom
IC Instrument Cluster
IP SENSOR Injection Pressure Sensor
KS Knock Sensor
LH Left Hand
LHD Left Hand Drive
MAF SENSOR Mass Air Flow Sensor
MAN Manual Transmission
MAP SENSOR Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
N/A Normally Aspirated
NAS North American Specification
PATS Passive Anti-Theft System
PWM Pulse Width Modulated
RH Right Hand
RHD Right Hand Drive
ROW Rest of World
SCP Standard Corporate Protocol Network
TCM Transmission Control Module
TP SENSOR Throttle Position Sensor
TP1 Throttle Position Sensor Element 1
TP2 Throttle Position Sensor Element 2
TURN Turn Signal
TV Television
V6 V6 Engine
VEMS Vehicle Emergency Message System
VICS Vehicle Information Control System
VVT VALVE / 1 Variable Valve Timing Valve / Bank 1
VVT VALVE / 2 Variable Valve Timing Valve / Bank 2
+ve Positive
–ve Negative
–ve BUS Central Junction Fuse Box Ground Bus

4 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Introduction

Electrical Guide Format


This Electrical Guide is made up of two major sections. The first section, at the front of the book, provides general information for and about
the use of the book, and information and illustrations to aid in the understanding of the Jaguar X-TYPE electrical / electronic systems, as well
as the location and identification of components.

The second section includes the Figures, which are the basis of the book. Each Figure is identified by a Figure Number (i.e. Fig. 01.1) and
Title, and is accompanied by a page of data containing information specific to that Figure.

It is recommended that the user read through the front section of the book to develop a familiarity with the layout of the book and with the
system of symbols and abbreviations used. The Table of Contents should help to guide the user.

Vehicle Identification Numbers (VIN)


VIN ranges are presented throughout the book in the following manner:

➞ VIN 123456 indicates “up to VIN 123456”; VIN 123456 ➞ indicates “from VIN 123456 on”.

Jaguar X-TYPE Electrical System Architecture


Power Supplies
The Jaguar X-TYPE electrical system is a supply-side switched system. The ignition switch directly carries much of the ignition switched power
supply load. Power supply is provided via three methods: direct battery power supply, ignition switched power supply, and “Battery Saver”
power supply. The “Battery Saver” power supply circuit is controlled via GECM (General Electronic Control Module) internal timer circuits.
Refer to Figure 01.5 for circuit activation details.

Fuse Boxes
The electrical harness incorporates a hard-wired Power Distribution Fuse Box in the engine compartment and a serviceable Central Junction
Fuse Box in the front left-hand foot well. All fuses and relays (except the trailer towing accessory kit) are located in the two fuse boxes.

Vehicle Networks
The Jaguar X-TYPE employs three different networks: a CAN (Controller Area Network) for high-speed powertrain communications, an SCP
(Standard Corporate Protocol) network for slower speed body systems communications, and a D2B (Optical) Network for very high-speed
“real-time” audio data transfer. The D2B Network is a fiber optic network with a gateway to the remaining vehicle networks via the Audio
Unit (Radio Head Unit). Technician access to the three networks and the Serial Data Link is via the Data Link Connector.

Ground Studs
Circuit ground connections are made at body studs located throughout the vehicle. There are no separate power and logic grounding systems;
however, there are a certain number of components that use unique ground points.

X-TYPE INSTRUMENT PANEL

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001 5


Component Index Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Accessory Power Relay .......................................................... Fig. 01.3 Cabin Accessory Connector ................................................... Fig. 19.1
Active Security Sounder ......................................................... Fig. 12.3 Capacitor (ABS / DSC / TC) ..................................................... Fig. 05.1
Air Conditioning Blower Relay ............................................... Fig. 06.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 05.2
Air Conditioning Blower Relay ............................................... Fig. 06.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 05.3
Caravan Connector ................................................................ Fig. 08.5
Air Conditioning Compressor Clutch ...................................... Fig. 03.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4 CD Autochanger .................................................................... Fig. 15.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 15.2
Air Conditioning Compressor Clutch Relay ............................. Fig. 03.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.3
Air Conditioning Control Module (Automatic, Panel) .............. Fig. 06.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 20.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1 Cellular Phone Control Module .............................................. Fig. 16.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2
Air Conditioning Control Module (Manual, Panel) .................. Fig. 06.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 20.3
Air Conditioning Control Module (Remote) ............................. Fig. 06.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 20.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1 Central Junction Fuse Box ...................................................... Fig. 01.1
Air Conditioning Pressure Sensor ........................................... Fig. 03.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 01.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4 ............................................................................................. Fig. 01.3
Air Temperature Blend Actuator ............................................ Fig. 06.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 01.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 01.5
Airbag Deactivated Indicator Lamp – Passenger ...................... Fig. 17.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 03.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
Ambient Temperature Sensor ................................................. Fig. 06.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4
Antenna Module .................................................................... Fig. 15.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 05.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 15.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 05.2
Anti-Lock Braking System Control Module .............................. Fig. 05.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 05.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 06.1
Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control Control Module ............. Fig. 05.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.1
APP Sensor ............................................................................ Fig. 03.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.3
Audio Control Switches ......................................................... Fig. 15.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 15.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.5 Cigar Lighter .......................................................................... Fig. 09.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 19.1
Audio Unit ............................................................................ Fig. 09.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3 CKP Sensor ............................................................................ Fig. 03.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 15.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 15.2 Clutch Cancel Switch ............................................................. Fig. 03.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 04.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4 ............................................................................................. Fig. 04.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.5 Clutch Pedal Safety Switch ..................................................... Fig. 02.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 04.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.4 ............................................................................................. Fig. 04.3
Autolamps Sensor .................................................................. Fig. 08.1 CMP Sensors ......................................................................... Fig. 03.1
Automatic Transmission ......................................................... Fig. 04.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2 Cooling Fans .......................................................................... Fig. 03.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4
Battery Saver Relay ................................................................ Fig. 01.5 Cooling Fan Module .............................................................. Fig. 03.2
Battery .................................................................................. Fig. 01.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 02.1 Curtain Airbag Igniters ........................................................... Fig. 17.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2 Data Link Connector .............................................................. Fig. 20.1
Blower (Automatic) ................................................................ Fig. 06.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2
Blower (Manual) .................................................................... Fig. 06.1 Defrost Door Actuator ........................................................... Fig. 06.1
Blower Series Resistor ............................................................ Fig. 06.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2
Brake Cancel Switch .............................................................. Fig. 03.2 Dip Beam Relay ..................................................................... Fig. 08.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2
Brake Fluid Switch ................................................................. Fig. 07.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.7
Brake On / Off Switch ............................................................ Fig. 03.1 Discharge Temperature Sensor ............................................... Fig. 06.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4 Door Courtesy Lamps ............................................................ Fig. 09.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 05.1 Door Latch Assembly – LH Front ............................................ Fig. 07.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 05.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 09.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 05.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.4 ............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5 ............................................................................................. Fig. 14.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6 ............................................................................................. Fig. 14.2
Brake Pressure Sensor ............................................................ Fig. 05.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 14.3

6 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Component Index

Door Latch Assembly – RH Front ............................................ Fig. 07.2 Fuel Pump (2.5L & 3.0L) ......................................................... Fig. 03.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 09.1 Fuel Pump (2.0L) ................................................................... Fig. 03.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1 Fuel Pump Module (2.5L & 3.0L) ............................................ Fig. 03.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3 Fuel Pump Relay (2.0L) .......................................................... Fig. 03.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 14.3 General Electronic Control Module ........................................ Fig. 01.5
Door Latch Assemblies – Rear ................................................ Fig. 09.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 02.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 07.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 07.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.1
Door Mirrors ......................................................................... Fig. 06.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 10.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.4
Door Switch Pack – Driver ..................................................... Fig. 09.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5
............................................................................................. Fig. 10.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6
............................................................................................. Fig. 14.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 09.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 14.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1
Door Switch Pack – Passenger ................................................ Fig. 09.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 14.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 14.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 13.1
Door Switch Packs – Rear ....................................................... Fig. 09.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 14.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 14.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 14.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 14.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 14.3
Dual Airbag Igniters ............................................................... Fig. 17.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 19.1
Dynamic Stability Control Control Module ............................. Fig. 05.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2
Dynamic Stability Control Switch ........................................... Fig. 05.2 Generator .............................................................................. Fig. 02.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2
ECT Sensor ............................................................................ Fig. 03.1 Glove Box Lamp .................................................................... Fig. 08.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2
EFT Sensor ............................................................................. Fig. 03.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 09.1
Electrochromic Rear View Mirror ........................................... Fig. 10.1 Handset Receiver (NAS) ......................................................... Fig. 16.2
EMS Control Relay ................................................................. Fig. 01.6 ............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4
Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L) ...................................... Fig. 02.1 Handset Receiver (ROW) ........................................................ Fig. 16.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.2 Hazard Switch ....................................................................... Fig. 08.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1 Hazard, Seat Heater Switches ................................................. Fig. 09.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2
Headlamp Leveling Control Module ....................................... Fig. 08.7
Engine Control Module (2.0L) ................................................. Fig. 02.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.1 Headlamp Units .................................................................... Fig. 08.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.7
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3 Heated Rear Window ............................................................ Fig. 06.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 15.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 15.2
EOT Sensor ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3 Heated Rear Window Relay ................................................... Fig. 06.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2
EVAP Canister Close Valve ..................................................... Fig. 03.1
EVAP Canister Purge Valve .................................................... Fig. 03.1 High Mount Stop Lamp .......................................................... Fig. 08.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5
Evaporator Temperature Sensor ............................................. Fig. 06.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6
Evaporator Temperature Sensor ............................................. Fig. 06.2 HO2 Sensors ......................................................................... Fig. 03.1
Fog Lamps ............................................................................. Fig. 08.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2 Hood Security Switch ............................................................. Fig. 12.3
Fold Flat Module ................................................................... Fig. 10.2 Horn Relay ............................................................................ Fig. 12.3
Footwell Lamps ..................................................................... Fig. 09.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 19.1
Fresh / Recirculation Flap Actuator ......................................... Fig. 06.1 Horn Switch .......................................................................... Fig. 19.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2 Horns .................................................................................... Fig. 12.3
Front Axle Sensor .................................................................. Fig. 08.7 ............................................................................................. Fig. 19.1
Front Impact Sensor .............................................................. Fig. 17.1 Idle Speed Control Valve ........................................................ Fig. 03.3
FTP Sensor ............................................................................ Fig. 03.1 Ignition Capacitor .................................................................. Fig. 03.2
Fuel Injectors ......................................................................... Fig. 03.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4 Ignition Modules and Coils ..................................................... Fig. 03.2
Fuel Level Sensors ................................................................. Fig. 07.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4
Ignition Relay ........................................................................ Fig. 01.4

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001 7


Component Index Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Ignition Switch ....................................................................... Fig. 01.1 Navigation GPS Antenna ........................................................ Fig. 16.6
............................................................................................. Fig. 01.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 16.7
............................................................................................. Fig. 01.4 Oil Pressure Switch ................................................................ Fig. 07.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 02.1
Output Speed Sensor ............................................................. Fig. 04.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.1 Panel / Floor Actuator ............................................................ Fig. 06.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.3 Parking Aid Control Module ................................................... Fig. 18.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 07.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1 Parking Aid Sensors ............................................................... Fig. 18.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2 Parking Aid Sounder .............................................................. Fig. 18.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3
Passive Anti-Theft System Transceiver .................................... Fig. 02.1
IMT Solenoid Valves .............................................................. Fig. 03.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3
In-Car Temperature Sensor .................................................... Fig. 06.2 Passive Security Sounder ........................................................ Fig. 12.3
Inclination Sensor .................................................................. Fig. 12.3 Power Distribution Fuse Box .................................................. Fig. 01.1
Inertia Switch ........................................................................ Fig. 01.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 01.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 01.4 ............................................................................................. Fig. 01.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 01.6
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 02.1
Instrument Cluster ................................................................. Fig. 02.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 03.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 07.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 03.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 07.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 04.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 10.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 04.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 06.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.7
IP Sensor ............................................................................... Fig. 03.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 13.1
J Gate Assembly ..................................................................... Fig. 04.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 19.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 07.2 Power Wash Pump ................................................................ Fig. 13.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1 Power Wash Pump Relay ....................................................... Fig. 13.1
JaguarNet GPS Antenna ......................................................... Fig. 16.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2 Rain Sensing Control Module ................................................. Fig. 13.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3 Rain Sensor ........................................................................... Fig. 13.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4 Rear Axle Sensor .................................................................... Fig. 08.7
Knock Sensor ........................................................................ Fig. 03.1 Rear Interior Lamp ................................................................. Fig. 09.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
Restraints Control Module ..................................................... Fig. 07.1
License Plate Lamps ............................................................... Fig. 08.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 07.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.4 ............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5
Reverse Lamps Relay .............................................................. Fig. 08.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6
Reverse Lamps Switch ............................................................ Fig. 04.1
MAF Sensor ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.3
Main Beam / Front Fog Relay .................................................. Fig. 08.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2
Roof Console ......................................................................... Fig. 09.1
MAP Sensor ........................................................................... Fig. 03.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3
Master Lighting Switch ........................................................... Fig. 07.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 14.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 16.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.4 ............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5 ............................................................................................. Fig. 16.5
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6 ............................................................................................. Fig. 16.7
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.7 ............................................................................................. Fig. 19.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 09.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2
Mid Bass Speakers ................................................................. Fig. 15.2 Seat Back Heaters .................................................................. Fig. 11.3
Navigation Control Module .................................................... Fig. 16.1 Seat Belt Pretensioner Igniters ................................................ Fig. 17.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2 Seat Belt Switches .................................................................. Fig. 17.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3
Seat Cushion Heaters ............................................................. Fig. 11.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.6 Seat Heater Modules .............................................................. Fig. 11.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.7 Seat Heater Switches ............................................................. Fig. 11.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.2 Seat Lumbar Pumps ............................................................... Fig. 11.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.3 Seat Lumbar Switch Packs ...................................................... Fig. 11.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.4

8 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Component Index

Seat Movement Motors .......................................................... Fig. 11.1 Transmission Control Module ................................................ Fig. 04.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 11.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2
Seat Position Switch – Driver .................................................. Fig. 17.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 04.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1
Seat Switch Packs .................................................................. Fig. 11.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 11.2 Transmission Range Sensor .................................................... Fig. 02.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2
Seat Weight Pressure Sensor – Passenger ................................ Fig. 17.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.1
Seat Weight Sensing Control Module – Passenger ................... Fig. 17.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2
Security Indicator .................................................................. Fig. 12.3 Trunk Accessory Connector ................................................... Fig. 19.1
Side Airbag Igniters ................................................................ Fig. 17.1 Trunk Lamp ........................................................................... Fig. 09.1
Side Impact Sensors ............................................................... Fig. 17.1 Trunk Lock Motor .................................................................. Fig. 09.1
Side Marker Lamp – Front ...................................................... Fig. 08.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 12.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2
Side Marker Lamp – Rear ....................................................... Fig. 08.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 12.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6 Trunk Release Switch ............................................................. Fig. 12.1
Sliding Roof Control Module .................................................. Fig. 14.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 12.2
Solar Sensor .......................................................................... Fig. 06.2 Turn Repeaters ...................................................................... Fig. 08.1
Speakers ................................................................................ Fig. 15.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2
Speed Control Switches ......................................................... Fig. 03.2 Turn Signal Switch ................................................................. Fig. 07.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 03.4 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.2
Speed Control Control Module .............................................. Fig. 03.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.3
Starter Motor ......................................................................... Fig. 02.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5
Starter Relay .......................................................................... Fig. 02.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6
............................................................................................. Fig. 02.2 Tweeters ............................................................................... Fig. 15.2
Steering Angle Sensor ............................................................ Fig. 05.2 Vacuum Module .................................................................... Fig. 05.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 05.2
Steering Wheel ...................................................................... Fig. 09.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 05.3
Sub Woofer ........................................................................... Fig. 15.2 Vacuum Pump ....................................................................... Fig. 05.1
Tail Lamp Units ..................................................................... Fig. 08.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 05.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.4 ............................................................................................. Fig. 05.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5 Vanity Mirror Lamps .............................................................. Fig. 09.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6 Variable Assist Servo .............................................................. Fig. 10.1
TCM Relay ............................................................................. Fig. 04.1 Vehicle Information Antenna and Amplifier ........................... Fig. 16.7
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.2
Vehicle Information Control Module ...................................... Fig. 16.7
............................................................................................. Fig. 04.3
Vehicle Information Sensor .................................................... Fig. 16.7
Telematics Display ................................................................. Fig. 09.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.1 Voice Activation Control Module ........................................... Fig. 16.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 16.5
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4 ............................................................................................. Fig. 20.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.6 ............................................................................................. Fig. 20.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.7 VVT Solenoid Valves .............................................................. Fig. 03.1
Telephone Antenna, Bumper (NAS) ........................................ Fig. 16.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 03.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4 Washer Fluid Level Switch ..................................................... Fig. 07.1
Telephone Antenna, Bumper (ROW) ...................................... Fig. 16.1 Wheel Speed Sensors ............................................................. Fig. 05.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 05.2
Telephone Antenna, JaguarNet (NAS) ..................................... Fig. 16.2 ............................................................................................. Fig. 05.3
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.4 Window Motor Assemblies .................................................... Fig. 14.1
Telephone Antenna, JaguarNet (ROW) ................................... Fig. 16.1 ............................................................................................. Fig. 14.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 16.3 Windshield Heaters ............................................................... Fig. 06.1
Television Antennas and Amplifiers ........................................ Fig. 16.7 ............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2
Throttle Body ........................................................................ Fig. 03.1 Windshield Heater Relay ........................................................ Fig. 06.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 06.2
Throttle Motor ....................................................................... Fig. 03.1
Windshield Washer Pump ..................................................... Fig. 13.1
Throttle Motor Relay .............................................................. Fig. 03.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2
TP Sensor (2.5L & 3.0L) .......................................................... Fig. 03.1
Windshield Wiper Motor Relay .............................................. Fig. 13.1
TP Sensor (2.0L) ..................................................................... Fig. 03.3 ............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2
Traction Control Switch ......................................................... Fig. 05.3 Wiper Motor Assembly .......................................................... Fig. 13.1
Trailer Connector .................................................................. Fig. 08.4 ............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5 Wiper Switch Assembly .......................................................... Fig. 13.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6 ............................................................................................. Fig. 13.2
Trailer Towing Control Module .............................................. Fig. 08.4 Yaw Rate Sensor .................................................................... Fig. 05.2
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5 ............................................................................................. Fig. 20.1
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6
Trailer Towing Rear Accessory Connector ............................... Fig. 08.4
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.5
............................................................................................. Fig. 08.6
Transit Isolation Device .......................................................... Fig. 01.1

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001 9


User Instructions Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Figure and Data Page Layout


Figure Pages
Each Figure represents a specific electrical system of the vehicle. The Figures are arranged numerically by system (01 - Power Distribution,
02 - Battery; Starter; Generator, etc.) with variations in the system identified by a numeral following a decimal point (01.1, 01.2, etc.).
Refer to the Table of Contents: Figures for a complete list of the Figures.

The Figures 01 - Power Distribution detail the distribution of power to each of the systems. Numbered reference symbols refer the user
to a specific Figure and from a specific Figure back to the Power Distribution Figures. This method eliminates the need to include detailed
Power Distribution information on each of the Figures. The reference symbols are defined on page 12.

Each Figure appears on a right-hand page with a corresponding Data page to the left. The Figure and Data pages are folding pages. The user
must fold out both pages in order to access all the information provided.

Data Pages
The Data page includes information to assist the user in identifying and locating components, connectors and grounds. This information is
supplemented by the illustrations in this front section of the book.

When network data is required for the understanding of a particular circuit, the user is directed to the Appendix.

Most circuits that incorporate a control module include pinout information. The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be
expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. This information
is provided to assist the user in understanding circuit operation and should be used FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

10 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L User Instructions

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION FIGURE NUMBER COMPONENT, CONNECTOR AND
GROUND INFORMATION

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 02.1


General Electronic Control Module
COMPONENTS
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
S IP5-18 SCP –
S IP5-19 SCP + BATTERY — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT
CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH PA5 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL

I IP6-8 KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L) EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
CA87 23-WAY / GREEN
Instrument Cluster IP5 23-WAY / BROWN
 Pin Description and Characteristic IP6 23-WAY / WHITE
JB172 23-WAY / BLUE
D IP10-3 PATS 1: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
GENERATOR EN49 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE BANK 1, FRONT
D IP10-4 PATS 2: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
I IP10-5 PATS GROUND: GROUND
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / YELLOW INSTRUMENT PANEL
O IP10-6 PATS TRANSCEIVER POWER: B+
IP11 26-WAY / YELLOW
C IP10-17 CAN +
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER IP15 4-WAY / GREEN STEERING COLUMN, IGNITION SWITCH
C IP10-18 CAN –
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
S IP10-22 SCP +
STARTER MOTOR (EARLY PRODUCTION) ST2 1-WAY EYELET ENGINE BLOCK RH SIDE
S IP10-23 SCP –
ST3 1-WAY EYELET
STARTER MOTOR (LATER PRODUCTION) EN700 1-WAY EYELET ENGINE BLOCK RH SIDE
I IP11-7 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ ST2 1-WAY EYELET
I IP11-8 POWER GROUND: GROUND STARTER RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R10
I IP11-11 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR JB156 10-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION

Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L)


HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Connector Connector Description Location
I EN16-006 ENGINE CRANK: B+
EN700 1-WAY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS STARTER SOLENOID
I EN16-031 PARK / NEUTRAL SWITCH (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
I EN16-031 CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH (MANUAL TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
O EN16-041 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

I EN16-053 GENERATOR CHARGE: VARIABLE VOLTAGE JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
O EN16-065 GENERATOR FIELD RETURN SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE BY GENERATOR OPERATING CONDITION JB145 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
I EN16-079 GENERATOR LOAD: B+ = NORMAL, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON; GROUND = GENERATOR FAILURE, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON
C EN16-123 CAN –
GROUNDS
C EN16-124 CAN +
Ground Location
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. G13 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK
G16 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER BATTERY TRAY
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

DATE OF ISSUE

DATA PAGE

FIGURE MODEL RANGE AND YEAR TITLE FIGURE NUMBER

Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.5L & 3.0L Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.5L & 3.0L Fig. 02.1

B
G12A B
7
B JB160
G12B

BATTERY
G13AS G16AS

KEY-IN
B
IP18-5
I
R
4
IP18-4 STARTER
II RELAY
R10 4

OY 3 5 Y Y Y
28
III JB1-42
Y Y Y Y 1 2 GO GO
IP18-7 JB129-11 JBS34

IGNITION SWITCH
(III) P
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
39 N N
II
JB156-10 B (AUTO)
JB156-6 Y (1)
ST3 EN700-1

Y (2)
TRANSMISSION EN700
RANGE SENSOR
(ROW) U (ROW) B

ST2 B
14 GO (NAS) RW W (NAS) B (MAN)
II PA5-1 PA5-2
JB2-16 JB2-12
STARTER MOTOR
NOTATION:
CLUTCH PEDAL (1) Early production vehicles
SAFETY SWITCH (2) Later production vehicles

B I S Y
20.2
IP6-8 IP5-19
O.K. TO START
S U
20.2
IP5-18

SECURITY

GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE

S Y
20.2
O B IP10-22 GO O START
61 ENGINE
IP11-7 S U JB1-40 EN16-41 41 GR B
20.2 II
GR Y Y CRANK
15 B IP10-23 I ENGINE
EN49-2 ST4
II REQUEST
IP11-11 JB1-34 EN16-6
PASSIVE
ANTI-THEFT B I P, N
SYSTEM JB145-5 EN16-31 OG
O FIELD
EN16-65 EN49-3

I RG CHARGE
G EN16-53 EN49-1
PATS POWER
IP10-6 I U GENERATOR
G LOAD
C 20.1 20.1
G C EN16-79 EN49-4
IP10-18 EN16-123
O.K. TO START GENERATOR WARNING
O D Y
20.1 20.1
Y C GENERATOR
C
IP15-4 IP10-4 IP10-17 EN16-124
G WG D
IP15-1 IP15-3 IP10-3
B
PATS GROUND
IP15-2 IP10-5

PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER B P
IP11-8
NOTE: ECM power supplies and
G37AL grounds shown on Fig. 03.1.
(G36BL)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: 2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

KEY TO REFERENCE SYMBOLS VARIANT, VIN RANGE AND


FIGURE PAGE DATE OF ISSUE

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001 11


Symbols and Codes Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

NOTE: In the examples on this page, an ‘X’ is used where a number would appear on an actual Figure.

Reference Symbols Control Module Pin Symbols


X Battery power supply I Input C CAN network

X Ignition switched auxiliary power supply (key I) O Output S SCP network


I

X Ignition switched power supply (key II, III) B


+ Battery voltage D
2 D2B network
II

X Ignition switched Battery Saver power supply P Power ground D Serial and encoded data
B

X Engine Management System power supply + Sensor/signal supply V *


E

XX.X Figure number reference – Sensor/signal ground **

CAN Controller Area Network

SCP Standard Corporate Protocol network * May also indicate Reference Voltage.
D2B D2B network ** May also indicate Reference Ground or Logic Ground.
Refer to Control Module Pin-Out Information.

Wiring Symbols
Splice Motor

Simplified splice Potentiometer

Bulb
Power distribution box terminal

Capacitor

Pressure transducer

Connector
Resistor

Diode Solenoid

Suppression diode
Eyelet and stud

Suppression resistor

Fuse
Thermistor

Ground
Transistor

Hall effect sensor H Wire continued

Light emitting diode (LED) Zener diode

12 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Symbols and Codes

Harness Codes Wiring Color Codes

AC Climate Control N Brown O Orange


AL LH Side Airbag B Black S Slate
AR RH Side Airbag W White L Light
BL LH Rear Door K Pink U Blue
BR RH Rear Door G Green P Purple
CA Cabin R Red BRD Braid
EN Engine Y Yellow BOF Fiber optic (D2B Network)
FB Front Bumper
Code Numbering
FL LH Front Door
FR RH Front Door When numbering connectors, grounds and splices, Jaguar Engineer-
ing uses a three-position format: AC001, AC002, etc. Because space
FT Fuel Tank
is limited in this Electrical Guide the codes have, in most cases, been
GC Cooling Pack shortened. Thus AC001-001 becomes AC1-1, AC002-001 becomes
IL Injector Rail AC2-1, etc.
IP Instrument Panel
JB Junction Box
LF LH Front Wheel Speed Sensor
LR LH Rear Wheel Speed Sensor
LS LH Front Seat
NA Navigation System
PA Pedals
PH Telephone
RB Rear Bumper
RC Roof Console
RF RH Front Wheel Speed Sensor
RR RH Rear Wheel Speed Sensor
RS RH Front Seat
TL Trunk Lid
TM Trunk Main
VM Vacuum Module
VP Vacuum Pump

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001 13


Symbols and Codes Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Grounds
There may be up to three eyelets on one ground stud. A, B and C are used to indicate the position of the eyelet on the stud: A – first (bottom),
B – second (middle), C – third (top). Two eyelet variations are used: a single eyelet and an eyelet pair. The single eyelet has a single ‘leg’,
which is identified by an S; the eyelet pair has two ‘legs’, identified as L (left) or R (right).
S L R

SINGLE EYELET EYELET PAIR


EXAMPLE:

Ground Ground
Ground stud number 15 Ground stud number 30

G15AS G30CR

Single eyelet Eyelet pair, RH leg


First eyelet on stud Third eyelet on stud

On figures where LHD and RHD circuits are combined and the ground designation differs from LHD to RHD, the RHD ground is shown in
parentheses. If the ground designation is the same for LHD and RHD, only one ground designation is used.
EXAMPLE:

G15AR LHD Vehicles G30AS Same for LHD and RHD Vehicles
(G4AR)
RHD Vehicles

Relays
All relays are located in the Power Distribution Fuse Box and the Central Junction Fuse Box. Relays do not have a separate relay connector
(base). All relays use the ISO pin numbering system (1, 2, 3, 4, 5). Each relay in the vehicle is identified by a unique “R” number.
EXAMPLE: R6 4 R2
3 5 3 5

1 2 1 2

CHANGE-OVER RELAY NORMALLY OPEN RELAY

Fuses
All fuses are located in the Power Distribution Fuse Box and the Central Junction Fuse Box. Each fuse in the vehicle is identified by a unique
“F” number.
EXAMPLE:
F67 30A

Networks
In most instances, networks are shown as a broken grey line to indicate that there is network communication between the depicted control
modules. Refer to Figures 20.1, 20.2, 20.3 and 20.4 for circuit details.
EXAMPLE:
SCP

S Y Y S
20.2 MESSAGE(S) MESSAGE(S) 20.2
IP5-1 IP10-1

S U U S
20.2 MESSAGE(S) MESSAGE(S) 20.2
IP5-2 IP10-2

CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE

14 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Network Configuration

ABS, ABS/TC OR DSC


CONTROL MODULE VOICE ACTIVATION
CONTROL MODULE

ENGINE TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE
CELLULAR PHONE
CONTROL MODULE

AIR CONDITIONING
CONTROL MODULE
CD
AUTOCHANGER

DSC
YAW RATE SENSOR

AUDIO UNIT
HEADLAMP LEVELING NETWORK GATEWAY
CONTROL MODULE
RESTRAINTS
CONTROL MODULE

J GATE
D2B
PARKING AID
CONTROL MODULE
DSC
STEERING ANGLE NAVIGATION
SENSOR CONTROL MODULE

ROOF
CONSOLE
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
NETWORK GATEWAY

CAN SCP

SERIAL DATA LINK

DATA LINK CONNECTOR

CAN NETWORK
SCP NETWORK
D2B NETWORK
SERIAL DATA LINK

NOTE: TYPICAL NETWORK CONFIGURATION.


REFER TO FIGURES 20.1, 20.2, 20.3 AND 20.4 FOR CIRCUIT DETAILS.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001 15


Relay and Fuse Location Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

F32 F31 F30 F29 F10 F9 F7 F6 F5 F4 F3 F2 F1


5A 10A 30A 30A 20A 50A F8 50A 30A 30A 30A 60A 50A 20A
80A R1 WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR RELAY

F42 F41 F40 F39 F38 F37 F36 F19 F18 F17 F16 F15 F13
R2 WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY
D2
30A 10A 15A 5A 30A 15A 10A 15A 20A 20A 20A 30A 30A R3 HORN RELAY
R5 R4 ACCESSORY POWER RELAY
F28 F27 F26 F25 F24 F23 F22 F21 F20
15A 10A 15A 15A 15A 10A 20A 15A 5A
R5 POWER WASH PUMP RELAY

R9 R7 R6 A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY


R7 EMS CONTROL RELAY

R6 R8 TCM RELAY
R2 R1
R9 DIP BEAM RELAY
R10 STARTER RELAY
R10 R11 THROTTLE MOTOR RELAY (2.5L & 3.0L);
R11 R8
FUEL PUMP RELAY (2.0L)
R3
R4
FRONT OF VEHICLE

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

R15 R21
R19

R15 MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY


R16 NOT USED
R17 REVERSE LAMPS RELAY
R18 IGNITION RELAY
R20
R17
R19 HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY
R20 A/C BLOWER RELAY
R21 BATTERY SAVER RELAY

R18

F60 F61 F62 F63 F64 F66 F67


20A 20A 7.5A 7.5A 7.5A 30A 5A
F68
15A
F69 F70 F71 F72 F73 F74 F75 F77 F78
7.5A 30A 15A 15A 15A 15A 7.5A 7.5A 5A

79 F80 F81 F82 F83 F84 F85 F86 F87


10A 7.5A 20A 10A 15A 5A 7.5A 7.5A 15A

F90 F91 F92 F93 F94 F95 F96 F97 F98 F99
7.5A 10A 10A 30A 20A 10A 7.5A 7.5A 10A 10A

16 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Fuse Box Connectors

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX – FRONT CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX – REAR

JB50

1 2 CA76

IP4 CA75
3 4 1 8

14 8 1 4 9 16

7 1 5 8

IP2
16 9 JB52 CA77
8 1

1 2 1 2

IP1
CA78
14 8 IP3 JB51
1 8
7 1 1 8
2 1 9 16
9 16

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001 17


Main Power Distribution Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

BATTERY

– + GENERATOR
BATTERY CHASSIS GROUND
(UNDER BATTERY TRAY) –
STARTER
POWER DISTRIBUTION
FUSE BOX
BATTERY ENGINE GROUND

JUNCTION BOX HARNESS: JB ENGINE HARNESS: EN

CENTRAL JUNCTION
FUSE BOX

CABIN HARNESS: CA

18 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Harness Layout

FRONT BUMPER HARNESS: FB

VACUUM MODULE HARNESS: VM COOLING PACK HARNESS: GC

VACUUM PUMP HARNESS: VP


INJECTOR RAIL HARNESS: IJ

ENGINE HARNESS: EN

LH FRONT WHEEL RH FRONT WHEEL


SPEED SENSOR HARNESS: LF SPEED SENSOR HARNESS: RF

JUNCTION BOX HARNESS: JB PEDAL HARNESS: PA

AIR CONDITIONING HARNESS: AC

LH FRONT DOOR HARNESS: FL RH FRONT DOOR HARNESS: FR

INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS: IP RHD INSTRUMENT PACK


HARNESS DEVIATION
ROOF HARNESS: RC

CABIN HARNESS: CA
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
HARNESS: NA RH SEAT HARNESS: RS

LH SEAT HARNESS: LS

LH REAR DOOR HARNESS: BL RH REAR DOOR HARNESS: BR

TELEPHONE HARNESS: TL

LH REAR WHEEL RH REAR WHEEL


SPEED SENSOR HARNESS: LR SPEED SENSOR HARNESS: RR
TRUNK LID HARNESS: TL TRUNK MAIN HARNESS: TM

REAR BUMPER HARNESS: RB

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001 19


Ground Point Location Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

G32 – UNDER
LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY G18 – UNDER
(HID GROUND) RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY

G11 – UNDER G10 – UNDER


LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G17 – ON GENERATOR BRACKET
(A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
G16 – UNDER BATTERY TRAY GROUND)
(BATTERY CHASSIS GROUND)
G33 – BEHIND
RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
(HID GROUND)
G13 – ENGINE BLOCK
(BATTERY ENGINE GROUND)
G8 – RH FRONT
INNER WHEEL ARCH
G14 – REARWARD OF POWER
DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G36 – RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 – LH CROSS CAR BEAM
G5 – RH ‘A’ POST, LOWER

G15 – LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER G4 – RH ‘A’ POST, LOWER

G35 – LH ‘E’ POST, LOWER


(FUEL PUMP GROUND)

G38 – ROOF, TOP OF LH ‘E’ POST


(HIGH MOUNT
STOP LAMP GROUND)

G3 – LH ‘E’ POST
(HEATED REAR WINDOW
GROUND)

G39 – TRUNK, LH REAR

G40 – TRUNK, LH REAR

G1 – TRUNK, LH REAR

G2 – TRUNK, LH REAR

NOTE: UNIQUE GROUND STUDS ARE NOTED IN PARENTHESES.

20 DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Control Module Location

COOLING FAN MODULE


ABS, ABS/TC OR DSC
CONTROL MODULE
VACUUM MODULE

AIR CONDITIONING
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE
CONTROL MODULE (REMOTE)
(COMBINED WITH
CONTROL PANEL)

SPEED CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE

RAIN SENSING ENGINE CONTROL MODULE


CONTROL MODULE
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE
CONTROL MODULE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER: RHD
HEADLAMP LEVELING
CONTROL MODULE YAW RATE SENSOR
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER: LHD
J GATE MODULE

RESTRAINTS
CONTROL MODULE

LH SEAT HEATER MODULE RH SEAT HEATER MODULE

FUEL PUMP MODULE

TRAFFIC MASTER
CONTROL MODULE
CELLULAR PHONE
CONTROL MODULE
VOICE ACTIVATION
CONTROL MODULE
NAVIGATION
CONTROL MODULE
VEHICLE INFORMATION
CONTROL MODULE TRAILER TOWING MODULE

PARKING AID
CONTROL MODULE

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001 21


ENGINE CONTROL MODULE: 2.5L & 3.0L

22
EN16

EN16 / 134-WAY / BLACK


107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134
Y P RW G B — BG BO BG B — BO BW BW WU — G Y — — BW N N BR YG YG BG RW
81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
B B Y P — — GU GW GR — B U UY O B — — N — BG — R Y RG W R
55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
GO GO — — — — GU GW GR — OG UY O G N UY O — U — P Y — Y U G
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
B B B — WG BG — P Y OY OY B GO — BG GW BW BW YR YG — U WU GR RG B
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
RU RU — B B Y GO GO U GU — OY Y — — — B B BG BG — NR WG WG W WU N —

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE: 2.0L


Control Module Pin Identification

EN65

EN65 / 104-WAY / BLACK


79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104
Y UY I — — WG B G N G Y — B BW BW BO G RW G R GR — — B GO RU
53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78
N N BR GW GU — O B P Y GO B BG BO BG GO B OY OY — — UY B GO RU B
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52
N W BW GW BW — — GO U GU N BG W GU GW GR RG WU — UY U B — P Y B
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
BW WU BG B B Y U OG — — OY YG YG GU GW GR G B B BG NR WG WG — P Y

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE


Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

JB131

JB131 / 54-WAY / BLUE


18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
R B O N N G G — W B R O UY N U G — —
36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19
WU — Y Y — — U — — Y G W N — — N B —
54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37
WU Y G — — — — OY O BW U — Y — — W B —

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


DSCCONTROL MODULE ABS OR ABS/TC CONTROL MODULE

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


JB185 JB45 / JB197
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

JB45 / 42-WAY / BROWN (ABS CONTROL MODULE)


JB185 / 42-WAY / BLUE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
B R — — B R — — — —
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
B R — — B R — — — — 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
— W GB WU NR WR — — — — — — GW Y — —
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
— W GB WU NR WR — — — — U* — GW Y B WG 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
— N — NG WG GO — — — — — — — G — —
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
B N — NG WG GO — — — — — — GW G — GB

* B – early production vehicles.


JB197 / 42-WAY / BROWN (ABS/TC CONTROL MODULE)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
B R — — B R — — — —
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
— W GB WU NR WR — — — — — — GW Y — —
27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
B N — NG WG GO — — — — — — — G — —

23
Control Module Pin Identification
24
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (REMOTE)

AC1 IP101

AC1 / 26-WAY / YELLOW IP101 / 26-WAY / YELLOW


14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
G UY B — — — GU GB OG O RW RG OY U B W B B B O W Y G
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
— — — GW U GR GO RU R WB W Y R OY WR B B BW B BW — Y G
Control Module Pin Identification

AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (AUTOMATIC, PANEL)

AC1 IP101
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

AC1 / 26-WAY / YELLOW IP101 / 26-WAY / YELLOW


14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
G UY B — — — GU GB OG O RW RG OY U B W B B B O W Y G
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
— — — GW U GR GO RU R WB W Y R OY WR B B BW B BW — Y G

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (MANUAL, PANEL)

5
AC1 IP13 IP101
IP39
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

IP135 / 2-WAY / GREEN IP39 / 6-WAY / GREY


AC1 / 26-WAY / YELLOW IP101 / 26-WAY / YELLOW
2 4 1
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 B BK GB 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
G UY B — — — GU GB OG O RW RG OY U B — — — — O — Y G
1 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 BW BO 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
— — — GW U GR GO RU R WB W Y R OY WR B B — — BW — Y G
6 3
BG BR

25
Control Module Pin Identification
26
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE

CA86 / 23-WAY / GREY IP5 / 23-WAY / BROWN


1 2 3 4 5 1* 2 3 4 5*
OG OY BK YB B WB — B GU WG
6 7 6 7
— — — —
CA86 CA87 JB172 IP6 IP5
8 9 10 11 12 13 8 9 10 11 12 13
— — — — — — — — — — — —
Control Module Pin Identification

U 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
— — G G Y O Y — N W B — U — U Y B WG OY —

* NOTE: LHD shown. RHD vehicles: Pin 1 – WG, Pin 5 – WB.

CA87 / 23-WAY / GREEN JB172 / 23-WAY / BLUE IP6 / 23-WAY / WHITE


1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
B O YB O WB OY WB O OY O B — — W GR
6 7 6 7 6 7
— — — — — —
8 9 10 11 12 13 8 9 10 11 12 13 8 9 10 11 12 13
— — — — — — — — — — — — B G R BW — U
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
— Y W WG — — U — — — — — — — U — — B — GU — Y — BG O BG BG R R BO
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

IP11 IP1O

IP11 / 26-WAY / YELLOW IP10 / 26-WAY / YELLOW


13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
YU — GR — — B O — B — GB — — — B B Y G U WU — Y U Y W —
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
— R GR U — O — U — OY — OG — GB OY WG O B G WU WB B U B B —

27
Control Module Pin Identification
Fig. 01.1

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
BATTERY — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
CA76 16-WAY / GREEN
CA77 2-WAY / GREY
CA78 16-WAY / GREY
IP1 14-WAY / GREEN
IP2 16-WAY GREY
IP3 2-WAY / GREY
IP4 14-WAY / GREY
JB50 4-WAY / GREY
JB51 16-WAY / BLUE
JB52 2-WAY / BLACK
IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
INERTIA SWITCH IP132 3-WAY / BLACK LOWER RH A POST
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
TRANSIT ISOLATION DEVICE JB186 2-WAY / BLACK BATTERY

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS


Connector Connector Description Location
JB3 14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G13 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER BATTERY TRAY
G16 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


Fig. 01.2

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
CA76 16-WAY / GREEN
CA77 2-WAY / GREY
CA78 16-WAY / GREY
IP1 14-WAY / GREEN
IP2 16-WAY / GREY
IP3 2-WAY / GREY
IP4 14-WAY / GREY
JB50 4-WAY / GREY
JB51 16-WAY / BLUE
JB52 2-WAY / BLACK
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS


Connector Connector Description Location
CA10 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH B/C POST
CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD RH B/C POST
CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA65 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS BELOW RH FRONT SEAT
CA70 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS BELOW LH FRONT SEAT
CA169 4-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA407 16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
CA414 16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB3 14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB188 2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO COOLING FAN MODULE LINK LEAD ADJACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDE

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


Fig. 01.3

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
ACCESSORY POWER RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R4
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
CA76 16-WAY / GREEN
CA77 2-WAY / GREY
CA78 16-WAY / GREY
IP1 14-WAY / GREEN
IP2 16-WAY / GREY
IP3 2-WAY / GREY
IP4 14-WAY / GREY
JB50 4-WAY / GREY
JB51 16-WAY / BLUE
JB52 2-WAY / BLACK
IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS


Connector Connector Description Location
CA129 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS SPARE WHEEL WELL
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
CA230 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA240 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA241 22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA407 16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
CA414 16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


Fig. 01.4

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
CA76 16-WAY / GREEN
CA77 2-WAY / GREY
CA78 16-WAY / GREY
IP1 14-WAY / GREEN
IP2 16-WAY / GREY
IP3 2-WAY / GREY
IP4 14-WAY / GREY
JB50 4-WAY / GREY
JB51 16-WAY / BLUE
JB52 2-WAY / BLACK
IGNITION RELAY — — CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R18
IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
INERTIA SWITCH IP132 3-WAY / BLACK LOWER RH A POST

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS


Connector Connector Description Location
CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA10 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD RH B/C POST
CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA65 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS BELOW RH FRONT SEAT
CA70 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS BELOW LH FRONT SEAT
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
CA230 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA240 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA407 16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB3 14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 01.5
General Electronic Control Module
COMPONENTS
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
PG CA86-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND
O IP5-20 BATTERY SAVER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND BATTERY SAVER RELAY — — CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R21

SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
CA76 16-WAY / GREEN
B+ JB172-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
CA77 2-WAY / GREY
CA78 16-WAY / GREY
IP1 14-WAY / GREEN
IP2 16-WAY / GREY
IP3 2-WAY / GREY
IP4 14-WAY / GREY
JB50 4-WAY / GREY
JB51 16-WAY / BLUE
JB52 2-WAY / BLACK
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
CA87 23-WAY / GREEN
IP5 23-WAY / BROWN
IP6 23-WAY / WHITE
JB172 23-WAY / BLUE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS


Connector Connector Description Location
CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA21 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH LOWER A POST

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


Fig. 01.6

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
EMS CONTROL RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R7
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS


Connector Connector Description Location
CA5 12-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL TANK LINK LEAD TOP OF FUEL TANK
CA10 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
EN4 12-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO INJECTOR RAIL HARNESS ADJACENT TO THE TRANSMISSION BELL HOUSING
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB187 2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO COOLING FAN MODULE LINK LEAD ADJACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDE

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 02.1
General Electronic Control Module
COMPONENTS
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
S IP5-18 SCP –
S IP5-19 SCP + BATTERY — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT
CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH PA5 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL

I IP6-8 KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L) EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
CA87 23-WAY / GREEN
Instrument Cluster IP5 23-WAY / BROWN
 Pin Description and Characteristic IP6 23-WAY / WHITE
JB172 23-WAY / BLUE
D IP10-3 PATS 1: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
GENERATOR EN49 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE BANK 1, FRONT
D IP10-4 PATS 2: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
I IP10-5 PATS GROUND: GROUND
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / YELLOW INSTRUMENT PANEL
O IP10-6 PATS TRANSCEIVER POWER: B+
IP11 26-WAY / YELLOW
C IP10-17 CAN +
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER IP15 4-WAY / GREEN STEERING COLUMN, IGNITION SWITCH
C IP10-18 CAN –
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
S IP10-22 SCP +
STARTER MOTOR ST2 1-WAY EYELET ENGINE BLOCK RH SIDE
S IP10-23 SCP –
ST3 / EN700 1-WAY EYELET
STARTER RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R10
I IP11-7 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR JB156 10-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION
I IP11-8 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I IP11-11 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L) Connector Connector Description Location
 Pin Description and Characteristic EN700 1-WAY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS STARTER SOLENOID

I EN16-006 ENGINE CRANK: B+ JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
I EN16-031 PARK / NEUTRAL SWITCH (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
I EN16-031 CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH (MANUAL TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
O EN16-041 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND JB145 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
I EN16-053 GENERATOR CHARGE: VARIABLE VOLTAGE
O EN16-065 GENERATOR FIELD RETURN SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE BY GENERATOR OPERATING CONDITION
GROUNDS
I EN16-079 GENERATOR LOAD: B+ = NORMAL, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON; GROUND = GENERATOR FAILURE, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON
C EN16-123 CAN – Ground Location
C EN16-124 CAN + G13 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK
G16 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER BATTERY TRAY
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 02.2
General Electronic Control Module
COMPONENTS
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
S IP5-18 SCP –
S IP5-19 SCP + BATTERY — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L) EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE

I IP6-8 KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
CA87 23-WAY / GREEN
IP5 23-WAY / BROWN
Instrument Cluster IP6 23-WAY / WHITE
JB172 23-WAY / BLUE
 Pin Description and Characteristic
GENERATOR EN49 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE BANK 1, FRONT
D IP10-3 PATS 1: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
D IP10-4 PATS 2: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / YELLOW INSTRUMENT PANEL
I IP10-5 PATS GROUND: GROUND IP11 26-WAY / YELLOW
O IP10-6 PATS TRANSCEIVER POWER: B+
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER IP15 4-WAY / GREEN STEERING COLUMN, IGNITION SWITCH
C IP10-17 CAN +
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
C IP10-18 CAN –
STARTER MOTOR (EARLY PRODUCTION) ST2 1-WAY EYELET ENGINE BLOCK RH SIDE
S IP10-22 SCP + ST3 / EN700 1-WAY EYELET
S IP10-23 SCP –
STARTER RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R10
TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR JB156 10-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION
I IP11-7 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
I IP11-8 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I IP11-11 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+ HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
Engine Control Module (2.0L) EN700 1-WAY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS STARTER SOLENOID
 Pin Description and Characteristic JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET

I EN65-006 ENGINE CRANK: B+ JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
O EN65-008 GENERATOR FIELD RETURN SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE BY GENERATOR OPERATING CONDITION JB145 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
I EN65-035 GENERATOR LOAD: B+ = NORMAL, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON; GROUND = GENERATOR FAILURE, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON JB196 1O-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO FOOT PEDALS
I EN65-043 GENERATOR CHARGE: VARIABLE VOLTAGE
O EN65-068 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
GROUNDS
I EN65-085 PARK / NEUTRAL SWITCH (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I EN65-085 CLUTCH SAFETY CIRCUIT (MANUAL TRANSMISSION): B+ Ground Location
C EN65-088 CAN – G13 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE BLOCK
C EN65-089 CAN + G16 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER BATTERY TRAY
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 03.1
Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L)
COMPONENTS
 Pin Description and Characteristic
O EN16-001 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 ms, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
O EN16-002 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 ms, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE APP SENSOR PA1 6-WAY / BLACK ABOVE ACCELERATOR PEDAL
PG EN16-004 POWER GROUND 1: GROUND BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
PG EN16-005 POWER GROUND 2: GROUND CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
I EN16-006 ENGINE CRANK: B+ CA76 16-WAY / GREEN
I EN16-007 IGNITION ON: B+ CA77 2-WAY / GREY
I EN16-008 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED CA78 16-WAY / GREY
I EN16-010 INERTIA SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / OPEN CIRCUIT WHEN ACTIVATED IP1 14-WAY / GREEN
SS EN16-012 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1: NOMINAL 5 V IP2 16-WAY / GREY
SS EN16-013 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2: NOMINAL 5 V IP3 2-WAY / GREY
SG EN16-017 SMALL SIGNAL GROUND 1: GROUND IP4 14-WAY / GREY
JB50 4-WAY / GREY
SG EN16-018 SMALL SIGNAL GROUND 2: GROUND
JB51 16-WAY / BLUE
SG EN16-019 SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUND
JB52 2-WAY / BLACK
SG EN16-020 SENSOR GROUND 2: GROUND
B+ EN16-022 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ CKP SENSOR EN12 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO ENGINE CRANKSHAFT PULLEY
B+ EN16-023 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 1: B+ CMP SENSOR 1 EN43 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
B+ EN16-024 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 2: B+ CMP SENSOR 2 EN33 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
SG EN16-029 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUND ECT SENSOR EN18 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE VEE, FRONT
SG EN16-030 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUND
EFT SENSOR IL8 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL, FRONT
I EN16-031 PARK / NEUTRAL SWITCH (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L) EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
I EN16-031 CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH (MANUAL TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I EN16-036 CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 70 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE EOT SENSOR EN25 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO ENGINE OIL FILTER
SG EN16-037 CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE FT5 2-WAY / BLACK REARWARD OF FUEL TANK
O EN16-038 INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING VALVE SOLENOID DRIVE – 1 / TOP: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE JB170 2-WAY / BLACK REARWARD OF FUEL TANK
O EN16-039 INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING VALVE SOLENOID DRIVE – 2 / BOTTOM: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
FTP SENSOR FT1 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF FUEL TANK
O EN16-040 EMS CONTROL RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
HO2 SENSOR DOWNSTREAM 1/2 EN14 4-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 EXHAUST
O EN16-041 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
SG EN16-043 TP AND APP SIGNALS SHIELD: GROUND HO2 SENSOR DOWNSTREAM 2/2 EN9 4-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 EXHAUST
I EN16-044 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR SIGNAL: NOMINAL 0 – 5 V BY ENGINE OPERATING CONDITION HO2 SENSOR UPSTREAM 1/1 EN37 4-WAY / GREY BANK 1 EXHAUST
SG EN16-045 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUND HO2 SENSOR UPSTREAM 2/1 EN32 4-WAY / GREY BANK 2 EXHAUST
SG EN16-046 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUND IMT SOLENOID VALVE 1 EN999 2-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD TOP
I EN16-050 ENGINE FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
IMT SOLENOID VALVE 2 EN998 2-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD BOTTOM
O EN16-052 THROTTLE MOTOR RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
IP SENSOR IL7 3-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL REAR
O EN16-053 GENERATOR CHARGE: VARIABLE VOLTAGE
SG EN16-054 THROTTLE MOTOR GROUND: GROUND KNOCK SENSOR EN23 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE VEE
O EN16-055 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 ms, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE MAF SENSOR EN6 5-WAY / BLACK ENGINE AIR INTAKE DUCT
O EN16-056 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 ms, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE MAP SENSOR EN8 4-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD, REAR
I EN16-065 GENERATOR FIELD RETURN SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE BY GENERATOR OPERATING CONDITION
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
O EN16-066 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE DRIVE: PWM, 10 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0.04% – 100%
THROTTLE BODY EN10 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE INTAKE MANIFOLD
O EN16-067 EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE DRIVE: TO CLOSE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
EN13 4-WAY / BLACK
I EN16-068 BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
THROTTLE MOTOR EN10 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE INTAKE MANIFOLD
SG EN16-069 BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
I EN16-070 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES THROTTLE MOTOR RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R11
I EN16-071 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES TP SENSOR (2.5L & 3.0L) EN13 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE INTAKE MANIFOLD
I EN16-073 INJECTION PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: POTENTIOMETER – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES VVT SOLENOID VALVE 1 EN61 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD
I EN16-075 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: IDLE = 0.74 V; FULL THROTTLE = 3.97 V
VVT SOLENOID VALVE 2 EN42 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD
I EN16-076 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: IDLE = 1.65 V; FULL THROTTLE = 4.20 V
I EN16-078 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
I EN16-079 GENERATOR LOAD: B+ = NORMAL, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON; GROUND = GENERATOR FAILURE, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
O EN16-080 THROTTLE MOTOR DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE MOTOR
SG EN16-081 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 2/1: GROUND Connector Connector Description Location
SG EN16-082 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 2/1: GROUND CA5 12-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL TANK LINK LEAD TOP OF FUEL TANK
I EN16-083 HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENT
CA10 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
I EN16-084 HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
SG EN16-091 HO2 SENSOR HEATERS 1/2, 2/2 GROUND: GROUND
O EN16-092 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 ms, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 ms = 0%, 77 ms = 30%, 256 ms = 100% EN4 12-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO INJECTOR RAIL HARNESS ADJACENT TO THE TRANSMISSION BELL HOUSING
O EN16-093 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 ms, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 ms = 0%, 77 ms = 30%, 256 ms = 100% JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
I EN16-094 BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
SG EN16-095 BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
I EN16-098 KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL
SG EN16-100 SENSOR SHIELD: GROUND GROUNDS
I EN16-102 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: FOOT OFF = 0.97 V; FULLY DEPRESSED = 3.33 V
Ground Location
I EN16-103 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: FOOT OFF = 3.97 V; FULLY DEPRESSED = 0.84 V
I EN16-104 FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE DECREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES G8 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH INNER WHEEL ARCH
D EN16-105 SERIAL DATA LINK: SERIAL COMMUNICATION
O EN16-106 THROTTLE MOTOR DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE MOTOR
I EN16-107 HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENT
I EN16-108 HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
O EN16-109 BANK 1 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%
O EN16-110 BANK 2 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%
SG EN16-111 BANK 1 FUEL INJECTORS (1, 3, 5) GROUND: GROUND
SG EN16-116 BANK 2 FUEL INJECTORS (2, 4, 6) GROUND: GROUND
C EN16-123 CAN –
C EN16-124 CAN +
I EN16-127 MAP SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE INCREASES
I EN16-128 HO2 SENSOR 1/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWING
I EN16-129 HO2 SENSOR 2/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWING
SG EN16-130 HO2 SENSORS SHIELD: GROUND
B+ EN16-134 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY: B+ WHEN RELAY ACTIVATED

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 03.2
Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L)
COMPONENTS
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
I EN16-009 BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
SS EN16-012 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1: NOMINAL 5 V AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R6

SG EN16-019 SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUND AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH EN30 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO ENGINE OIL FILTER

I EN16-025 FUEL PUMP MODULE MONITOR: PWM, 1 Hz, 50% POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE = NORMAL, 25% POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE = NO CONTROL SIGNAL, 75% POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE = FUEL PUMP INOPERATIVE AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR JB106 4-WAY / BLACK BEHIND FRONT LH WHEEL ARCH LINER
O EN16-027 FUEL PUMP MODULE CONTROL: PWM, 250 Hz, NORMAL POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE = 4% – 51% BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH PA2 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
I EN16-033 CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH PA4 5-WAY / BLACK TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
O EN16-034 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND COOLING FAN – LH GC2 2-WAY / BLACK COOLING PACK LH SIDE
I EN16-047 SPEED CONTROL SWITCH REQUEST: STEPPED RESISTANCE COOLING FAN – RH GC1 2-WAY / BLACK COOLING PACK RH SIDE
SG EN16-048 SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND COOLING FAN MODULE JB188 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDE
O EN16-051 COOLING FAN MODULE CONTROL: PWM, 140 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 95% PWM1 4-WAY
O EN16-061 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L) EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
O EN16-062 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FUEL INJECTOR 1 IL1 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL
O EN16-063 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FUEL INJECTOR 2 IL4 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL
O EN16-087 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FUEL INJECTOR 3 IL2 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL
O EN16-088 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FUEL INJECTOR 4 IL5 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL
O EN16-089 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
FUEL INJECTOR 5 IL3 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL
O EN16-113 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
FUEL INJECTOR 6 IL6 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL
O EN16-114 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
FUEL PUMP FT2 4-WAY / BLACK FUEL TANK
O EN16-115 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
FUEL PUMP MODULE CA105 10-WAY / BLACK UNDER REAR SEAT LH SIDE
O EN16-118 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
IGNITION CAPACITOR EN94 2-WAY / BLACK BELOW AIR INTAKE
O EN16-119 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 1 EN51 4-WAY BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD
O EN16-120 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 2 EN54 4-WAY BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD
I EN16-121 AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: TRANSDUCER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES
I EN16-131 IGNITION MONITOR BANK 1 (1, 3, 5): PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 3 EN52 4-WAY BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD

I EN16-132 IGNITION MONITOR BANK 2 (2, 4, 6): PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 4 EN55 4-WAY BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD

SG EN16-133 FUEL PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT SHIELD: GROUND IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 5 EN53 4-WAY BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 6 EN56 4-WAY BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES SW5 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS


Connector Connector Description Location
CA5 12-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL TANK LINK LEAD TOP OF FUEL TANK
CA10 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
EN4 12-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO INJECTOR RAIL HARNESS ADJACENT TO THE TRANSMISSION BELL HOUSING
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB145 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB187 2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO COOLING FAN MODULE LINK LEAD ADJACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDE

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G8 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH INNER WHEEL ARCH
G11 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G17 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ON GENERATOR BRACKET
G35 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER E POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 03.3
Engine Control Module (2.0L)
COMPONENTS
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
I EN65-001 MAP SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE INCREASES
I EN65-002 AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: TRANSDUCER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL

SG EN65-003 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
CA76 16-WAY / GREEN
SG EN65-004 SMALL SIGNAL GROUND1: GROUND
CA77 2-WAY / GREY
SG EN65-005 SMALL SIGNAL GROUND 2: GROUND CA78 16-WAY / GREY
I EN65-006 ENGINE CRANK: B+ IP1 14-WAY / GREEN
SS EN65-011 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY: NOMINAL 5 V IP2 16-WAY / GREY
PG EN65-018 POWER GROUND 2: GROUND IP3 2-WAY / GREY
IP4 14-WAY / GREY
PG EN65-019 POWER GROUND 1: GROUND
JB50 4-WAY / GREY
B+ EN65-021 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ JB51 16-WAY / BLUE
B+ EN65-022 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 1: B+ JB52 2-WAY / BLACK
B+ EN65-023 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 2: B+ CKP SENSOR EN12 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO ENGINE CRANKSHAFT PULLEY
I EN65-025 HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT CMP SENSOR 1 EN43 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
I EN65-026 HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENT CMP SENSOR 2 EN33 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT
I EN65-027 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: CLOSED THROTTLE = 0.89 V; FULL THROTTLE = 4.50 V ECT SENSOR EN18 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE VEE, FRONT
SG EN65-028 SENSOR SHIELD: GROUND
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L) EN65 104-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
SG EN65-029 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
EOT SENSOR EN25 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO ENGINE OIL FILTER
I EN65-030 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR SIGNAL: NOMINAL 0 – 5 V BY ENGINE OPERATING CONDITION
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE JB170 2-WAY / BLACK REARWARD OF FUEL TANK
SG EN65-031 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
HO2 SENSOR DOWNSTREAM 1/2 EN14 4-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 EXHAUST
I EN65-034 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
HO2 SENSOR DOWNSTREAM 2/2 EN9 4-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 EXHAUST
I EN65-035 GENERATOR LOAD: B+ = NORMAL, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON; GROUND = GENERATOR FAILURE, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON
HO2 SENSOR UPSTREAM 1/1 EN37 4-WAY / GREY BANK 1 EXHAUST
I EN65-036 INERTIA SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
HO2 SENSOR UPSTREAM 2/1 EN32 4-WAY / GREY BANK 2 EXHAUST
I EN65-037 KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL
SG EN65-038 SENSOR SHIELD: GROUND IDLE SPEED CONTROL VALVE EN87 2-WAY / BLACK THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

D EN65-039 SERIAL DATA LINK: SERIAL COMMUNICATION IMT SOLENOID VALVE 1 EN999 2-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD TOP

I EN65-043 GENERATOR CHARGE: VARIABLE VOLTAGE IMT SOLENOID VALVE 2 EN998 2-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD BOTTOM
O EN65-044 COOLING FAN MODULE CONTROL: PWM, 140Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 95% KNOCK SENSOR EN23 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE VEE
O EN65-046 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 mS, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 mS = 0%, 77 mS = 30%, 256 mS = 100% MAF SENSOR EN6 5-WAY / BLACK ENGINE AIR INTAKE DUCT
O EN65-047 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 mS, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 mS = 0%, 77 mS = 30%, 256 mS = 100% MAP SENSOR EN8 4-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD, REAR
SG EN65-048 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/2 AND 2/2: GROUND TP SENSOR (2.0L) EN88 3-WAY / BLACK ENGINE INTAKE MANIFOLD
I EN65-050 HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT VVT SOLENOID VALVE 1 EN61 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD
I EN65-051 HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENT VVT SOLENOID VALVE 2 EN42 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD
SG EN65-052 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 2/1: GROUND
I EN65-053 HO2 SENSOR 1/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWING
I EN65-054 HO2 SENSOR 2/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWING
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
SG EN65-055 HO2 SENSORS SHIELD: GROUND Connector Connector Description Location
I EN65-059 BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
CA10 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
SG EN65-060 BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
I EN65-061 CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 70 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
SG EN65-062 CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND
JB196 1O-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO FOOT PEDALS
I EN65-063 IGNITION ON: B+
SG EN65-064 BANK 2 FUEL INJECTORS (2, 4, 6) GROUND: GROUND
O EN65-068 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND GROUNDS
O EN65-069 EMS CONTROL RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
Ground Location
O EN65-070 INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING VALVE SOLENOID DRIVE – 2 / BOTTOM: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
O EN65-071 INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING VALVE SOLENOID DRIVE – 1 / TOP: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED G8 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH INNER WHEEL ARCH

O EN65-074 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE DRIVE: PWM, 10 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0.04% – 100%
SG EN65-075 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUND
O EN65-077 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
SG EN65-078 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 2/1: GROUND
I EN65-079 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
I EN65-080 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
I EN65-081 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
I EN65-085 PARK / NEUTRAL SWITCH (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION) : NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I EN65-085 CLUTCH SAFETY CIRCUIT (MANUAL TRANSMISSION) : B+
I EN65-086 BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE
SG EN65-087 BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
C EN65-088 CAN –
C EN65-089 CAN +
SG EN65-091 BANK 1 FUEL INJECTORS (1, 3, 5) GROUND: GROUND
O EN65-095 BANK 2 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%
O EN65-096 BANK 1 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%
O EN65-097 IDLE SPEED CONTROL VALVE MOTOR DRIVE (–): PWM
O EN65-098 IDLE SPEED CONTROL VALVE MOTOR DRIVE (+): PWM
SG EN65-102 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUND
O EN65-103 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE
O EN65-104 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 03.4
Engine Control Module (2.0L)
COMPONENTS
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
I EN65-002 AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: TRANSDUCER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES
SG EN65-003 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R6

I EN65-007 BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH EN30 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO ENGINE OIL FILTER

SS EN65-011 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY: NOMINAL 5 V AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR JB106 4-WAY / BLACK BEHIND FRONT LH WHEEL ARCH LINER
I EN65-012 IGNITION MONITOR BANK 1 (1, 3, 5) : PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH PA2 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
I EN65-013 IGNITION MONITOR BANK 2 (2, 4, 6) : PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
O EN65-014 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
O EN65-015 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND CA76 16-WAY / GREEN
CA77 2-WAY / GREY
O EN65-016 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
CA78 16-WAY / GREY
I EN65-017 INTELLIGENT SPEED SIGNAL (VEHICLE SPEED) : PWM, DUTY CYCLE RANGE 30% to 70 %
IP1 14-WAY / GREEN
O EN65-020 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND IP2 16-WAY / GREY
I EN65-034 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED IP3 2-WAY / GREY
O EN65-040 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND IP4 14-WAY / GREY
JB50 4-WAY / GREY
O EN65-041 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
JB51 16-WAY / BLUE
O EN65-042 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND JB52 2-WAY / BLACK
O EN65-044 COOLING FAN MODULE CONTROL: PWM, 140Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 95%
CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH PA4 5-WAY / BLACK TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
I EN65-056 SPEED CONTROL STATUS 1 ON / OFF: GROUND = ON; 5 V = OFF
COOLING FAN – LH GC2 2-WAY / BLACK COOLING PACK LH SIDE
I EN65-057 SPEED CONTROL STATUS 2 ACTIVE / INACTIVE: GROUND = ACTIVE; 5 V = INACTIVE
COOLING FAN – RH GC1 2-WAY / BLACK COOLING PACK RH SIDE
O EN65-065 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
COOLING FAN MODULE JB188 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDE
O EN65-066 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
PWM1 4-WAY
O EN65-067 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L) EN65 104-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
I EN65-084 CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
FUEL INJECTOR 1 IL1 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL
O EN65-092 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
FUEL INJECTOR 2 IL4 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL
O EN65-093 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
FUEL INJECTOR 3 IL2 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL
O EN65-094 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
FUEL INJECTOR 4 IL5 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL
O EN65-099 FUEL PUMP RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
FUEL INJECTOR 5 IL3 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL
FUEL INJECTOR 6 IL6 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL
FUEL PUMP (2.0L) CA415 6-WAY / BLACK FUEL TANK
FUEL PUMP RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R11
IGNITION CAPACITOR EN94 2-WAY / BLACK BELOW AIR INTAKE
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 1 EN51 4-WAY BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 2 EN54 4-WAY BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 3 EN52 4-WAY BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 4 EN55 4-WAY BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 5 EN53 4-WAY BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD
IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 6 EN56 4-WAY BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES SW5 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL
SPEED CONTROL CONTROL MODULE JB161 10-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, BULKHEAD LH SIDE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS


Connector Connector Description Location
CA5 12-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL TANK LINK LEAD TOP OF FUEL TANK
CA10 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
EN4 12-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO INJECTOR RAIL HARNESS ADJACENT TO THE TRANSMISSION BELL HOUSING
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB145 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB187 2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO COOLING FAN MODULE LINK LEAD ADJACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDE
JB196 1O-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO FOOT PEDALS

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G8 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH INNER WHEEL ARCH
G11 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G17 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ON GENERATOR BRACKET
G35 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER E POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 04.1
Transmission Control Module
COMPONENTS: Automatic Transmission
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
O JB131-03 2 / 4 BRAKE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95%
O JB131-04 2 / 4 BRAKE TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION JB155 18-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT

I JB131-05 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 18 PULSES PER OUTPUT SHAFT REVOLUTION IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN

B+ JB131-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ J GATE ASSEMBLY IP14 16-WAY / GREEN CENTER CONSOLE
I JB131-07 RANGE SENSOR – 3: 3 = GROUND; NOT IN 3 = OPEN CIRCUIT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
I JB131-08 RANGE SENSOR – 2: 2 = GROUND; NOT IN 2 = OPEN CIRCUIT TCM RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R8
PG JB131-09 POWER GROUND: GROUND TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE JB131 37-WAY / BLUE LOWER LH A POST
O JB131-10 REDUCTION TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR JB156 10-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION
C JB131-12 CAN – 1
C JB131-13 CAN – 2
O JB131-14 SHIFT SOLENOID B DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
COMPONENTS: Manual Transmission
O JB131-15 SHIFT SOLENOID A DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
O JB131-16 TCC PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95% CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH PA4 5-WAY / BLACK TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
SG JB131-17 SOLENOID GROUND RETURN: GROUND
CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH PA5 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
O JB131-18 LINE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95%
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L) EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
SG JB131-20 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR EN86 3-WAY / BLACK DIFFERENTIAL OUTPUT SHAFT HOUSING
I JB131-21 INTERMEDIATE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 54 PULSES PER INTERMEDIATE SHAFT REVOLUTION*
REVERSE LAMPS SWITCH EN85 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION
I JB131-24 TURBINE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 36 PULSES PER ENGINE REVOLUTION
I JB131-25 RANGE SENSOR – N: N = GROUND; NOT IN N = OPEN CIRCUIT
I JB131-26 RANGE SENSOR – R: R = GROUND; NOT IN R = OPEN CIRCUIT HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
I JB131-27 RANGE SENSOR – D: D = GROUND; NOT IN D = OPEN CIRCUIT
Connector Connector Description Location
I JB131-30 RANGE SENSOR – P: P = GROUND; NOT IN P = OPEN CIRCUIT
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
C JB131-33 CAN + 1
C JB131-34 CAN + 2 JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

B+ JB131-36 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+ JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST

PG JB131-38 POWER GROUND: GROUND JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
I JB131-39 FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES JB145 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
I JB131-45 D – 4 SWITCH: SWITCH ACTIVATED = GROUND
I JB131-47 MODE SWITCH: “SPORT” SELECTED = GROUND
GROUNDS
O JB131-52 SHIFT SOLENOID C DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
O JB131-53 LOW CLUTCH TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE Ground Location
B+ JB131-54 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+ G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
* IN 1ST – 4TH AND R, THE INTERMEDIATE SHAFT SPEED IS THE SAME AS THE OUTPUT SHAFT SPEED. IN 5TH, THE INTERMEDIATE SHAFT SPEED IS MULTIPLIED BY 1.2.
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L)


 Pin Description and Characteristic FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
SG EN16-019 SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUND
I EN16-026 MANUAL TRANSMISSION OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 26 PULSES PER TRANSMISSION REVOLUTION
I EN16-031 CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH (MANUAL TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I EN16-033 CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 04.2
Transmission Control Module
COMPONENTS: Automatic Transmission
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
O JB131-03 2 / 4 BRAKE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95%
O JB131-04 2 / 4 BRAKE TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION JB155 18-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT

I JB131-05 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 18 PULSES PER OUTPUT SHAFT REVOLUTION IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN

B+ JB131-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ J GATE ASSEMBLY IP14 16-WAY / GREEN CENTER CONSOLE
I JB131-07 RANGE SENSOR – 3: 3 = GROUND; NOT IN 3 = OPEN CIRCUIT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
I JB131-08 RANGE SENSOR – 2: 2 = GROUND; NOT IN 2 = OPEN CIRCUIT TCM RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R8
PG JB131-09 POWER GROUND: GROUND TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE JB131 37-WAY / BLUE LOWER LH A POST
O JB131-10 REDUCTION TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR JB156 10-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION
C JB131-12 CAN – 1
C JB131-13 CAN – 2
O JB131-14 SHIFT SOLENOID B DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
COMPONENTS: Manual Transmission
O JB131-15 SHIFT SOLENOID A DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
O JB131-16 TCC PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95% CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH PA4 5-WAY / BLACK TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
SG JB131-17 SOLENOID GROUND RETURN: GROUND
CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH PA5 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
O JB131-18 LINE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95%
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L) EN65 104-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
SG JB131-20 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L) EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
I JB131-21 INTERMEDIATE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 54 PULSES PER INTERMEDIATE SHAFT REVOLUTION*
REVERSE LAMPS SWITCH EN85 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION
I JB131-24 TURBINE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 36 PULSES PER ENGINE REVOLUTION
I JB131-25 RANGE SENSOR – N: N = GROUND; NOT IN N = OPEN CIRCUIT
I JB131-26 RANGE SENSOR – R: R = GROUND; NOT IN R = OPEN CIRCUIT HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
I JB131-27 RANGE SENSOR – D: D = GROUND; NOT IN D = OPEN CIRCUIT
Connector Connector Description Location
I JB131-30 RANGE SENSOR – P: P = GROUND; NOT IN P = OPEN CIRCUIT
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
C JB131-33 CAN + 1
C JB131-34 CAN + 2 JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

B+ JB131-36 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+ JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST

PG JB131-38 POWER GROUND: GROUND JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
I JB131-39 FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES JB145 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
SG JB131-42 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
SG JB131-44 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
GROUNDS
I JB131-45 D – 4 SWITCH: SWITCH ACTIVATED = GROUND
SG JB131-46 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND Ground Location
I JB131-47 MODE SWITCH: “SPORT” SELECTED = GROUND G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
O JB131-52 SHIFT SOLENOID C DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
O JB131-53 LOW CLUTCH TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
B+ JB131-54 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+

* IN 1ST – 4TH AND R, THE INTERMEDIATE SHAFT SPEED IS THE SAME AS THE OUTPUT SHAFT SPEED. IN 5TH, THE INTERMEDIATE SHAFT SPEED IS MULTIPLIED BY 1.2.
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
Engine Control Module (2.0L)
 Pin Description and Characteristic
I EN65-084 CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I EN65-085 CLUTCH SAFETY CIRCUIT (MANUAL TRANSMISSION) : B+

Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L)


 Pin Description and Characteristic
I EN16-031 CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH (MANUAL TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I EN16-033 CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 04.3
Transmission Control Module
COMPONENTS: Automatic Transmission
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
O JB131-03 2 / 4 BRAKE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95%
O JB131-04 2 / 4 BRAKE TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION JB155 18-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT

I JB131-05 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 18 PULSES PER OUTPUT SHAFT REVOLUTION IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN

B+ JB131-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ J GATE ASSEMBLY IP14 16-WAY / GREEN CENTER CONSOLE
I JB131-07 RANGE SENSOR – 3: 3 = GROUND; NOT IN 3 = OPEN CIRCUIT POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
I JB131-08 RANGE SENSOR – 2: 2 = GROUND; NOT IN 2 = OPEN CIRCUIT TCM RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R8
PG JB131-09 POWER GROUND: GROUND TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE JB131 37-WAY / BLUE LOWER LH A POST
O JB131-10 REDUCTION TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR JB156 10-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION
C JB131-12 CAN – 1
C JB131-13 CAN – 2
O JB131-14 SHIFT SOLENOID B DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE
COMPONENTS: Manual Transmission
O JB131-15 SHIFT SOLENOID A DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
O JB131-16 TCC PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95% CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH PA4 5-WAY / BLACK TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
SG JB131-17 SOLENOID GROUND RETURN: GROUND
CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH PA5 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL
O JB131-18 LINE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95%
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L) EN65 104-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
SG JB131-20 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L) EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
I JB131-21 INTERMEDIATE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 54 PULSES PER INTERMEDIATE SHAFT REVOLUTION*
REVERSE LAMPS SWITCH EN85 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION
I JB131-24 TURBINE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 36 PULSES PER ENGINE REVOLUTION
I JB131-25 RANGE SENSOR – N: N = GROUND; NOT IN N = OPEN CIRCUIT
I JB131-26 RANGE SENSOR – R: R = GROUND; NOT IN R = OPEN CIRCUIT HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
I JB131-27 RANGE SENSOR – D: D = GROUND; NOT IN D = OPEN CIRCUIT
Connector Connector Description Location
I JB131-30 RANGE SENSOR – P: P = GROUND; NOT IN P = OPEN CIRCUIT
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
C JB131-33 CAN + 1
C JB131-34 CAN + 2 JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

B+ JB131-36 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+ JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST

PG JB131-38 POWER GROUND: GROUND JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
I JB131-39 FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES JB145 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
SG JB131-42 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
SG JB131-44 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
GROUNDS
I JB131-45 D – 4 SWITCH: SWITCH ACTIVATED = GROUND
SG JB131-46 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND Ground Location
I JB131-47 MODE SWITCH: “SPORT” SELECTED = GROUND G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
O JB131-52 SHIFT SOLENOID C DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
O JB131-53 LOW CLUTCH TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
B+ JB131-54 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+

* IN 1ST – 4TH AND R, THE INTERMEDIATE SHAFT SPEED IS THE SAME AS THE OUTPUT SHAFT SPEED. IN 5TH, THE INTERMEDIATE SHAFT SPEED IS MULTIPLIED BY 1.2.
FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.
Engine Control Module (2.0L)
 Pin Description and Characteristic
I EN65-084 CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
I EN65-085 CLUTCH SAFETY CIRCUIT (MANUAL TRANSMISSION) : B+

Engine Control Module (2.5L & 3.0L)


 Pin Description and Characteristic
I EN16-031 CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH (MANUAL TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I EN16-033 CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: November 2002


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 05.1
Anti-Lock Braking Control Module
COMPONENTS
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
PG JB45-01 MOTOR GROUND: GROUND
B+ JB45-02 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY – MOTOR: B+ ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM CONTROL MODULE JB45 42-WAY / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH SIDE

PG JB45-05 POWER GROUND: GROUND BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL

B+ JB45-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ CAPACITOR (ABS / DSC) JB195 2-WAY ADJACENT TO MODULATOR
I JB45-12 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
SS JB45-13 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+ CA76 16-WAY / GREEN
CA77 2-WAY / GREY
I JB45-14 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
CA78 16-WAY / GREY
SS JB45-15 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+ IP1 14-WAY / GREEN
I JB45-16 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION IP2 16-WAY / GREY
B+ JB45-23 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+ IP3 2-WAY / GREY
IP4 14-WAY / GREY
C JB45-24 CAN +
JB50 4-WAY / GREY
O JB45-28 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
JB51 16-WAY / BLUE
O JB45-30 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+ JB52 2-WAY / BLACK
I JB45-31 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION VACUUM MODULE VM1 — UNDER BATTERY TRAY
I JB45-32 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED VM2 —
C JB45-40 CAN – VM3 —
VACUUM PUMP VPU — ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH FRONT LF1 2-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH REAR CA55 2-WAY / BLACK LH REAR WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH FRONT RF1 2-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH REAR CA60 2-WAY / BLACK RH REAR WHEEL HUB

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS


Connector Connector Description Location
CA10 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB15 2-WAY / BLACK / ABS LINK LEAD BEHIND FRONT LH WHEELARCH LINER
JB133 2-WAY / BLACK / ABS LINK LEAD BEHIND LH WHEELARCH LINER
VP1 2-WAY / VACUUM PUMP LINK LEAD ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LH REAR

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G18 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 05.2
Dynamic Stability Control Control Module
COMPONENTS
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
PG JB185-01 MOTOR GROUND: GROUND
B+ JB185-02 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY – MOTOR: B+ BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL

PG JB185-05 POWER GROUND: GROUND BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR JB89 3-WAY / BLACK ON DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL MODULATOR

B+ JB185-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ CAPACITOR (ABS / DSC) JB195 2-WAY ADJACENT TO MODULATOR
I JB185-12 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
SS JB185-13 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+ CA76 16-WAY / GREEN
CA77 2-WAY / GREY
I JB185-14 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
CA78 16-WAY / GREY
SS JB185-15 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+ IP1 14-WAY / GREEN
I JB185-16 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION IP2 16-WAY / GREY
SG JB185-21 SENSOR GROUND – YAW RATE, STEERING ANGLE SENSORS: GROUND IP3 2-WAY / GREY
IP4 14-WAY / GREY
B+ JB185-23 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
JB50 4-WAY / GREY
C JB185-24 CAN +
JB51 16-WAY / BLUE
SG JB185-25 SENSOR GROUND – BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR: GROUND JB52 2-WAY / BLACK
I JB185-26 BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL CONTROL MODULE JB185 42-WAY / BLUE ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH SIDE
I JB185-27 DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL SWITCH IP29 6-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
O JB185-28 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR IP19 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
O JB185-30 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+
VACUUM MODULE VM1 — UNDER BATTERY TRAY
I JB185-31 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION VM2 —
I JB185-32 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED VM3 —
SS JB185-39 YAW RATE, STEERING ANGLE SENSORS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+ VACUUM PUMP VPU — ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO
C JB185-40 CAN – WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH FRONT (ALL) LF1 2-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT WHEEL HUB
SS JB185-42 BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 V WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH REAR (2.5L & 3.0L) CA55 2-WAY / BLACK LH REAR WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH REAR (2.0L) LR1 2-WAY / BLACK LH REAR WHEEL HUB
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH FRONT (ALL) RF1 2-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH REAR (2.5L & 3.0L) CA60 2-WAY / BLACK RH REAR WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH REAR (2.0L) RR1 2-WAY / BLACK RH REAR WHEEL HUB
YAW RATE SENSOR IP20 4-WAY / BLACK BEHIND CENTER CONSOLE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS


Connector Connector Description Location
CA10 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA55 2-WAY / BLACK / 2.0L LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK LEAD LH REAR WHEEL HUB
CA60 2-WAY / BLACK / 2.0L RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK LEAD RH REAR WHEEL HUB
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB15 2-WAY / BLACK / ABS LINK LEAD BEHIND FRONT LH WHEELARCH LINER
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB133 2-WAY / BLACK / ABS LINK LEAD BEHIND LH WHEELARCH LINER
JB196 1O-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO FOOT PEDALS
VP1 2-WAY / VACUUM PUMP LINK LEAD ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LH REAR

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G18 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 05.3
Anti-Lock Braking Control Module
COMPONENTS
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
PG JB197-01 MOTOR GROUND: GROUND
B+ JB197-02 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY – MOTOR: B+ ANTI-LOCK BRAKING / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE JB197 42-WAY / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH SIDE

PG JB197-05 POWER GROUND: GROUND BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL

B+ JB197-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ CAPACITOR (ABS / DSC) JB195 2-WAY ADJACENT TO MODULATOR
I JB197-12 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
SS JB197-13 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+ CA76 16-WAY / GREEN
CA77 2-WAY / GREY
I JB197-14 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION
CA78 16-WAY / GREY
SS JB197-15 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+ IP1 14-WAY / GREEN
I JB197-16 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION IP2 16-WAY / GREY
B+ JB197-23 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+ IP3 2-WAY / GREY
IP4 14-WAY / GREY
C JB197-24 CAN +
JB50 4-WAY / GREY
I JB197-27 TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
JB51 16-WAY / BLUE
O JB197-28 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+ JB52 2-WAY / BLACK
O JB197-30 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+ TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH IP29 6-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
I JB197-31 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION VACUUM MODULE VM1 — UNDER BATTERY TRAY
I JB197-32 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED VM2 —
C JB197-40 CAN – VM3 —
VACUUM PUMP VPU — ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH FRONT LF1 2-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH REAR LR1 2-WAY / BLACK LH REAR WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH FRONT RF1 2-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT WHEEL HUB
WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH REAR RR1 2-WAY / BLACK RH REAR WHEEL HUB

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS


Connector Connector Description Location
CA10 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA55 2-WAY / BLACK / 2.0L LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK LEAD LH REAR WHEEL HUB
CA60 2-WAY / BLACK / 2.0L RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK LEAD RH REAR WHEEL HUB
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
JB15 2-WAY / BLACK / ABS LINK LEAD BEHIND FRONT LH WHEELARCH LINER
JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB133 2-WAY / BLACK / ABS LINK LEAD BEHIND LH WHEELARCH LINER
JB196 1O-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO FOOT PEDALS
VP1 2-WAY / VACUUM PUMP LINK LEAD ENGINE COMPARTMENT, LH REAR

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G18 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 06.1
Air Conditioning Control Module: Manual
COMPONENTS
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
O AC1-04 FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ OR TO GROUND
O AC1-05 FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ OR TO GROUND AIR CONDITIONING BLOWER RELAY — — CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R20

O AC1-06 DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (MANUAL, PANEL) AC1 26-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL
IP39 6-WAY / GREY
O AC1-07 DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
IP101 26-WAY / YELLOW
O AC1-08 PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND IP135 2-WAY / GREY
O AC1-09 PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR AC2 6-WAY / BLACK RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
O AC1-10 AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
BLOWER (MANUAL) IP58 2-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL, RH SIDE / LHD, LH SIDE / RHD
O AC1-11 AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
BLOWER SERIES RESISTOR IP121 6-WAY / GREY ADJACENT TO BLOWER MOTOR
O AC1-12 AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
O AC1-13 DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+
CA76 16-WAY / GREEN
I AC1-14 EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES CA77 2-WAY / GREY
I AC1-15 DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES CA78 16-WAY / GREY
SG AC1-16 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND IP1 14-WAY / GREEN
IP2 16-WAY / GREY
O AC1-20 DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
IP3 2-WAY / GREY
O AC1-21 DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND IP4 14-WAY / GREY
O AC1-22 PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND JB50 4-WAY / GREY
O AC1-23 PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND JB51 16-WAY / BLUE
O AC1-24 AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND JB52 2-WAY / BLACK

O AC1-25 AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR AC4 6-WAY / BLACK RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT

O AC1-26 PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+ DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR AC6 2-WAY / BLACK RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
DOOR MIRROR – LH FL5 22-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT DOOR
B+ IP101-01 BATTERY SAVER POWER SUPPLY: B+ DOOR MIRROR – RH FR4 22-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT DOOR
B+ IP101-02 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+ EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR AC5 2-WAY / BLACK RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
O IP101-03 WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR AC7 4-WAY / BLACK LH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT (LHD)
O IP101-04 HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT (RHD)
I IP101-07 BLOWER SPEED SENSE: B+ WHEN BLOWER OFF, 0 V WHEN BLOWER RUNNING HEATED REAR WINDOW ZA1 — REAR WINDOW
C IP101-09 CAN + ZA10 —

C IP101-10 CAN – HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY — — CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R19
B+ IP101-14 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR AC3 6-WAY / BLACK RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
PG IP101-15 POWER GROUND: GROUND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
I IP101-20 DIMMER CONTROLLED ILLUMINATION: PWM, 80Hz, GROUND = 0% DUTY CYCLE, B+ = 100% DUTY CYCLE WINDSHIELD HEATER – LH JB95 2-WAY / BLACK WINDSHIELD
C IP101-22 CAN + WINDSHIELD HEATER – RH JB96 2-WAY / BLACK WINDSHIELD
C IP101-23 CAN – WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R2

O IP135-1 BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 1: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND


PG IP135-2 BLOWER GROUND: GROUND
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
O IP39-1 BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 6: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
O IP39-2 BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 4: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
O IP39-3 BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 2: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
CA127 2-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO HEATED REAR WINDOW BEHIND LH E POST TRIM
O IP39-4 BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 3: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O IP39-6 BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 5: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
GROUNDS
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. Ground Location
G3 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH E POST
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 06.2
Air Conditioning Control Module: Automatic
COMPONENTS
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
O AC1-04 FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ OR TO GROUND
O AC1-05 FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ OR TO GROUND AIR CONDITIONING BLOWER RELAY — — CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R20

O AC1-06 DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (AUTOMATIC, PANEL) AC1 26-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL
IP101 26-WAY / YELLOW
O AC1-07 DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (REMOTE) AC1 26-WAY / YELLOW RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
O AC1-08 PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
IP101 26-WAY / YELLOW
O AC1-09 PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR AC2 6-WAY / BLACK RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
O AC1-10 AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR JB105 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT CROSS MEMBER, ADJACENT TO RADIATOR LH SIDE
O AC1-11 AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
BLOWER (AUTOMATIC) IP134 6-WAY / BLACK BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
O AC1-12 AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+
O AC1-13 DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+ CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
CA76 16-WAY / GREEN
I AC1-14 EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
CA77 2-WAY / GREY
I AC1-15 DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES CA78 16-WAY / GREY
I AC1-16 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND IP1 14-WAY / GREEN
O AC1-20 DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND IP2 16-WAY / GREY
IP3 2-WAY / GREY
O AC1-21 DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
IP4 14-WAY / GREY
O AC1-22 PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
JB50 4-WAY / GREY
O AC1-23 PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND JB51 16-WAY / BLUE
O AC1-24 AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND JB52 2-WAY / BLACK
O AC1-25 AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR AC4 6-WAY / BLACK RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
O AC1-26 PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+ DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR AC6 2-WAY / BLACK RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
DOOR MIRROR – LH FL5 22-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT DOOR
B+ IP101-01 BATTERY SAVER POWER SUPPLY: B+ DOOR MIRROR – RH FR4 22-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT DOOR
B+ IP101-02 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+ EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR AC5 2-WAY / BLACK RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
O IP101-03 WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR AC7 4-WAY / BLACK LH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT (LHD)
O IP101-04 HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT (RHD)
I IP101-05 ASPIRATOR MOTOR DRIVE: PERMANENTLY CONNECTED TO GROUND; A/CCM MONITORS CIRCUIT FOR MOTOR RUNNING CONDITION HEATED REAR WINDOW ZA1 — REAR WINDOW
O IP101-06 BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL: PWM, 400 Hz, APPROXIMATELY 8% – 90%; HIGHER DUTY CYCLE = HIGHER BLOWER SPEED ZA10 —
I IP101-07 BLOWER MOTOR SPEED SENSE: FREQUENCY = RPM / 20; FREQUENCY PROPORTIONAL TO BLOWER SPEED HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY — — CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R19
C IP101-09 CAN + IN-CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR IP66 4-WAY / BLACK BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER RIGHT
C IP101-10 CAN – PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR AC3 6-WAY / BLACK RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
B+ IP101-14 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
PG IP101-15 POWER GROUND: GROUND
SOLAR SENSOR IP38 2-WAY / BLACK TOP CENTER OF INSTRUMENT PANEL
I IP101-16 IN CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
WINDSHIELD HEATER – LH JB95 2-WAY / BLACK WINDSHIELD
SG IP101-17 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
WINDSHIELD HEATER – RH JB96 2-WAY / BLACK WINDSHIELD
I IP101-18 SOLAR SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: DARKER = HIGHER VOLTAGE
WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R2
I IP101-19 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES
I IP101-20 DIMMER CONTROLLED ILLUMINATION: PWM, 80Hz, GROUND = 0% DUTY CYCLE, B+ = 100% DUTY CYCLE
O IP101-21 AIR CONDITIONING BLOWER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
C IP101-22 CAN +
Connector Connector Description Location
C IP101-23 CAN –
CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA127 2-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO HEATED REAR WINDOW BEHIND LH E POST TRIM
JB3 14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G3 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH E POST
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 07.1
General Electronic Control Module
COMPONENTS
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
S IP5-18 SCP –
S IP5-19 SCP + BRAKE FLUID SWITCH JB70 3-WAY / BLACK BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 1 (2.5L & 3.0L) FT2 4-WAY / BLACK FUEL TANK

I IP6-18 SEAT BELT AND AIRBAG AUDIBLE WARNING REQUEST: AUDIBLE WARNING REQUEST ACTIVE = GROUND FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 2 (2.5L & 3.0L) FT3 4-WAY / BLACK FUEL TANK
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR (2.0L) CA415 4-WAY / BLACK FUEL TANK

Instrument Cluster GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
CA87 23-WAY / GREEN
 Pin Description and Characteristic IP5 23-WAY / BROWN
IP6 23-WAY / WHITE
I IP10-7 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCE: 20 Ω = EMPTY; 160 Ω = FULL
JB172 23-WAY / BLUE
I IP10-8 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCE: 20 Ω = EMPTY; 160 Ω = FULL
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / YELLOW INSTRUMENT PANEL
SG IP10-9 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR REFERENCE: GROUND IP11 26-WAY / YELLOW
I IP10-10 MAIN BEAM STATUS: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH IP17 16-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
I IP10-11 WASHER FLUID LEVEL LOW SIGNAL: FLUID LEVEL LOW = GROUND
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH EN19 1-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO ENGINE OIL FILTER
I IP10-12 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SIGNAL: FLUID LEVEL LOW = GROUND
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE CA165 40-WAY / BLACK UNDER CENTER CONSOLE
I IP10-15 PARKING BRAKE SIGNAL: PARKING BRAKE ON = GROUND IP74 24-WAY / BLACK
I IP10-16 TRIP COMPUTER CYCLE SWITCH: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH IP53 10-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN
C IP10-17 CAN +
WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH JB103 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH FRONT
C IP10-18 CAN –
I IP10-19 FRONT FOG STATUS (HARD WIRED TO INDICATOR): B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
I IP10-20 REAR FOG STATUS (HARD WIRED TO INDICATOR): B+ WHEN ACTIVATED HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
S IP10-22 SCP +
Connector Connector Description Location
S IP10-23 SCP –
CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
I IP10-24 TRIP COMPUTER MODE SIGNAL: STEPPED RESISTANCE
CA5 12-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO FUEL TANK LINK LEAD TOP OF FUEL TANK
SG IP10-25 TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK REFERENCE: GROUND
CA169 4-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX

I IP11-5 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SIGNAL: ENGINE OIL PRESSURE PRESENT = GROUND JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET

I IP11-7 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
I IP11-8 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I IP11-11 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
GROUNDS
I IP11-13 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+
I IP11-15 SIDE LAMPS STATUS: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
Ground Location
I IP11-17 DIP BEAM STATUS: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED G10 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
I IP11-19 AIR BAG WARNING: HARD WIRED TO AIR BAG INDICATOR G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
I IP11-21 DIMMER CONTROLLED ILLUMINATION: PWM, 80 Hz, GROUND = 0% DUTY CYCLE, B+ = 100% DUTY CYCLE; HARD WIRED TO BACK LIGHTING; MICRO SENSED FOR DISPLAY G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 07.2
General Electronic Control Module
COMPONENTS
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
PG CA86-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND
S IP5-18 SCP – DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT FL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT DOOR
FL9 2-WAY / BLACK
S IP5-19 SCP +
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH FRONT FR3 8-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT DOOR
SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
FR9 2-WAY / BLACK
I IP6-8 KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
I IP6-15 NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH: PARK = OPEN CIRCUIT; NOT-IN-PARK = GROUND
CA87 23-WAY / GREEN
I IP6-18 SEAT BELT AND AIRBAG AUDIBLE WARNING REQUEST: AUDIBLE WARNING REQUEST ACTIVE = GROUND IP5 23-WAY / BROWN
I IP6-22 DRIVER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND IP6 23-WAY / WHITE
B+ JB172-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+ JB172 23-WAY / BLUE
IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / YELLOW INSTRUMENT PANEL
IP11 26-WAY / YELLOW
J GATE ASSEMBLY IP14 16-WAY / GREEN CENTER CONSOLE
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE CA165 40-WAY / BLACK UNDER CENTER CONSOLE
IP74 24-WAY / BLACK

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS


Connector Connector Description Location
CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 08.1
General Electronic Control Module
COMPONENTS
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
PG CA86-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I IP5-3 EXTERNAL ANTENNA AUTOLAMPS SENSOR RC5 5-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR VIEW MIRROR

S IP5-18 SCP – CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
CA76 16-WAY / GREEN
S IP5-19 SCP +
CA77 2-WAY / GREY
O IP5-22 TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ CA78 16-WAY / GREY
IP1 14-WAY / GREEN
SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND IP2 16-WAY / GREY
I IP6-11 MAIN BEAM SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED IP3 2-WAY / GREY
IP4 14-WAY / GREY
O IP6-13 MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
JB50 4-WAY / GREY
I IP6-17 LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED JB51 16-WAY / BLUE
I IP6-19 RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED JB52 2-WAY / BLACK
I IP6-23 HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED DIP BEAM RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R9
FOG LAMP – LH FRONT FB1 2-WAY / BLACK UNDER FRONT BUMPER
O JB172-3 RH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ FOG LAMP – RH FRONT FB3 2-WAY / BLACK UNDER FRONT BUMPER
O JB172-4 LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
B+ JB172-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+ CA87 23-WAY / GREEN
IP5 23-WAY / BROWN
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. IP6 23-WAY / WHITE
JB172 23-WAY / BLUE
GLOVE BOX LAMP IP25 2-WAY / BROWN GLOVE BOX
HEADLAMP UNIT – LH JB84 10-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT OF VEHICLE
HEADLAMP UNIT – RH JB85 10-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT OF VEHICLE
MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY — — CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R15
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH IP17 16-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
SIDE MARKER LAMP – LH FRONT FB2 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER LH SIDE
SIDE MARKER LAMP – RH FRONT FB4 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER RH SIDE
TURN REPEATER – LH JB132 2-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT FENDER
TURN REPEATER – RH JB98 2-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT FENDER
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH IP53 10-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS


Connector Connector Description Location
CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB171 8-WAY / BLACK / FRONT END HARNESS TO BUMPER LINK LEAD BEHIND FRONT LH WHEEL ARCH LINER

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G10 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G11 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G32 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G33 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 08.2
General Electronic Control Module
COMPONENTS
P Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
PG CA86-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I IP5-3 EXTERNAL ANTENNA CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
CA76 16-WAY / GREEN
S IP5-18 SCP –
CA77 2-WAY / GREY
S IP5-19 SCP + CA78 16-WAY / GREY
O IP5-22 TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ IP1 14-WAY / GREEN
IP2 16-WAY / GREY
IP3 2-WAY / GREY
SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
IP4 14-WAY / GREY
I IP6-11 MAIN BEAM SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
JB50 4-WAY / GREY
O IP6-13 MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ JB51 16-WAY / BLUE
I IP6-17 LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED JB52 2-WAY / BLACK
I IP6-19 RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED DIP BEAM RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R9
I IP6-23 HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED FOG LAMP – LH FRONT FB1 2-WAY / BLACK UNDER FRONT BUMPER
FOG LAMP – RH FRONT FB3 2-WAY / BLACK UNDER FRONT BUMPER
O JB172-3 RH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
O JB172-4 LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ CA87 23-WAY / GREEN
B+ JB172-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+ IP5 23-WAY / BROWN
IP6 23-WAY / WHITE
JB172 23-WAY / BLUE
GLOVE BOX LAMP IP25 2-WAY / BROWN GLOVE BOX
HAZARD SWITCH IP51 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
HEADLAMP UNIT – LH JB84 10-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT OF VEHICLE
HEADLAMP UNIT – RH JB85 10-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT OF VEHICLE
MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY — — CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R15
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH IP17 16-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
SIDE MARKER LAMP – LH FRONT FB2 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER LH SIDE
SIDE MARKER LAMP – RH FRONT FB4 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER RH SIDE
TURN REPEATER – LH JB132 2-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT FENDER
TURN REPEATER – RH JB98 2-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT FENDER
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH IP53 10-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS


Connector Connector Description Location
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB171 8-WAY / BLACK / FRONT END HARNESS TO BUMPER LINK LEAD BEHIND FRONT LH WHEEL ARCH LINER

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G10 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G11 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G32 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G33 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 08.3
General Electronic Control Module
COMPONENTS
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
O CA86-2 LH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
PG CA86-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
CA76 16-WAY / GREEN
O CA87-4 RH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
CA77 2-WAY / GREY
CA78 16-WAY / GREY
S IP5-18 SCP – IP1 14-WAY / GREEN
S IP5-19 SCP + IP2 16-WAY / GREY
O IP5-22 TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ IP3 2-WAY / GREY
IP4 14-WAY / GREY
JB50 4-WAY / GREY
SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND JB51 16-WAY / BLUE
I IP6-17 LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED JB52 2-WAY / BLACK
I IP6-19 RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
I IP6-23 HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED CA87 23-WAY / GREEN
IP5 23-WAY / BROWN
IP6 23-WAY / WHITE
B+ JB172-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
JB172 23-WAY / BLUE
HAZARD SWITCH IP51 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
Instrument Cluster HIGH MOUNT STOP LAMP CA304 2-WAY / BLACK REAR WINDOW
 Pin Description and Characteristic INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / YELLOW INSTRUMENT PANEL
IP11 26-WAY / YELLOW
I IP10-1 REVERSE LAMP SWITCH: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – LH TM4 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
C IP10-17 CAN +
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – RH TM5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
C IP10-18 CAN –
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH IP17 16-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL

O IP11-3 REVERSE LAMPS RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, IC SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND REVERSE LAMPS RELAY — — CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX R17
REVERSE LAMPS SWITCH EN85 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. SIDE MARKER LAMP – LH REAR RB5 2-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER LH SIDE
SIDE MARKER LAMP – RH REAR RB6 2-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER RH SIDE
TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH CA137 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REAR
TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH CA138 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK RH REAR
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH IP53 10-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS


Connector Connector Description Location
CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA10 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA45 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK LH REAR
CA129 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS SPARE WHEEL WELL
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB145 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB196 1O-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO FOOT PEDALS
TL10 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G1 TRUNK / LH REAR
G2 TRUNK / LH REAR
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
G38 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / TOP OF LH E POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 08.4
General Electronic Control Module
COMPONENTS
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
O CA86-2 LH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
PG CA86-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
CA76 16-WAY / GREEN
O CA87-4 RH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
CA77 2-WAY / GREY
CA78 16-WAY / GREY
S IP5-18 SCP – IP1 14-WAY / GREEN
S IP5-19 SCP + IP2 16-WAY / GREY
O IP5-22 TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ IP3 2-WAY / GREY
IP4 14-WAY / GREY
JB50 4-WAY / GREY
SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND JB51 16-WAY / BLUE
I IP6-17 LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED JB52 2-WAY / BLACK
I IP6-19 RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
I IP6-23 HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED CA87 23-WAY / GREEN
IP5 23-WAY / BROWN
IP6 23-WAY / WHITE
B+ JB172-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
JB172 23-WAY / BLUE
HAZARD SWITCH IP51 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
HIGH MOUNT STOP LAMP CA304 2-WAY / BLACK REAR WINDOW
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – LH TM4 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – RH TM5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH IP17 16-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH TT4 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REAR
TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH TT5 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK RH REAR
TRAILER CONNECTOR T5011 — TRUNK RH REAR
T312N —
T6US1 —
TRAILER TOWING CONTROL MODULE TT1 — SPARE WHEEL WELL
TT2 —
TT3 —
TRAILER TOWING REAR ACCESSORY CONNECTOR T3001 — TRUNK RH REAR
T4001 —
T5001 —
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH IP53 10-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS


Connector Connector Description Location
CA45 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK LH REAR
CA129 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS SPARE WHEEL WELL
CA146 3-WAY / BLACK / ACCESSORY SOCKET ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
CA175 TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR TRUNK
CA176 TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR TRUNK
CA302 2-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRAILER HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB196 1O-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO FOOT PEDALS
TL10 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE
TT6 TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR TRUNK

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G1 TRUNK / LH REAR
G2 TRUNK / LH REAR
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
G38 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / TOP OF LH E POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 08.5
General Electronic Control Module
COMPONENTS
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
O CA86-2 LH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
PG CA86-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CARAVAN CONNECTOR T412S — TRUNK RH REAR

O CA87-4 RH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
CA76 16-WAY / GREEN
CA77 2-WAY / GREY
S IP5-18 SCP –
CA78 16-WAY / GREY
S IP5-19 SCP + IP1 14-WAY / GREEN
O IP5-22 TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ IP2 16-WAY / GREY
IP3 2-WAY / GREY
IP4 14-WAY / GREY
SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
JB50 4-WAY / GREY
I IP6-17 LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED JB51 16-WAY / BLUE
I IP6-19 RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED JB52 2-WAY / BLACK
I IP6-23 HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
CA87 23-WAY / GREEN
B+ JB172-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+ IP5 23-WAY / BROWN
IP6 23-WAY / WHITE
JB172 23-WAY / BLUE
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
HAZARD SWITCH IP51 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
HIGH MOUNT STOP LAMP CA304 2-WAY / BLACK REAR WINDOW
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – LH TM4 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – RH TM5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH IP17 16-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH TT4 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REAR
TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH TT5 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK RH REAR
TRAILER CONNECTOR T5011 — TRUNK RH REAR
T312N —
T6US1 —
TRAILER TOWING CONTROL MODULE TT1 — SPARE WHEEL WELL
TT2 —
TT3 —
TRAILER TOWING REAR ACCESSORY CONNECTOR T3001 — TRUNK RH REAR
T4001 —
T5001 —
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH IP53 10-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS


Connector Connector Description Location
CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA45 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK LH REAR
CA129 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS SPARE WHEEL WELL
CA146 3-WAY / BLACK / ACCESSORY SOCKET ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
CA175 TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR TRUNK
CA176 TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR TRUNK
CA302 2-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRAILER HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB196 1O-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO FOOT PEDALS
T3001 TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR TRUNK
TL10 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE
TT6 TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR TRUNK
TT7 TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR TRUNK

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G1 TRUNK / LH REAR
G2 TRUNK / LH REAR
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
G38 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / TOP OF LH E POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 08.6
General Electronic Control Module
COMPONENTS
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
O CA86-2 LH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
PG CA86-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX CA75 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD LH SIDE
CA76 16-WAY / GREEN
O CA87-4 RH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
CA77 2-WAY / GREY
CA78 16-WAY / GREY
S IP5-18 SCP – IP1 14-WAY / GREEN
S IP5-19 SCP + IP2 16-WAY / GREY
O IP5-22 TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ IP3 2-WAY / GREY
IP4 14-WAY / GREY
JB50 4-WAY / GREY
SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND JB51 16-WAY / BLUE
I IP6-17 LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED JB52 2-WAY / BLACK
I IP6-19 RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
I IP6-23 HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED CA87 23-WAY / GREEN
IP5 23-WAY / BROWN
IP6 23-WAY / WHITE
B+ JB172-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
JB172 23-WAY / BLUE
HAZARD SWITCH IP51 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
HIGH MOUNT STOP LAMP CA304 2-WAY / BLACK REAR WINDOW
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – LH TM4 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
LICENSE PLATE LAMP – RH TM5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH IP17 16-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
SIDE MARKER LAMP – LH REAR RB5 2-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER LH SIDE
SIDE MARKER LAMP – RH REAR RB6 2-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER RH SIDE
TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH TT4 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REAR
TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH TT5 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK RH REAR
TRAILER CONNECTOR T5011 — TRUNK RH REAR
T312N —
T6US1 —
TRAILER TOWING CONTROL MODULE TT1 — SPARE WHEEL WELL
TT2 —
TT3 —
TRAILER TOWING REAR ACCESSORY CONNECTOR T3001 — TRUNK RH REAR
T4001 —
T5001 —
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH IP53 10-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS


Connector Connector Description Location
CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA45 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK LH REAR
CA129 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS SPARE WHEEL WELL
CA146 3-WAY / BLACK / ACCESSORY SOCKET ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
CA175 TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR TRUNK
CA176 TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR TRUNK
CA302 2-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRAILER HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP
JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
TL10 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE
TT6 TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR TRUNK

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G1 TRUNK / LH REAR
G2 TRUNK / LH REAR
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
G38 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / TOP OF LH E POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


Fig. 08.7

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
DIP BEAM RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R9
FRONT AXLE SENSOR JB140 6-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT SUSPENSION
HEADLAMP LEVELING CONTROL MODULE IP130 26-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
HEADLAMP UNIT – LH JB84 10-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT OF VEHICLE
HEADLAMP UNIT – RH JB85 10-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT OF VEHICLE
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH IP17 16-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
REAR AXLE SENSOR HI1 6-WAY / BLACK LH REAR SUSPENSION

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS


Connector Connector Description Location
CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA10 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA241 22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA302 2-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRAILER HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G10 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G11 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 09.1
General Electronic Control Module
COMPONENTS
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
O CA86-1 LH AND RH DOOR COURTESY LAMPS : TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND
O CA86-3 INTERIOR LAMPS : TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND DOOR COURTESY LAMP – LH FL7 2-WAY / WHITE LH FRONT DOOR

PG CA86-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND DOOR COURTESY LAMP – RH FR6 2-WAY / WHITE RH FRONT DOOR

I CA86-14 RESET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT FL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT DOOR
FL9 2-WAY / BLACK
I CA86-16 SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
I CA86-18 RH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH REAR BL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOOR
BL6 2-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH FRONT FR3 8-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT DOOR
I CA87-15 LH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
FR9 2-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH REAR BR3 8-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOOR
I IP5-3 EXTERNAL ANTENNA
BR6 2-WAY / BLACK
S IP5-18 SCP –
FOOTWELL LAMP – LH IP27 2-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
S IP5-19 SCP +
FOOTWELL LAMP – RH IP26 2-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
CA87 23-WAY / GREEN
I IP6-21 PASSENGER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND IP5 23-WAY / BROWN
I IP6-22 DRIVER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND IP6 23-WAY / WHITE
JB172 23-WAY / BLUE

B+ JB172-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+ GLOVE BOX LAMP IP25 2-WAY / BROWN GLOVE BOX
REAR INTERIOR LAMP RC11 2-WAY / BLACK REAR HEAD LINER
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. RC20 1-WAY / RED
ROOF CONSOLE RC22 22-WAY / BLACK ROOF, CENTER FRONT
RC30 4-WAY / BLACK
RC31 2-WAY / BLACK
RC33 4-WAY / BLACK
RC34 6-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK LAMP CA132 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK RH SIDE
TRUNK LOCK MOTOR TM6 5-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK LID
VANITY MIRROR LAMP – LH RC9 2-WAY / BLACK LH SUN VISOR
VANITY MIRROR LAMP – RH RC8 2-WAY / BLACK RH SUN VISOR

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS


Connector Connector Description Location
CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA21 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH B/C POST
CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD RH B/C POST
CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA45 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK LH REAR
TL10 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G1 TRUNK / LH REAR
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


Fig. 09.2

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (AUTOMATIC, PANEL) AC1 26-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL
IP101 26-WAY / YELLOW
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (MANUAL, PANEL) AC1 26-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL
IP39 6-WAY / GREY
IP101 26-WAY / YELLOW
IP135 2-WAY / GREY
AUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
IP65 20-WAY / BLACK
IP106 2-WAY / COAXIAL
CIGAR LIGHTER IP42 2-WAY / ORANGE ASH TRAY
DOOR SWITCH PACK – DRIVER FL1 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR ARM REST
FR1 20-WAY / BLACK
DOOR SWITCH PACK – LH REAR BL1 8-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOOR
DOOR SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER FL10 8-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
DOOR SWITCH PACK – RH REAR BR1 8-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOOR
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL SWITCH IP29 6-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
HAZARD, SEAT HEATER SWITCHES IP51 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / YELLOW INSTRUMENT PANEL
IP11 26-WAY / YELLOW
J GATE ASSEMBLY IP14 16-WAY / GREEN CENTER CONSOLE
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH IP17 16-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL
ROOF CONSOLE RC22 22-WAY / BLACK ROOF, CENTER FRONT
RC30 4-WAY / BLACK
RC31 2-WAY / BLACK
RC33 4-WAY / BLACK
RC34 6-WAY / BLACK
STEERING WHEEL SW4 6-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
TELEMATICS DISPLAY IP70 22-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
IP136 2-WAY
IP137 2-WAY
IP138 2-WAY
IP139 2-WAY

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS


Connector Connector Description Location
CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH B/C POST
CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD RH B/C POST
CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 10.1
Instrument Cluster
COMPONENTS
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
C IP10-17 CAN +
C IP10-18 CAN – ELECTROCHROMIC REAR VIEW MIRROR RC5 5-WAY / BLACK REAR VIEW MIRROR
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / YELLOW INSTRUMENT PANEL
IP11 26-WAY / YELLOW
I IP11-8 POWER GROUND: GROUND
VARIABLE ASSIST SERVO EM91 2-WAY STEERING RACK PINION HOUSING
I IP11-23 VARIABLE ASSIST POWER STEERING FEEDBACK: CLOSED LOOP
I IP11-24 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
O IP11-25 VARIABLE ASSIST POWER STEERING DRIVE: 864 mA = MAXIMUM ASSIST; 0 mA = MINIMUM ASSIST HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. Connector Connector Description Location
CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB145 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


Fig. 10.2

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
DOOR SWITCH PACK – DRIVER FL1 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR ARM REST
FR1 20-WAY / BLACK
FOLD FLAT MODULE CA270 7-WAY / GREY BEHIND PASSENGER AIR BAG
DOOR MIRROR – LH FL5 22-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT DOOR
DOOR MIRROR – RH FR4 22-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT DOOR

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS


Connector Connector Description Location
CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA21 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA65 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS BELOW RH FRONT SEAT
CA70 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS BELOW LH FRONT SEAT

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


Fig. 11.1

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – LH LS19 3-WAY / WHITE LH SEAT
SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – RH RS19 3-WAY / WHITE RH SEAT
SEAT LUMBAR SWITCH PACK – LH LS16 7-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT SEAT
SEAT LUMBAR SWITCH PACK – RH RS16 7-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT SEAT
SEAT MOVEMENT MOTORS – LH LS2 2-WAY / BLACK BELOW LH SEAT
LS4 2-WAY / RED
LS5 2-WAY / BLACK
LS6 2-WAY / RED
SEAT MOVEMENT MOTORS – RH RS2 2-WAY / BLACK BELOW RH SEAT
RS4 2-WAY / RED
RS5 2-WAY / BLACK
RS6 2-WAY / BLACK
SEAT SWITCH PACK – LH LS1 12-WAY / GREY LH SEAT
SEAT SWITCH PACK – RH RS1 12-WAY / GREY RH SEAT

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS


Connector Connector Description Location
CA65 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS BELOW RH FRONT SEAT
CA70 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS BELOW LH FRONT SEAT

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


Fig. 11.2

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
SEAT MOVEMENT MOTOR – LH LS10 2-WAY / RED BELOW LH SEAT
SEAT MOVEMENT MOTOR – RH RS10 2-WAY / RED BELOW RH SEAT
SEAT SWITCH PACK – LH LS1 12-WAY / GREY LH SEAT
SEAT SWITCH PACK – RH RS1 12-WAY / GREY RH SEAT

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS


Connector Connector Description Location
CA65 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS BELOW RH FRONT SEAT
CA70 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS BELOW LH FRONT SEAT

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


Fig. 11.3

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
SEAT BACK HEATER – LH LS7 4-WAY / GREY BELOW LH SEAT
SEAT BACK HEATER – RH RS7 4-WAY / GREY BELOW RH SEAT
SEAT CUSHION HEATER – LH LS7 4-WAY / GREY BELOW LH SEAT
SEAT CUSHION HEATER – RH RS7 4-WAY / GREY BELOW RH SEAT
SEAT HEATER MODULE – LH LS13 12-WAY / GREY BELOW LH SEAT
SEAT HEATER MODULE – RH RS13 12-WAY / GREY BELOW RH SEAT
SEAT HEATER SWITCH – LH IP51 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
SEAT HEATER SWITCH – RH IP56 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS


Connector Connector Description Location
CA65 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS BELOW RH FRONT SEAT
CA70 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS BELOW LH FRONT SEAT
CA240 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 12.1
General Electronic Control Module
COMPONENTS
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
O CA86-4 CENTRAL LOCKING MOTORS DRIVE – DOUBLE LOCKING: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
PG CA86-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT FL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT DOOR
FL9 2-WAY / BLACK
I CA86-14 RESET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH REAR BL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOOR
I CA86-16 SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
BL6 2-WAY / BLACK
I CA86-18 RH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH FRONT FR3 8-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT DOOR
I CA86-19 LOCK SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
FR9 2-WAY / BLACK
I CA86-22 TRUNK LID AJAR: TRUNK OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; TRUNK CLOSED = GROUND
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH REAR BR3 8-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOOR
BR6 2-WAY / BLACK
O CA87-2 TRUNK LOCK MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
O CA87-3 CENTRAL LOCKING MOTORS DRIVE – LOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ CA87 23-WAY / GREEN
O CA87-5 CENTRAL LOCKING REAR MOTORS DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ IP5 23-WAY / BROWN
I CA87-15 LH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND IP6 23-WAY / WHITE
JB172 23-WAY / BLUE
I CA87-16 UNLOCK SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
INERTIA SWITCH IP132 3-WAY / BLACK LOWER RH A POST
O IP5-1 PASSENGER DOORS LOCK MOTOR DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
I IP5-3 EXTERNAL ANTENNA INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / YELLOW INSTRUMENT PANEL
IP11 26-WAY / YELLOW
O IP5-5 DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
TRUNK LOCK MOTOR TM6 5-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK LID
I IP5-16 TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH TM8 2-WAY / WHITE TRUNK LID
S IP5-18 SCP –
S IP5-19 SCP +
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
I IP6-8 KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN
Connector Connector Description Location
I IP6-21 PASSENGER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
I IP6-22 DRIVER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
B+ JB172-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+ CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA21 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
Instrument Cluster CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH B/C POST

 Pin Description and Characteristic CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD RH B/C POST
CA45 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK LH REAR
I IP10-13 EMERGENCY UNLOCK: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
TL10 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE
S IP10-22 SCP +
S IP10-23 SCP –
GROUNDS
I IP11-7 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
Ground Location
I IP11-8 POWER GROUND: GROUND
G1 TRUNK / LH REAR
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 12.2
General Electronic Control Module
COMPONENTS
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
PG CA86-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I CA86-14 RESET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT FL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT DOOR
FL9 2-WAY / BLACK
I CA86-16 SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH REAR BL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOOR
I CA86-18 RH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
BL6 2-WAY / BLACK
I CA86-19 LOCK SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH FRONT FR3 8-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT DOOR
I CA86-22 TRUNK LID AJAR: TRUNK OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; TRUNK CLOSED = GROUND
FR9 2-WAY / BLACK
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH REAR BR3 8-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOOR
O CA87-2 TRUNK LOCK MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ BR6 2-WAY / BLACK
O CA87-3 CENTRAL LOCKING MOTORS DRIVE – LOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
O CA87-5 CENTRAL LOCKING REAR MOTORS DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ CA87 23-WAY / GREEN
I CA87-15 LH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND IP5 23-WAY / BROWN
I CA87-16 UNLOCK SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND IP6 23-WAY / WHITE
JB172 23-WAY / BLUE
IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
O IP5-1 PASSENGER DOORS LOCK MOTOR DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
INERTIA SWITCH IP132 3-WAY / BLACK LOWER RH A POST
I IP5-3 EXTERNAL ANTENNA
O IP5-5 DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / YELLOW INSTRUMENT PANEL
IP11 26-WAY / YELLOW
I IP5-16 TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
TRUNK LOCK MOTOR TM6 5-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK LID
S IP5-18 SCP –
TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH TM8 2-WAY / WHITE TRUNK LID
S IP5-19 SCP +

SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS


I IP6-8 KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN
I IP6-21 PASSENGER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
Connector Connector Description Location
I IP6-22 DRIVER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
B+ JB172-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+ CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
Instrument Cluster CA21 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH B/C POST
 Pin Description and Characteristic
CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD RH B/C POST
I IP10-13 EMERGENCY UNLOCK: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED
CA45 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK LH REAR
S IP10-22 SCP +
TL10 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE
S IP10-23 SCP –

I IP11-7 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ GROUNDS


I IP11-8 POWER GROUND: GROUND
Ground Location
G1 TRUNK / LH REAR
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 12.3
General Electronic Control Module
COMPONENTS
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
PG CA86-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I CA86-17 INCLINATION SENSOR SENSE: ALARM TRIGGERED = GROUND; ALARM NOT TRIGGERED = B+ ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER JB70 6-WAY / BLACK BEHIND FRONT LH WHEEL ARCH LINER

I CA86-18 RH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND AUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
IP65 20-WAY / BLACK
I CA86-19 LOCK SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
IP106 2-WAY / COAXIAL
O CA86-20 INCLINATION AND INTRUSION SENSORS POWER SUPPLY: B+
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L) EN65 104-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
I CA86-22 TRUNK LID AJAR: TRUNK OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; TRUNK CLOSED = GROUND
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L) EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
I CA86-23 INTRUSION SENSOR SENSE: ALARM TRIGGERED = GROUND; ALARM NOT TRIGGERED = B+
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT FL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT DOOR
FL9 2-WAY / BLACK
O CA87-1 PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH REAR BL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOOR
O CA87-2 TRUNK LOCK MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
BL6 2-WAY / BLACK
I CA87-15 LH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH FRONT FR3 8-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT DOOR
FR9 2-WAY / BLACK
I IP5-3 EXTERNAL ANTENNA DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH REAR BR3 8-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOOR
O IP5-14 HORN RELAY DRIVE : TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND BR6 2-WAY / BLACK
I IP5-16 TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
S IP5-18 SCP – CA87 23-WAY / GREEN
S IP5-19 SCP + IP5 23-WAY / BROWN
IP6 23-WAY / WHITE
JB172 23-WAY / BLUE
SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
HOOD SECURITY SWITCH JB81 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO RH FRONT SUSPENSION TURRET
I IP6-8 KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN
HORN RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R3
I IP6-9 HEADLAMP FLASH SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED
HORNS JB87 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO BATTERY
I IP6-10 AUDIO UNIT PRESENCE SENSE: GROUND WHEN RADIO INSTALLED
IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
I IP6-21 PASSENGER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND
I IP6-22 DRIVER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND INCLINATION SENSOR CA190 6-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REAR
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / YELLOW INSTRUMENT PANEL
IP11 26-WAY / YELLOW
B+ JB172-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER IP15 4-WAY / GREEN STEERING COLUMN, IGNITION SWITCH
O JB172-3 RH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+
O JB172-4 LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER SL1 1-WAY LH FRONT OF VEHICLE
SL2 1-WAY
B+ JB172-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
D JB172-18 ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER DRIVE: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS
ROOF CONSOLE RC22 22-WAY / BLACK ROOF, CENTER FRONT
I JB172-21 HOOD AJAR: HOOD OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; HOOD CLOSED = GROUND
RC30 4-WAY / BLACK
RC31 2-WAY / BLACK
Instrument Cluster RC33 4-WAY / BLACK
RC34 6-WAY / BLACK
 Pin Description and Characteristic SECURITY INDICATOR IP29 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
O IP10-2 SECURITY INDICATOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, IC SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ TRUNK LOCK MOTOR TM6 5-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK LID
D IP10-3 PATS 1: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
D IP10-4 PATS 2: ENCODED COMMUNICATION
I IP10-5 PATS GROUND: GROUND
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
O IP10-6 PATS TRANSCEIVER POWER: B+ Connector Connector Description Location
C IP10-17 CAN +
CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
C IP10-18 CAN –
CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
S IP10-22 SCP +
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
S IP10-23 SCP –
CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH B/C POST
CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD RH B/C POST
I IP11-7 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
I IP11-8 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I IP11-11 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+ CA45 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS TRUNK LH REAR
CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / IN-LINE CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. JB79 6-WAY / BLACK / SECURITY SOUNDER LINK LEAD BEHIND FRONT LH WHEELARCH LINER
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
TL10 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LID HARNESS BELOW PARCEL SHELF LH SIDE

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G1 TRUNK / LH REAR
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G11 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 13.1
General Electronic Control Module
COMPONENTS
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
PG CA86-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
CA87 23-WAY / GREEN
I IP5-4 INTERMITTENT WIPE INTERVAL: 1 = 0.5 – 4 kΩ; 2 = 4 – 14 kΩ; 3 = 14 – 24 kΩ; 4 = 24 – 34 kΩ; 5 = 34 – 43 kΩ; 6 = 43 – 57 kΩ
IP5 23-WAY / BROWN
S IP5-18 SCP – IP6 23-WAY / WHITE
S IP5-19 SCP + JB172 23-WAY / BLUE
O IP5-21 WINDSHIELD WIPER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, CIRCUIT SWITCHED TO GROUND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
POWER WASH PUMP JB65 2-WAY / GREY BEHIND RH FRONT WHEEL ARCH LINER
SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND POWER WASH PUMP RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R5
I IP6-4 INTERMITTENT WIPE: B+ WHEN SELECTED WINDSHIELD WASHER PUMP JB109 2-WAY / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH FRONT
I IP6-5 WASHER SWITCH: WASHER ON = GROUND; WASHER OFF = B+
WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R1
WIPER MOTOR ASSEMBLY JB63 5-WAY / BLACK BASE OF WINDSHIELD LH SIDE
B+ JB172-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
WIPER SWITCH ASSEMBLY IP16 10-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN
I JB172-2 WIPER MOTOR PARK SWITCH: PARKED = GROUND; NOT PARKED = B+
B+ JB172-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
O JB172-23 POWER WASH PUMP RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.
JB3 14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G10 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 13.2
General Electronic Control Module
COMPONENTS
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
PG CA86-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
CA87 23-WAY / GREEN
I IP5-4 INTERMITTENT WIPE INTERVAL: 1 = 0.5 – 4 kΩ; 2 = 4 – 14 kΩ; 3 = 14 – 24 kΩ; 4 = 24 – 34 kΩ; 5 = 34 – 43 kΩ; 6 = 43 – 57 kΩ
IP5 23-WAY / BROWN
S IP5-18 SCP – IP6 23-WAY / WHITE
S IP5-19 SCP + JB172 23-WAY / BLUE
O IP5-21 WINDSHIELD WIPER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, CIRCUIT SWITCHED TO GROUND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
POWER WASH PUMP JB65 2-WAY / GREY BEHIND RH FRONT WHEEL ARCH LINER
SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND POWER WASH PUMP RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R5
I IP6-4 INTERMITTENT WIPE: B+ WHEN SELECTED RAIN SENSING CONTROL MODULE CA6 12-WAY / BLACK BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
I IP6-5 WASHER SWITCH: WASHER ON = GROUND; WASHER OFF = B+
RAIN SENSOR RC15 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR VIEW MIRROR
WINDSHIELD WASHER PUMP JB109 2-WAY / WHITE ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH FRONT
B+ JB172-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R1
I JB172-2 WIPER MOTOR PARK SWITCH: PARKED = GROUND; NOT PARKED = B+
WIPER MOTOR ASSEMBLY JB63 5-WAY / BLACK BASE OF WINDSHIELD LH SIDE
B+ JB172-5 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+
WIPER SWITCH ASSEMBLY IP16 10-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN
O JB172-23 POWER WASH PUMP RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Connector Connector Description Location
CA10 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA35 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RH LOWER A POST
CA241 22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
JB3 14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G10 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER RH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 14.1
General Electronic Control Module
COMPONENTS
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
I CA86-16 SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
O CA87-17 GLOBAL CLOSE REQUEST: 20 ms PULSED SIGNAL DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT FL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT DOOR
FL9 2-WAY / BLACK
I IP5-3 EXTERNAL ANTENNA
DOOR SWITCH PACK – DRIVER (LHD) FL1 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR ARM REST
SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
DOOR SWITCH PACK – LH REAR BL1 8-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOOR
B+ JB172-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
DOOR SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER (LHD) FR10 8-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
DOOR SWITCH PACK – RH REAR BR1 8-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOOR
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
CA87 23-WAY / GREEN
IP5 23-WAY / BROWN
IP6 23-WAY / WHITE
JB172 23-WAY / BLUE
WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT FL2 8-WAY / GREY LH FRONT DOOR
WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY – LH REAR BL2 8-WAY / GREY LH REAR DOOR
WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY – RH FRONT FR2 8-WAY / GREY RH FRONT DOOR
WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY – RH REAR BR2 8-WAY / GREY RH REAR DOOR

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS


Connector Connector Description Location
CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH B/C POST
CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD RH B/C POST

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 14.2
General Electronic Control Module
COMPONENTS
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
I CA86-16 SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
O CA87-17 GLOBAL CLOSE REQUEST: 20 ms PULSED SIGNAL DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT FL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT DOOR
FL9 2-WAY / BLACK
I IP5-3 EXTERNAL ANTENNA
DOOR SWITCH PACK – DRIVER (LHD) FL1 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR ARM REST
SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
DOOR SWITCH PACK – LH REAR BL1 8-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOOR
B+ JB172-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
DOOR SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER (LHD) FR10 8-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR
DOOR SWITCH PACK – RH REAR BR1 8-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOOR
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
CA87 23-WAY / GREEN
IP5 23-WAY / BROWN
IP6 23-WAY / WHITE
JB172 23-WAY / BLUE
WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT FL2 8-WAY / GREY LH FRONT DOOR
WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY – LH REAR BL2 8-WAY / GREY LH REAR DOOR
WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY – RH FRONT FR2 8-WAY / GREY RH FRONT DOOR
WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY – RH REAR BR2 8-WAY / GREY RH REAR DOOR

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS


Connector Connector Description Location
CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA21 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH B/C POST
CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD RH B/C POST

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 14.3
Control Module
COMPONENTS
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
I CA86-16 SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
CA87 23-WAY / GREEN
O CA87-17 GLOBAL CLOSE REQUEST: 20 ms PULSED SIGNAL
IP5 23-WAY / BROWN
O CA87-20 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 8000 PULSES PER MPH IP6 23-WAY / WHITE
JB172 23-WAY / BLUE
I IP5-3 EXTERNAL ANTENNA DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – LH FRONT FL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT DOOR
S IP5-18 SCP – FL9 2-WAY / BLACK
S IP5-19 SCP + DOOR LATCH ASSEMBLY – RH FRONT FR3 8-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT DOOR
FR9 2-WAY / BLACK

SG IP6-1 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND ROOF CONSOLE RC22 22-WAY / BLACK ROOF, CENTER FRONT
RC30 4-WAY / BLACK
RC31 2-WAY / BLACK
B+ JB172-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+
RC33 4-WAY / BLACK
RC34 6-WAY / BLACK
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. SLIDING ROOF CONTROL MODULE RC14 10-WAY / GREY ROOF CONSOLE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS


Connector Connector Description Location
CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA21 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH LOWER A POST

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 15.1
Audio Unit
COMPONENTS
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
D2 ID1-1 D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT
D2 ID1-2 D2B NETWORK RECEIVE ANTENNA MODULE CA117 — BEHIND LH E POST TRIM
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES SW4 6-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL

PG IP65-1 POWER GROUND: GROUND AUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
IP65 20-WAY / BLACK
B+ IP65-2 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+
IP106 2-WAY / COAXIAL
O IP65-3 LH REAR AUDIO +
CD AUTOCHANGER CA301 3-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REAR
O IP65-4 LH REAR AUDIO -
CD2 2-WAY / BLACK
O IP65-5 RH REAR AUDIO +
HEATED REAR WINDOW ZA1 — REAR WINDOW
O IP65-6 RH REAR AUDIO - ZA10 —
I IP65-7 TELEPHONE MUTE SIGNAL
SPEAKER – LH FRONT FL6 2-WAY / WHITE LH FRONT DOOR CASING
O IP65-8 SECURITY SYSTEM GROUND SENSING: GROUND WHEN AUDIO UNIT INSTALLED
SPEAKER – LH REAR BL4 2-WAY / WHITE LH REAR DOOR CASING
S IP65-9 SCP +
SPEAKER – RH FRONT FR5 2-WAY / WHITE RH FRONT DOOR CASING
S IP65-10 SCP –
SPEAKER – RH REAR BR4 2-WAY / WHITE RH REAR DOOR CASING
B+ IP65-11 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
O IP65-13 LH FRONT AUDIO -
O IP65-14 LH FRONT AUDIO + HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
O IP65-15 RH FRONT AUDIO -
Connector Connector Description Location
O IP65-16 RH FRONT AUDIO +
CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
I IP65-17 DIMMER CONTROLLED ILLUMINATION: PWM, 80Hz, GROUND = 0% DUTY CYCLE, B+ = 100% DUTY CYCLE
I IP65-18 STEERING WHEEL SWITCHES: STEPPED RESISTANCE CA21 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST

O IP65-19 D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH B/C POST
CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD RH B/C POST
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. CA189 2-WAY / COAXIAL / AUDIO SYSTEM ANTENNA LH LOWER A POST
CA230 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G1 TRUNK / LH REAR
G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 15.2
Audio Unit
COMPONENTS
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
D2 ID1-1 D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT
D2 ID1-2 D2B NETWORK RECEIVE ANTENNA MODULE CA117 — BEHIND LH E POST TRIM
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES SW4 6-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL

PG IP65-1 POWER GROUND: GROUND AUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
IP65 20-WAY / BLACK
B+ IP65-2 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+
IP106 2-WAY / COAXIAL
O IP65-3 LH REAR AUDIO +
CD AUTOCHANGER CA301 3-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REAR
O IP65-4 LH REAR AUDIO -
CD2 2-WAY / BLACK
O IP65-5 RH REAR AUDIO +
HEATED REAR WINDOW ZA1 — REAR WINDOW
O IP65-6 RH REAR AUDIO - ZA10 —
I IP65-7 TELEPHONE MUTE SIGNAL
MID BASS SPEAKER – LH FRONT FL6 2-WAY / WHITE LH FRONT DOOR CASING
O IP65-8 SECURITY SYSTEM GROUND SENSING: GROUND WHEN AUDIO UNIT INSTALLED
MID BASS SPEAKER – LH REAR BL4 2-WAY / WHITE LH REAR DOOR CASING
S IP65-9 SCP +
MID BASS SPEAKER – RH FRONT FR5 2-WAY / WHITE RH FRONT DOOR CASING
S IP65-10 SCP –
MID BASS SPEAKER – RH REAR BR4 2-WAY / WHITE RH REAR DOOR CASING
B+ IP65-11 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+
SUB WOOFER CA124 14-WAY / GREY PARCEL SHELF
O IP65-12 AMPLIFIER ENABLE
TWEETER – LH FRONT FL8 2-WAY / WHITE LH FRONT DOOR CASING
O IP65-13 LH FRONT AUDIO -
TWEETER – LH REAR BL5 2-WAY / WHITE LH REAR DOOR CASING
O IP65-14 LH FRONT AUDIO +
O IP65-15 RH FRONT AUDIO - TWEETER – RH FRONT FR8 2-WAY / WHITE RH FRONT DOOR CASING

O IP65-16 RH FRONT AUDIO + TWEETER – RH REAR BR8 2-WAY / WHITE RH REAR DOOR CASING

I IP65-17 DIMMER CONTROLLED ILLUMINATION: PWM, 80Hz, GROUND = 0% DUTY CYCLE, B+ = 100% DUTY CYCLE
I IP65-18 STEERING WHEEL SWITCHES: STEPPED RESISTANCE HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
O IP65-19 D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP
Connector Connector Description Location
NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages. CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA21 20-WAY / BLACK / DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS DRIVER SIDE A POST
CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / REAR DOOR HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH B/C POST
CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / DOOR LOCK LINK LEAD RH B/C POST
CA189 2-WAY / COAXIAL / AUDIO SYSTEM ANTENNA LH LOWER A POST
CA230 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G1 TRUNK / LH REAR
G2 TRUNK / LH REAR
G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 16.1
Cellular Phone Control Module
COMPONENTS
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
O PH1-1 PHONE BATTERY CHARGING SUPPLY
O PH1-3 PHONE ON / OFF (RESPONSE TO INCOMING AUDIO) AUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
IP65 20-WAY / BLACK
O PH1-4 MUTE COMMAND
IP106 2-WAY / COAXIAL
— PH1-7 COMPUTER
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE CD3 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REAR
— PH1-8 COMPUTER PH1 32-WAY / BLACK
PG PH1-9 POWER GROUND: GROUND PH3 2-WAY / COAXIAL
SG PH1-11 MICROPHONE SHIELD: GROUND PH5 2-WAY / COAXIAL
B+ PH1-12 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ HANDSET RECEIVER (ROW) PP1 — CENTER CONSOLE
B+ PH1-13 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ JaguarNet GPS ANTENNA PH5 2-WAY / COAXIAL BEHIND LH REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
B+ PH1-14 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+ NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE CD5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REAR
I PH1-15 JaguarNet ASSISTANCE REQUEST NA1 26-WAY NATURAL
O PH1-16 JaguarNet ASSISTANCE CALL INDICATOR NA2 12-WAY / BLACK
NA6 2-WAY / COAXIAL
I PH1-17 MICROPHONE +
NA7 20-WAY / BLACK
I PH1-18 MICROPHONE -
ROOF CONSOLE RC22 22-WAY / BLACK ROOF, CENTER FRONT
D PH1-20 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA RC30 4-WAY / BLACK
D PH1-22 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA RC31 2-WAY / BLACK
I PH1-23 D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP RC33 4-WAY / BLACK
— PH1-24 COMPUTER RC34 6-WAY / BLACK

I PH1-25 POWER GROUND: GROUND TELEMATICS DISPLAY IP70 22-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE

I PH1-26 TELEPHONE LOGIC GROUND: GROUND TELEPHONE ANTENNA, BUMPER (ROW) — — REAR BUMPER
I PH1-29 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+ TELEPHONE ANTENNA, JaguarNet (ROW) PH13 2-WAY / COAXIAL PARCEL SHELF
I PH1-30 AIRBAG DEPLOYED SIGNAL
I PH1-31 JaguarNet INFORMATION REQUEST
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
O PH1-32 JaguarNet INFORMATION CALL INDICATOR
Connector Connector Description Location
D2 CD3-1 D2B NETWORK RECEIVE CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
D2 CD3-2 D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT CA35 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RH LOWER A POST
CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA241 22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA406 3-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
CA407 16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
CA414 16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
PH11 10-WAY / GREY / CELLULAR TELEPHONE LINK LEAD LH LOWER A POST

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G39 TRUNK / LH REAR

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 16.2
Cellular Phone Control Module
COMPONENTS
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
O PH1-1 PHONE BATTERY CHARGING SUPPLY
O PH1-2 HANDS FREE AUDIO TO PHONE AUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
IP65 20-WAY / BLACK
O PH1-3 PHONE ON / OFF (RESPONSE TO INCOMING AUDIO)
IP106 2-WAY / COAXIAL
O PH1-4 MUTE COMMAND
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE CD3 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REAR
I PH1-5 MANUAL TEST DATA PH1 32-WAY / BLACK
I PH1-6 PHONE BATTERY VOLTAGE PH3 2-WAY / COAXIAL
PG PH1-9 POWER GROUND: GROUND PH5 2-WAY / COAXIAL
SG PH1-10 ANALOG GROUND: GROUND HANDSET RECEIVER (NAS) PH9 — LH A POST
SG PH1-11 MICROPHONE SHIELD: GROUND PH10 10-WAY / GREY LH A POST

B+ PH1-12 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ JaguarNet GPS ANTENNA PH5 2-WAY / COAXIAL BEHIND LH REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
B+ PH1-13 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE CD5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REAR
B+ PH1-14 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+ NA1 26-WAY NATURAL
NA2 12-WAY / BLACK
I PH1-15 JaguarNet ASSISTANCE REQUEST
NA6 2-WAY / COAXIAL
O PH1-16 JaguarNet ASSISTANCE CALL INDICATOR NA7 20-WAY / BLACK
I PH1-17 MICROPHONE + ROOF CONSOLE RC22 22-WAY / BLACK ROOF, CENTER FRONT
I PH1-18 MICROPHONE - RC30 4-WAY / BLACK
D PH1-20 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA RC31 2-WAY / BLACK
D PH1-21 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA RC33 4-WAY / BLACK
RC34 6-WAY / BLACK
D PH1-22 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
TELEMATICS DISPLAY IP70 22-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
I PH1-23 D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP
TELEPHONE ANTENNA, BUMPER (NAS) PH4 2-WAY REAR BUMPER
I PH1-25 POWER GROUND: GROUND
I PH1-26 TELEPHONE LOGIC GROUND: GROUND TELEPHONE ANTENNA, JaguarNet (NAS) PH12 2-WAY / COAXIAL PARCEL SHELF

I PH1-29 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+


I PH1-30 AIRBAG DEPLOYED SIGNAL HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
I PH1-31 JaguarNet INFORMATION REQUEST
O PH1-32 JaguarNet INFORMATION CALL INDICATOR
Connector Connector Description Location
CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
D2 CD3-1 D2B NETWORK RECEIVE CA35 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RH LOWER A POST
D2 CD3-2 D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA241 22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA406 3-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
CA407 16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
CA414 16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G39 TRUNK / LH REAR

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 16.3
Cellular Phone Control Module
COMPONENTS
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
O PH1-1 PHONE BATTERY CHARGING SUPPLY
O PH1-3 PHONE ON / OFF (RESPONSE TO INCOMING AUDIO) AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES SW4 6-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL

O PH1-4 MUTE COMMAND AUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
IP65 20-WAY / BLACK
— PH1-7 COMPUTER
IP106 2-WAY / COAXIAL
— PH1-8 COMPUTER
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE CD3 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REAR
PG PH1-9 POWER GROUND: GROUND
PH1 32-WAY / BLACK
SG PH1-11 MICROPHONE SHIELD: GROUND PH3 2-WAY / COAXIAL
B+ PH1-12 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ PH5 2-WAY / COAXIAL
B+ PH1-13 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ HANDSET RECEIVER (ROW) PP1 — CENTER CONSOLE
B+ PH1-14 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+ JaguarNet GPS ANTENNA PH5 2-WAY / COAXIAL BEHIND LH REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
I PH1-15 JaguarNet ASSISTANCE REQUEST NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE CD5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REAR
O PH1-16 JaguarNet ASSISTANCE CALL INDICATOR NA1 26-WAY NATURAL
I PH1-17 MICROPHONE + NA2 12-WAY / BLACK
NA6 2-WAY / COAXIAL
I PH1-18 MICROPHONE -
NA7 20-WAY / BLACK
D PH1-20 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
ROOF CONSOLE RC22 22-WAY / BLACK ROOF, CENTER FRONT
D PH1-22 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA
RC30 4-WAY / BLACK
I PH1-23 D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP RC31 2-WAY / BLACK
— PH1-24 COMPUTER RC33 4-WAY / BLACK
I PH1-25 POWER GROUND: GROUND RC34 6-WAY / BLACK

I PH1-26 TELEPHONE LOGIC GROUND: GROUND TELEMATICS DISPLAY IP70 22-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
IP136 2-WAY
I PH1-29 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+
IP137 2-WAY
I PH1-30 AIRBAG DEPLOYED SIGNAL
IP138 2-WAY
I PH1-31 JaguarNet INFORMATION REQUEST IP139 2-WAY
O PH1-32 JaguarNet INFORMATION CALL INDICATOR TELEPHONE ANTENNA, BUMPER (ROW) — — REAR BUMPER
TELEPHONE ANTENNA, JaguarNet (ROW) PH13 2-WAY / COAXIAL PARCEL SHELF
D2 CD3-1 D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
VOICE ACTIVATION CONTROL MODULE PH2 22-WAY / GREY TRUNK LH REAR
D2 CD3-2 D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT

Voice Activation Control Module HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

 Pin Description and Characteristic Connector Connector Description Location


CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
I PH2-1 MICROPHONE +
CA35 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RH LOWER A POST
SG PH2-2 MICROPHONE SHIELD
B+ PH2-6 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II) (START / RUN STATUS) CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH LOWER A POST

B+ PH2-8 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I) CA241 22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

PG PH2-11 POWER GROUND CA406 3-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
I PH2-12 MICROPHONE - CA407 16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
O PH2-14 D2B NETWORK WAKE UP CA414 16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
B+ PH2-22 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
D2 CD4-1 D2B NETWORK RECEIVE PH11 10-WAY / GREY / CELLULAR TELEPHONE LINK LEAD LH LOWER A POST
D2 CD2-2 D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G39 TRUNK / LH REAR

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 16.4
Cellular Phone Control Module
COMPONENTS
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
O PH1-1 PHONE BATTERY CHARGING SUPPLY
O PH1-2 HANDS FREE AUDIO TO PHONE AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES SW4 6-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL

O PH1-3 PHONE ON / OFF (RESPONSE TO INCOMING AUDIO) AUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
IP65 20-WAY / BLACK
O PH1-4 MUTE COMMAND
IP106 2-WAY / COAXIAL
I PH1-5 MANUAL TEST DATA
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE CD3 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REAR
I PH1-6 PHONE BATTERY VOLTAGE
PH1 32-WAY / BLACK
PG PH1-9 POWER GROUND: GROUND PH3 2-WAY / COAXIAL
SG PH1-10 ANALOG GROUND: GROUND PH5 2-WAY / COAXIAL
SG PH1-11 MICROPHONE SHIELD: GROUND HANDSET RECEIVER (NAS) PH9 — LH A POST
B+ PH1-12 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ PH10 10-WAY / GREY LH A POST
B+ PH1-13 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+ JaguarNet GPS ANTENNA PH5 2-WAY / COAXIAL BEHIND LH REAR QUARTER TRIM PANEL
B+ PH1-14 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+ NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE CD5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REAR
I PH1-15 JaguarNet ASSISTANCE REQUEST NA1 26-WAY NATURAL
NA2 12-WAY / BLACK
O PH1-16 JaguarNet ASSISTANCE CALL INDICATOR
NA6 2-WAY / COAXIAL
I PH1-17 MICROPHONE + NA7 20-WAY / BLACK
I PH1-18 MICROPHONE -
ROOF CONSOLE RC22 22-WAY / BLACK ROOF, CENTER FRONT
D PH1-20 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA RC30 4-WAY / BLACK
D PH1-21 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA RC31 2-WAY / BLACK
D PH1-22 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA RC33 4-WAY / BLACK
RC34 6-WAY / BLACK
I PH1-23 D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP
TELEMATICS DISPLAY IP70 22-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
I PH1-25 POWER GROUND: GROUND
IP136 2-WAY
I PH1-26 TELEPHONE LOGIC GROUND: GROUND
IP137 2-WAY
I PH1-29 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+ IP138 2-WAY
I PH1-30 AIRBAG DEPLOYED SIGNAL IP139 2-WAY
I PH1-31 JaguarNet INFORMATION REQUEST TELEPHONE ANTENNA, BUMPER (NAS) PH4 2-WAY REAR BUMPER
O PH1-32 JaguarNet INFORMATION CALL INDICATOR TELEPHONE ANTENNA, JaguarNet (NAS) PH12 2-WAY / COAXIAL PARCEL SHELF
VOICE ACTIVATION CONTROL MODULE PH2 22-WAY / GREY TRUNK LH REAR
D2 CD3-1 D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
D2 CD3-2 D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
Voice Activation Control Module Connector Connector Description Location
 Pin Description and Characteristic CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA35 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RH LOWER A POST
I PH2-1 MICROPHONE +
CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
SG PH2-2 MICROPHONE SHIELD
CA241 22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
B+ PH2-6 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II) (START / RUN STATUS)
CA406 3-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
B+ PH2-8 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I)
PG PH2-11 POWER GROUND CA407 16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION

I PH2-12 MICROPHONE - CA414 16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
O PH2-14 D2B NETWORK WAKE UP
B+ PH2-22 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY
GROUNDS
D2 CD4-1 D2B NETWORK RECEIVE
Ground Location
D2 CD2-2 D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G39 TRUNK / LH REAR

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 16.5
Voice Activation Control Module
COMPONENTS
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
I PH2-1 MICROPHONE +
SG PH2-2 MICROPHONE SHIELD AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES SW4 6-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL

B+ PH2-6 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II) (START / RUN STATUS) AUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
IP65 20-WAY / BLACK
B+ PH2-8 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I)
IP106 2-WAY / COAXIAL
PG PH2-11 POWER GROUND
ROOF CONSOLE RC22 22-WAY / BLACK ROOF, CENTER FRONT
I PH2-12 MICROPHONE -
RC30 4-WAY / BLACK
O PH2-14 D2B NETWORK WAKE UP RC31 2-WAY / BLACK
B+ PH2-22 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY RC33 4-WAY / BLACK
RC34 6-WAY / BLACK

D2 CD4-1 D2B NETWORK RECEIVE VOICE ACTIVATION CONTROL MODULE PH2 22-WAY / GREY TRUNK LH REAR
D2 CD2-2 D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS


Connector Connector Description Location
CA35 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RH LOWER A POST
CA406 3-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G1 TRUNK / LH REAR
G14 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / REARWARD OF POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


Fig. 16.6

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE CD5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REAR
NA1 26-WAY NATURAL
NA2 12-WAY / BLACK
NA6 2-WAY / COAXIAL
NA7 20-WAY / BLACK
NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA NA12 2-WAY / COAXIAL BELOW PARCEL SHELF, LH SIDE
TELEMATICS DISPLAY IP70 22-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
IP136 2-WAY
IP137 2-WAY
IP138 2-WAY
IP139 2-WAY
TRAFFIC MASTER CONTROL MODULE NA15 5-WAY / GREEN TRUNK LH REAR

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS


Connector Connector Description Location
NA24 16-WAY / GREEN / NAVIGATION HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
G40 TRUNK / LH REAR

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


Fig. 16.7

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE CD5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REAR
NA1 26-WAY NATURAL
NA2 12-WAY / BLACK
NA6 2-WAY / COAXIAL
NA7 20-WAY / BLACK
NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA NA12 2-WAY / COAXIAL BELOW PARCEL SHELF, LH SIDE
ROOF CONSOLE RC22 22-WAY / BLACK ROOF, CENTER FRONT
RC30 4-WAY / BLACK
RC31 2-WAY / BLACK
RC33 4-WAY / BLACK
RC34 6-WAY / BLACK
TELEMATICS DISPLAY IP70 22-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE
IP136 2-WAY
IP137 2-WAY
IP138 2-WAY
IP139 2-WAY
TELEVISION ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 1 NA20 2-WAY TELEVISION ANTENNA
TELEVISION ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 2 NA21 2-WAY TELEVISION ANTENNA
TELEVISION ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 3 NA22 2-WAY TELEVISION ANTENNA
TELEVISION ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 4 NA23 2-WAY TELEVISION ANTENNA
VEHICLE INFORMATION ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER NA11 2-WAY BEHIND RH E POST
VEHICLE INFORMATION CONTROL MODULE NA9 10-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK LH REAR
VEHICLE INFORMATION SENSOR CA222 2-WAY TOP OF INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS


Connector Connector Description Location
CA35 10-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RH LOWER A POST
CA406 3-WAY / GREY / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
NA24 16-WAY / GREEN / NAVIGATION HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
NA25 8-WAY / COAXIAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO NAVIGATION HARNESS BELOW CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM
G40 TRUNK / LH REAR

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


Fig. 17.1

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
AIRBAG DEACTIVATED INDICATOR LAMP – PASSENGER IP140 3-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER AIRBAG COVER
CURTAIN AIRBAG IGNITER – DRIVER CA144 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SIDE E POST
CURTAIN AIRBAG IGNITER – PASSENGER CA145 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SIDE E POST
DUAL AIRBAG IGNITER – DRIVER SW1 2-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL
SW2 2-WAY / BLACK
DUAL AIRBAG IGNITER – PASSENGER IP36 2-WAY / BROWN INSTRUMENT PANEL PASSENGER SIDE
IP37 2-WAY / BLACK
FRONT IMPACT SENSOR JB93 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO HOOD CATCH
SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER IGNITER – DRIVER CA65 18-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SIDE B/C POST
SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER IGNITER – PASSENGER CA70 18-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SIDE B/C POST
SEAT BELT SWITCH – DRIVER CA65 18-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT BELT
SEAT BELT SWITCH – PASSENGER CA70 18-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT BELT
SEAT POSITION SWITCH – DRIVER CA65 18-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT TRACK
SEAT WEIGHT PRESSURE SENSOR – PASSENGER WS18 3-WAY UNDER PASSENGER SEAT
SEAT WEIGHT SENSING CONTROL MODULE – PASSENGER WS17 12-WAY UNDER PASSENGER SEAT
SIDE AIRBAG IGNITER – DRIVER AL1 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT BACK
SIDE AIRBAG IGNITER – PASSENGER AD1 2-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL PASSENGER SIDE
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – DRIVER CA215 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SIDE LOWER B/C POST
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – DRIVER REAR CA140 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO DRIVER SIDE REAR LOWER SAFETY BELT ANCHOR
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – PASSENGER CA216 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SIDE LOWER B/C POST
SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – PASSENGER REAR CA131 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO PASSENGER SIDE REAR LOWER SAFETY BELT ANCHOR

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS


Connector Connector Description Location
CA10 22-WAY / GREY / ENGINE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW THE GLOVEBOX
CA70 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO SEAT HARNESS BELOW LH FRONT SEAT

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 18.1
Control Module
COMPONENTS
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
B+ RB7-1 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+
PG RB7-3 POWER GROUND: GROUND PARKING AID CONTROL MODULE RB7 26-WAY / YELLOW SPARE WHEEL WELL

D RB7-5 SERIAL DATA LINK PARKING AID SENSOR – LH RB1 3-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER

I RB7-8 TRAILER CONNECTED STATUS: GROUND = TRAILER CONNECTED PARKING AID SENSOR – LH CENTER RB2 3-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER
I RB7-9 REVERSE LAMPS STATUS: B+ = REVERSE LAMPS ON PARKING AID SENSOR – RH RB4 3-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER
D RB7-10 LH CENTER SENSOR SIGNAL DATA PARKING AID SENSOR – RH CENTER RB3 3-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER
D RB7-11 LH SENSOR SIGNAL DATA PARKING AID SOUNDER CA136 2-WAY / WHITE PARCEL SHELF
O RB7-14 PARKING AID SOUNDER +
O RB7-15 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY: B+
HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS
O RB7-16 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND
O RB7-17 PARKING AID SOUNDER Connector Connector Description Location
D RB7-23 RH CENTER SENSOR SIGNAL DATA CA129 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS SPARE WHEEL WELL
D RB7-24 RH SENSOR SIGNAL DATA

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G2 TRUNK / LH REAR

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION Fig. 19.1
General Electronic Control Module
COMPONENTS
 Pin Description and Characteristic
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
PG CA86-5 POWER GROUND: GROUND
O IP5-14 HORN RELAY DRIVE : TO ACTIVATE, GECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND CABIN ACCESSORY CONNECTOR IP24 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND GLOVE BOX

I IP6-20 STEERING WHEEL HORN SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED CIGAR LIGHTER IP42 2-WAY / ORANGE ASH TRAY

B+ JB172-1 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+ GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
CA87 23-WAY / GREEN
IP5 23-WAY / BROWN
IP6 23-WAY / WHITE
JB172 23-WAY / BLUE
HORN RELAY — — POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX R3
HORN SWITCH SW6 2-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL
HORNS JB87 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO BATTERY
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX — — ENGINE COMPARTMENT LH SIDE
ROOF CONSOLE RC22 22-WAY / BLACK ROOF, CENTER FRONT
RC30 4-WAY / BLACK
RC31 2-WAY / BLACK
RC33 4-WAY / BLACK
RC34 6-WAY / BLACK
TRUNK ACCESSORY CONNECTOR CA146 3-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REAR

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS


Connector Connector Description Location
CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
JB129 22-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH LOWER A POST

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G1 TRUNK / LH REAR
G4 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G5 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH LOWER A POST
G11 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER LH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY
G15 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH LOWER A POST
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground CAN CAN Network D Serial and Encoded Data
O Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V SCP SCP Network V Voltage (DC)
B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FOR
REFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The characteristics listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
components connected and fitted. modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


Fig. 20.1

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM CONTROL MODULE JB45 42-WAY / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH SIDE
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING / TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE JB197 42-WAY / BROWN ENGINE COMPARTMENT RH SIDE
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (MANUAL, PANEL) AC1 26-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL
IP39 6-WAY / GREY
IP101 26-WAY / YELLOW
IP135 2-WAY / GREY
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (AUTOMATIC, PANEL) AC1 26-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL
IP101 26-WAY / YELLOW
AIR CONDITIONING CONTROL MODULE (REMOTE) AC1 26-WAY / YELLOW RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT
IP101 26-WAY / YELLOW
DATA LINK CONNECTOR IP22 16-WAY / BLACK BELOW STEERING COLUMN
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L) EN65 104-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L) EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
HEADLAMP LEVELING CONTROL MODULE IP130 26-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / YELLOW INSTRUMENT PANEL
IP11 26-WAY / YELLOW
J GATE ASSEMBLY IP14 16-WAY / GREEN CENTER CONSOLE
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR IP19 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN
TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE JB131 37-WAY / BLUE LOWER LH A POST
YAW RATE SENSOR IP20 4-WAY / BLACK BEHIND CENTER CONSOLE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS


Connector Connector Description Location
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


Fig. 20.2

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
AUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
IP65 20-WAY / BLACK
IP106 2-WAY / COAXIAL
DATA LINK CONNECTOR IP22 16-WAY / BLACK BELOW STEERING COLUMN
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.0L) EN65 104-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (2.5L & 3.0L) EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD RH SIDE
GENERAL ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL RH SIDE
CA87 23-WAY / GREEN
IP5 23-WAY / BROWN
IP6 23-WAY / WHITE
JB172 23-WAY / BLUE
HEADLAMP LEVELING CONTROL MODULE IP130 26-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL LH SIDE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / YELLOW INSTRUMENT PANEL
IP11 26-WAY / YELLOW
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE CD5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REAR
NA1 26-WAY NATURAL
NA2 12-WAY / BLACK
NA6 2-WAY / COAXIAL
NA7 20-WAY / BLACK
PARKING AID CONTROL MODULE RB7 26-WAY / YELLOW SPARE WHEEL WELL
RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE CA165 40-WAY / BLACK UNDER CENTER CONSOLE
IP74 24-WAY / BLACK
ROOF CONSOLE RC22 22-WAY / BLACK ROOF, CENTER FRONT
RC30 4-WAY / BLACK
RC31 2-WAY / BLACK
RC33 4-WAY / BLACK
RC34 6-WAY / BLACK

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS


Connector Connector Description Location
CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA129 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR BUMPER HARNESS SPARE WHEEL WELL
CA230 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST
CA241 22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA414 16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE HARNESS ADJACENT TO LH SUSPENSION TURRET
JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

GROUNDS
Ground Location
G36 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / RH CROSS CAR BEAM
G37 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT / LH CROSS CAR BEAM

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


Fig. 20.3

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
AUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
IP65 20-WAY / BLACK
IP106 2-WAY / COAXIAL
CD AUTOCHANGER CA301 3-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REAR
CD2 2-WAY / BLACK
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE CD3 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REAR
PH1 32-WAY / BLACK
PH3 2-WAY / COAXIAL
PH5 2-WAY / COAXIAL
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE CD5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REAR
NA1 26-WAY NATURAL
NA2 12-WAY / BLACK
NA6 2-WAY / COAXIAL
NA7 20-WAY / BLACK
VOICE ACTIVATION CONTROL MODULE PH2 22-WAY / GREY TRUNK LH REAR

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS


Connector Connector Description Location
CA241 22-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS ADJACENT TO CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
CA407 16-WAY / GREEN / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
CA414 16-WAY / BLUE / TELEPHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION
CD1 2-WAY / BLACK / FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
CD6 2-WAY / BLACK / FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR TRUNK LH REAR

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


Fig. 20.4

COMPONENTS
Component Connector(s) Connector Description Location
AUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER
IP65 20-WAY / BLACK
IP106 2-WAY / COAXIAL
CD AUTOCHANGER CA301 3-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REAR
CD2 2-WAY / BLACK
CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE CD3 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REAR
PH1 32-WAY / BLACK
PH3 2-WAY / COAXIAL
PH5 2-WAY / COAXIAL
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE CD5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LH REAR
NA1 26-WAY NATURAL
NA2 12-WAY / BLACK
NA6 2-WAY / COAXIAL
NA7 20-WAY / BLACK
VOICE ACTIVATION CONTROL MODULE PH2 22-WAY / GREY TRUNK LH REAR

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS


Connector Connector Description Location
CD1 2-WAY / BLACK / FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR LH LOWER A POST
CD6 2-WAY / BLACK / FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR TRUNK LH REAR

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, control
modules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Main Power Distribution Main Power Distribution Fig. 01.1

B B 7 02.1 02.2 STARTER


B
G12A JB160

B G12B JB180
B UY 8 04.1 04.2 TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE
BATTERY

G13AS G16AS

ENGINE CHASSIS G12A BATTERY


GROUND GROUND -ve POST

G12B

W 23 W W W
JB186-1 II JBS42 IP2-1
JB130-5 F67 5A
TIMER

UY UY
JB186-2 JBS41

TRANSIT ISOLATION NOTE: JBS41 – Automatic Transmission vehicles only.


RELAY

OY 1 06.1 06.2
JB182 OY
JB184 JBS29 OY 2 06.1 06.2
OY

OG 3 03.1 03.4
JB35-32 F18 20A JB35-31
KEY-IN
UY
JB35-49 F27 10A JB35-50
I
R R R
4
JB35-51 JB35-52 JB3-1 IP18-4
F28 15A
BATTERY POWER BUS 1
BATTERY POWER BUS 2

II
GO GO IP132-2
IP18-1 IPS45 IP132-1 GU GU
III IP132-3 IPS44 IP3-1

INERTIA SWITCH

IGNITION SWITCH

R R 9 01.4
JB35-6 F2 50A JB35-5 JB52-1

10 06.1 06.2
R R
JB35-10 F4 30A JB35-9 JB50-4
11 06.1 06.2

R R 12 06.1 06.2
JB35-14 F6 30A JB35-13 JB50-1

R R 13
JB35-16 F7 50A JB35-15 JB52-2

5 6

BATTERY POWER BUS


01.2 01.2 01.2

01.6

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: All Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Battery Power Distribution Battery Power Distribution Fig. 01.2

6 13

GO 14 08.1 08.2 08.7 33 08.1 08.2


BATTERY POWER BUS 1

BATTERY POWER BUS


JB35-4 F1 20A JB35-3
R R 15 05.1 05.2 05.3 34 01.5
JB35-8 F3 60A JB35-7
NR NR NR 16 05.1 05.2 05.3 35 01.5
JB35-12 JB35-11 JBS63
F5 30A
NR 17 04.1 04.2
OY OY 36 14.1 14.2
NOTE: JBS63 – Automatic Transmission
vehicles only. CA78-7 CA25-4
GB GB 18 16.6 16.7 F60 20A OY OY 37 14.1 14.2
JB35-35 F20 5A JB35-36 JB3-12 CA78-6 CA15-8
R R 19 08.1 08.2 08.3 08.4 08.5 08.6 09.2
OY OY 38 14.1 14.2
JB35-37 F21 15A JB35-38 JB3-5 CA78-12 CA30-4
WR 20 01.3 F61 20A OY OY 39 14.1 14.2
JB35-39 F22 20A JB35-40 CA78-11 CA20-8
RU OG OG (1) OG
21 03.2 03.4 40 11.1 11.2 11.3
JB35-41 F23 10A JB35-42 F66 30A CA77-1 CA65-15
OY OY 22 12.1 12.2 12.3 13.1 13.2 14.1 14.2 14.3 19.1
OG 41 11.3
JB35-43 F24 15A JB35-44
O O (2) OG OG
23 01.5 07.2 08.1 08.2 08.3 08.4 08.5 08.6 09.1 12.3 13.1 13.2 42 11.1 11.2
JB35-45 JB35-46 LSS2
F25 15A
OY 24 12.3 19.1
OG 43 11.1
JB35-47 F26 15A JB35-48
OY OY 44 19.1
F68 15A IP4-1
OY OY (3) OY 45 11.1 11.2 11.3
F70 30A CA78-5 CA70-15
OY 46 11.3

(4) OY OY
5 47 11.1 11.2
RSS2

OY 48 11.1
B NG 25 03.2 03.4
BATTERY POWER BUS 2

JB34-72 F8 80A JB34-73 JB188-1 NR NR 49 16.7


WG 26 01.6
CA414-1
JB34-74 F9 50A JB34-75 NR 50 16.3 16.4 16.5
U 27 13.1 13.2
JB34-76 F10 20A JB34-77 NR NR NR NR 51 16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4
OY CA76-10 CAS72 CA407-9 PHS1
28 02.1 02.2 F71 15A
JB34-78 F29 30A JB34-79 N 29 19.1
NR 52 16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4
N N NOTE: CAS72 – VICS only.
JB34-80 JB34-81 JB3-14 IPS42 N N OY OY
F30 30A 30 08.4 08.5 08.6 19.1 53 20.1 20.2
WU 31 01.6
CA169-3 IP1-6
JB34-82 F31 10A JB34-83 OY OY 54 16.6 16.7
NR NR 32 03.1 03.3
CA414-3
JB34-84 F32 5A JB34-85 JB1-31 (5) OY OY 55 15.1 15.2
CAS60

OY (6) OY OY 56 16.6 16.7


F72 15A CA78-1 CA414-3
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
(7) OY 57 15.1 15.2

NW NW 58 15.1 15.2
IP1-14
O O 59 14.3
F73 15A CA78-2 CA36-14
NR NR 60 15.2
CA78-3

F74 15A O O 61 02.1 02.2 07.1 12.1 12.2 12.3


IP1-9
U U 62 06.1 06.2

U U 63 12.3
IP2-15 JB129-5
N N 64 10.2
F75 7.5A CA76-11

CA76-12
NOTATION:
(1) Single Function LH Seat
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX (2) Powered LH Seat with Heater
(3) Single Function RH Seat
(4) Powered RH Seat with Heater
(5) CD Autochanger and Navigation
(6) Navigation Only
(7) CD Only

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: All Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Ignition Switched Power Distribution: I (Accessory) Ignition Switched Power Distribution: I (Accessory) Fig. 01.3

KEY-IN
R4 4 NG NG 1 19.1
3 5 I
WR NG NG CA240-9
20
I CAS27 NG
CA170-16 2 08.4 08.5 08.6 19.1
1 2 I
R GW GW GW B B
4
IP18-4 IP18-6 IPS53 JB129-18 JBS55
II
ACCESSORY
POWER RELAY G14AL
III
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

IGNITION SWITCH
(1)

YU YU 3 07.1
I
GW IP4-6
IP2-14 F69 7.5A YG 4 16.6 16.7
I

YG YG 5 15.1 15.2
IPS33 I
IP4-5
YG YG 6 15.1 15.2
I
CA230-1

NOTE: NAS2 – VICS only.


YG 7 16.7
I
YG
CA414-02 NAS2 YG 8 16.6 16.7
I

YG YG YG YG 9 18.1
CAS39 I
CA241-12 CA129-1
YG 10 16.3 16.4 16.5
I
YG YG
NOTE: CAS39 – VICS, Navigation, and/or
CA407-10 PHS4 YG
Reverse Parking Aid only. 11 16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4
I

NOTE: PHS4 – Voice only.


CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: All Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run) Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run) Fig. 01.4

KEY-IN CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX


(CONTINUED)

INTERNAL POWER SUPPLY


I CONTINUES TO THE LEFT WR WR 31 08.7
II
R IP4-10
4
IP18-4 R18 WR
29 08.3 32 06.1 06.2
3 5 II II
II GR 12.1 12.2 UNLOCK DOORS 9
GO IPS45 GO WR
IP132-2 30 08.3 33 06.2
IP18-1 2 1 II II
IP132-1 GU GU
III IP132-3 IPS44 IP3-1 WR WR 34 06.1
-ve BUS IPS64 II
INERTIA SWITCH
IGNITION WR 35 20.1 20.2
RELAY II
IGNITION SWITCH
(II) F94 20A CA75-4 WR 36 04.1 04.2
II
WR
F80 7.5A CA75-5 CA230-14 RW RW 37 03.2 03.4
II
RW RW JB1-30
GU GU GU JBS21 RW RW
12 03.1 03.3
IP2-12 JB130-20 38 03.2 03.4 04.1 04.2
II II
JB129-12 JB1-15 NOTE: JBS21 – Manual Transmission only. JB2-14 (2.5, 3.0 L)
JB196-5 (2.0 L)
GO GO GO 13 03.1 N N 39 02.1
II
03.3 II
02.2 04.1 04.2
JB129-19 JB1-32 F92 10A CA76-15 CA170-14
GO GO 14 02.1 GB GB 40 04.1
II
02.2 04.1 04.2 II
04.2 08.3
JB3-2 F82 10A JB51-13 JB1-2
GR GR 41 02.1 02.2
II
JB51-14 JB1-13
GR GR 42 10.1
II
IP2-8
GO GR 15 02.1
II
02.2 07.1 12.3 JB51-15
IP1-1 O O 43 13.1 13.2
II
GR GR 16 17.1 F83 15A IP4-14 JB3-6
IPS63 II
F84 5A IP1-8
GR GR GR 17 17.1 GB GB 44 08.3 08.4 08.5 08.6
II II
IP1-4 CA1-3 CA70-3 F62 7.5A IP1-7
G G 18 17.1 GU GU 45 14.1 14.2
II II
F95 10A JB51-8 JB3-8 GU CA30-5
GW GW CA78-15 CAS20 (LHD) GU
19 05.1 05.2 05.3 46 14.1
II II
F96 7.5A JB51-10 GU
NOTE: CAS20 – Rear Power CA20-9 GU 47 14.2
Windows only. II
W 20 12.3 (RHD) GU
II FRS4 GU 48 10.2 14.2
II
W 21 05.1 05.2 05.3
II
GW GW 49 14.1 14.2
II
W W W 22 08.1 08.2 08.7
GW CA25-5
JBS42 II CAS71
F67 5A IP2-1 JB130-5 F91 10A CA78-14 (RHD) GW 50 14.2
II
W 23 01.1 GW
II
NOTE: CAS71 – Rear Power CA15-9 GW 51 14.1
Windows only. II
W 24 04.1 04.2
(LHD) GW
II FLS3 GW 52 10.2 14.1
II
WR WR WR 25 16.3 16.4 16.5
II
JB51-1 CA10-11 CA407-11 WU 53 14.3
II
WU
JB51-11 GB GB 26 11.3 CA78-13 CA36-12 WU** BR 54 10.1 ** NOTE: WU – early production vehicles.
II II
GB GB CA70-9
IP2-6 CA240-2 CAS70 GB GB OY OY
F77 7.5A 27 11.3 55 19.1
II II
CA65-9 F68 15A IP4-1
IP4-9 NR 56 03.2 03.4
II
Y Y 28 16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4
NR NR NR
II PAS3
F78 5A CA76-9 CA407-8 F90 7.5A CA76-16 CA170-13 JB2-2 (2.5, 3.0 L) NR 57 03.1 03.3 03.4 05.1 05.2 05.3 08.3 08.4 08.5 08.6
JB196-2 (2.0 L) II
CA78-10 NOTE: PAS3 – Cruise Control only.
NG NG 58 03.2 03.4
INTERNAL POWER SUPPLY II
F81 20A CA78-9 CA10-7
CONTINUED FROM THE RIGHT
IP1-10
GR 59 13.1 13.2
NOTE: CA10-7 – 2.0L only. II

NOTE: The Central Junction Fuse Box GR GR 60 13.1


incorporates a negative (ground) II
13.2
JB51-9 JBS25
bus bar. Circuits completed to
ground via the bus are identified GR 61 13.1 13.2
by the code “-ve BUS”. II
F93 30A
GW 62 13.1 13.2
II
GW
IPS70 GW GW
-ve BUS IP2-7 63 13.1 13.2
II
JB3-6
B B NOTE: IPS70 – Later Production vehicles only.
CA76-5 CAS10
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
G15AR* * NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX G15AL
(CONTINUES)

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: All Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Ignition Switched Power Distribution: Battery Saver Ignition Switched Power Distribution: Battery Saver Fig. 01.5

O R21 4
B
23
JB172-5 3 5
34

B B 1 2
O 35
IP5-20 IP4-3

BATTERY
SAVER BATTERY SAVER
CONTROL RELAY OY 64 06.1 06.2
B

OY 65 09.1
B
B OY
IPS12 OY
IP6-1 IP4-11 66 09.1
B
P B
CA86-5 WR 67 06.2
B

G5AS OY
GENERAL ELECTRONIC G4AL (G5AR) 68 09.1
B
CONTROL MODULE
OY 69 09.1
B
OY OY
RCS3 OY
F99 10A CA76-6 CA36-16 70 09.1
B

OY 71 09.1 19.1
B
NOTE:
OY OY 72 09.1
“Battery Saver” provides automatic switch-off of the Courtesy Lamps after 10 minutes and B
automatic switch-off of the Demand Lighting and Audible Warning after 30 minutes. CA21-4
OY OY OY 73 09.1
GECM timers are started when the ignition key has been switched to the I (accessory) CAS30 B
or 0 (off) position. When the timers expire at 10 and 30 minutes, the feature(s) is / are switched off. CA76-14 CA16-4
OY 74 09.1
When one of the following actions is detected, all features are enabled and the B
battery saver timer is reset: NOTE: CAS30 – Door Courtesy Lamps only.

• the ignition is switched to II (run) or III (start).


• any door or trunk lid becomes ajar or is opened.
• any unlock is activated.
Battery saver is also active when GECM diagnostic mode is entered.

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: All Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Engine Management System Switched Power Distribution Engine Management System Switched Power Distribution Fig. 01.6

BATTERY POWER BUS 2


R7

WG WG 3 5 WU
26
JB34-74 F9 50A JB34-75
WU WU 1 2 B B ECM CONTROL
31 03.1 03.3 (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
JB34-82 F31 10A JB34-83 JB34-90 JB34-91 JB1-41
D2
(EMS DIODE)
EMS CONTROL GW 75 03.2 03.4
RELAY E

GY 76 03.2 03.4
E

GU 77 03.2 03.4
E
WU NR NR NR GR
ILS1 GR
JB34-102 F41 10A JB34-103 JB1-33 EN4-6 78 03.2 03.4
E

GB 79 03.2 03.4
E

GN 80 03.2 03.4
E

WG 81 03.1 03.3
E
WU WG WG WG
ENS13 WG
JB34-96 F38 30A JB34-97 JB1-1 82 03.1 03.3
E

WR 83 03.1 03.3
E
WU WR WR WR
JBS47 ENS4 WR
JB34-104 F42 30A JB34-105 JB1-9 84 03.1 03.3
E

NG 85 03.1 03.3
E
WU NG NG NG
ENS27 NG
JB34-98 F39 5A JB34-99 JB1-11 86 03.1 03.3
E

WU WG WG WG WG 87 03.2 03.4
JBS46 E
JB34-94 F37 15A JB34-95 JB187-2
WG 88 04.1
E

WG WG WG WG 89 03.1 03.3
ENS11 E
JB1-35
WG 90 03.1 03.3
E

GU GU GU 91 03.1 03.3
E

GU GU GU GU 92 03.1
E
CA10-2 CA5-10
GU GU GU GU 93 03.1 03.3
E
WU GU JB1-5
JBS44 GU
JB34-92 F36 10A JB34-93 94 03.1 03.4
E

GU 95 03.2 03.4
E

GU 96 13.1 13.2
E

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: All Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.5L & 3.0L Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.5L & 3.0L Fig. 02.1

B
G12A B
7
B JB160
G12B

BATTERY
G13AS G16AS

KEY-IN
B
IP18-5
I
R
4
IP18-4 STARTER
II RELAY
R10 4

OY 3 5 Y Y Y
28
III JB1-42
Y Y Y Y 1 2 GO GO
IP18-7 JB129-11 JBS34

IGNITION SWITCH
(III) P
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
39 N N
II
JB156-10 B (AUTO)
JB156-6 Y (1)
ST3 EN700-1

Y (2)
TRANSMISSION EN700
RANGE SENSOR
(ROW) U (ROW) B

ST2 B
14 GO (NAS) RW W (NAS) B (MAN)
II PA5-1 PA5-2
JB2-16 JB2-12
STARTER MOTOR
NOTATION:
CLUTCH PEDAL (1) Early production vehicles
SAFETY SWITCH (2) Later production vehicles

B I S Y
20.2
IP6-8 IP5-19
O.K. TO START
S U
20.2
IP5-18

SECURITY

GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE

S Y
20.2
O B IP10-22 GO O START
61 ENGINE
IP11-7 S U JB1-40 EN16-41 41 GR B
20.2 II
GR Y Y CRANK
15 B IP10-23 I ENGINE
EN49-2 ST4
II REQUEST
IP11-11 JB1-34 EN16-6
PASSIVE
ANTI-THEFT B I P, N
SYSTEM JB145-5 EN16-31 OG
O FIELD
EN16-65 EN49-3

I RG CHARGE
G EN16-53 EN49-1
PATS POWER
IP10-6 I U GENERATOR
G LOAD
C 20.1 20.1
G C EN16-79 EN49-4
IP10-18 EN16-123
O.K. TO START GENERATOR WARNING
O D Y
20.1 20.1
Y C GENERATOR
C
IP15-4 IP10-4 IP10-17 EN16-124
G WG D
IP15-1 IP15-3 IP10-3
B
PATS GROUND
IP15-2 IP10-5

PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER B P
IP11-8
NOTE: ECM power supplies and
G37AL grounds shown on Fig. 03.1.
(G36BL)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: 2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.0L Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.0L Fig. 02.2

B
G12A B
7
B JB160
G12B

BATTERY
G13AS G16AS

KEY-IN
B
IP18-5
I
R
4
IP18-4 STARTER
II RELAY
R10 4

OY 3 5 Y Y Y
28
III JB1-42
Y Y Y Y 1 2 GO GO
IP18-7 JB129-11 JBS34

IGNITION SWITCH
(III) P
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
39 N N
II
JB156-10 B (AUTO)
JB156-6

Y
TRANSMISSION EN700
RANGE SENSOR
B

ST2 B
14 GO U B (MAN)
II
JB196-4 JB196-6
STARTER MOTOR

B I S Y
20.2
IP6-8 IP5-19
O.K. TO START
S U
20.2
IP5-18
SECURITY

GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE

S Y
20.2
O B IP10-22 GO O START
61 ENGINE
IP11-7 S U JB1-40 EN65-068 41 GR B
20.2 II
15 GR B IP10-23 Y Y CRANK
I ENGINE EN49-2 ST4
II
IP11-11 JB1-34 EN65-006 REQUEST

PASSIVE
B I P, N
ANTI-THEFT JB145-5 EN65-085 O OG
SYSTEM FIELD
EN65-008 EN49-3

I RG
CHARGE
G EN65-043 EN49-1
PATS POWER
IP10-6 I U GENERATOR
G G EN65-035 EN49-4 LOAD
C 20.1 20.1 C
IP10-18 EN65-088
O.K. TO START GENERATOR WARNING
O D Y
20.1 20.1
Y C GENERATOR
C
IP15-4 IP10-4 IP10-17 EN65-089
G WG D
IP15-1 IP15-3 IP10-3
B
PATS GROUND
IP15-2 IP10-5

PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER B P
IP11-8
NOTE: ECM power supplies and
G37AL
(G36BL) grounds shown on Fig. 03.3.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: 2.0L Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Engine Management: 2.5L & 3.0L – Part 1 Engine Management: 2.5L & 3.0L – Part 1 Fig. 03.1

HO2 SENSORS HO2 SENSORS


UPSTREAM DOWNSTREAM CKP CMP KNOCK MAF ECT EOT IP EFT MAP FTP
SENSOR SENSORS SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR*
1/1 2/1 1/2 2/2
1 2 IATS

υ υ υ υ
U U λ λ

EN12 EN12 EN43 EN43 EN33 EN33 EN23 -2 -1 EN6 -1 -3 -2 -4 -5 EN18 -2 -1 EN25 -1 -2 IL7 -3 -2 -1 IL8 -1 -2 EN8 -2 -1 -4 FT1 -3 -2 -1
-1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2
EN37 -3 -4 -1 -2 EN32 -3 -4 -1 -2 EN14 -4 -3 -1 -2 EN9 -4 -3 -1 -2

WG

WG
GW
WG

WG

WU
WR

WR

BW
BW
GO

GU

RG
OY

BG
BG

YG

NU

BG

OY
BG
BG
RU

UY
UY

W
W

O
O

N
N

Y
Y

B
Y

P
81 83 82 84 93 ILS2
E E E E E
NR B I Y
32 EN16-083
EN16-022 I P
EN16-084

BG
89 WG B O RU BR BR BG BG
E EN16-001
EN16-023 RU ENS2 BR BR BG BG
O EN16-002
WG Y ENS15 ENS5
90 B I EN16-107
E EN4 EN4 EN4 EN4 CA5 CA5 CA5
EN16-024 I P
EN16-108 -4 -11 -12 -10 -6 -4 -5
13 GO I O GO
II EN16-055
EN16-007 GO ENS3
O EN16-056
12 GU BR

BG

RG

OY
I EN16-130

BG

OY
VIA INERTIA SWITCH II

U
N

U
EN16-010 I EN16-128
Y I O U
ENGINE CRANK 02.1 EN16-092
EN16-006 I N
EN16-129
EMS CONTROL RELAY B O O UY
01.6 EN16-093
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) EN16-040 Y CA10 CA10 CA10
EN16-037 -13 -18 -19
02.1
RG I I P
GENERATOR: CHARGE EN16-036
EN16-053 I O
EN16-094
OG B

BG

RG

OY
GENERATOR: FIELD 02.1 O EN16-095
EN16-065 BG
EN16-100
02.1
U I I G
GENERATOR: LOAD EN16-068
EN16-079 N
EN16-069
GO N JB1
STARTER RELAY DRIVE 02.1 O I EN16-098 -14
EN16-041 I EN16-044
GW
02.1
B I BW
PARK; NEUTRAL EN16-045
EN16-031 BW ENS10
EN16-046
I EN16-071
O
I UY BG BG
EN16-070
G BG ENS6 JB1-17 JBS20
20.1 C – EN16-019
EN16-123 I Y
EN16-078
20.1
Y C + I U
EN16-073
EN16-124 I U
EN16-050
20.2
W D OY OY OY
EN16-012
EN16-105 RG ENS7 JB1-18 JBS45
I EN16-104
I BW
EN16-127
THROTTLE MOTOR I Y Y
EN16-103
RELAY I R JB1-8 R JB2-6
EN16-102
R11 4 BG JB1-7 BG JB2-5
EN16-020
OG 3 5 RW RW Y JB1-12 Y JB2-15
B
3 EN16-013
JB1-38 EN16-134 BG BG W JB1-3 W W JB2-13 W

BG
OY
EN16-043
GU 1 2 GR GR ENS26 BG JB1-6 JB2-4
94 O
E
JB1-39 EN16-052 O G
EN16-080
O R
EN16-106
I Y
EN16-076
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX I P
EN16-075
B I GO GO GO GO GW GW
EN16-008
B EN16-017 O JB1-23 O O JBS4 CA10-20 CA170-15 JB2 JB2
O EN16-067 -7 -8
B EN16-018 UY JB1-29 CA170-5 -6 -7
P O EN16-066
B EN16-004 OY JB1-10
P O EN16-039
B EN16-005 OY CA75 JB2
O EN16-038 -1

BG
OY
BG
BG
EN16-030

OY
B O G CA5 CENTRAL

R
R
EN16-110

Y
Y
P

Y
B EN16-054 RW -9
O EN16-109 JUNCTION
B EN16-082 FUSE BOX
EN16-091 85 86 91 92 57
B II
E E E E
B EN16-029 EN10 EN10
EN13 -1 -3 -2 -4 -1 -2 PA1 -2 -6 -4 -5 -3 -1

GW
B EN16-081

NR
RW
BG

BG

NG

NG
OY

OY

GU

GU
G

UY

B EN16-111
NOTES:
O

EN16-116
* EVAP Canister Close Valve and Fuel Tank
EN61 -2 -1 EN42 -2 -1 EN999 -2 -1 EN998 -2 -1 JB170 -2 -1 FT5 -2 -1 PA3 -1 -3
Pressure Sensor – NAS vehicles only.
ENGINE CONTROL
ENS1 ENS22 ENS47
MODULE Shielding shown as dashed lines are braided
B B B (CONTINUED Fig. 03.2) wires.
BRD TP1 TP2 APP1 APP2
G8AL G8AR THROTTLE
1 2 1 2 MOTOR
TP SENSOR APP SENSOR
VVT IMT EVAP EVAP BRAKE
SOLENOID VALVES SOLENOID VALVES CANISTER CANISTER ON / OFF THROTTLE BODY
(1 TOP; 2 BOTTOM) PURGE VALVE CLOSE VALVE* SWITCH

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: 2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Engine Management: 2.5L & 3.0L – Part 2 Engine Management: 2.5L & 3.0L – Part 2 Fig. 03.2

FUEL INJECTORS IGNITION MODULES AND COILS


FRONT OF
ENGINE 1 3 5 2 4 6 1 3 5 2 4 6
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
RELAY
2 1
4 R6

RG 5 3 RU
4 3 21

BG 2 1 GU
6 5
IL1 -1 -2 IL2 -1 -2 IL3 -1 -2 IL4 -1 -2 IL5 -1 -2 IL6 -1 -2 95
E
EN51 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN52 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN53 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN54 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN55 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN56 -4 -2 -3 -1

GW
NW

GU

GR

NG

GN
GY

NR

NU

GB

NY
N

GW

GW
RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW
CYLINDER NUMBERING

GU

GR

GU

GR
YG

YG

YG

YG

YG

YG
B

B
IGNITION
75 76 77 78 79 80 RW CAPACITOR POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
E E E E E E RW JB1
-36
EN4 EN4 EN4 EN4 EN4 EN4 RW
-1 -7 -2 -8 -3 -9
37 RW RW
II ENS19 RW

BW

BW
EN94 -1 -2
BG

BO

BG

BO
RW
RW RG B
O
BG B EN30-1 EN30-2
EN16-115
O
BO B
EN16-114 AIR CONDITIONING
O
BG B COMPRESSOR CLUTCH G17AS
EN16-113
O
BW B B
EN16-120
BW B ENS18
O EN16-119
O
BO B B
EN16-118
O GU JB1
EN16-087 -37
GW ENS17 ENS16
O EN16-088 G8AL
I
YG
EN16-131
O GR
EN16-089

BG
O GU
EN16-061
O GW NG B
EN16-062 25 FANS
I
YG
EN16-132
O GR 87 WG B
EN16-063 E
O EN16-034
BG PWM1-2

O WU WU WU WU I
EN16-051
I
W W JB145-7 JB187-1 PWM1-3
EN16-025
O N N
EN16-027
OG O
BG BG BRD BG GC2-A GC2-B
EN16-133
I
WG
EN16-033 LH COOLING FAN
I
U OY O
EN16-009
EN16-019
BG
OY R O
EN16-012
I
WU GC1-B GC1-A
EN16-121
I
YR
EN16-047 RH COOLING FAN
YG G O
EN16-048

B B P

BG
OY
JB188-2
ENGINE CONTROL
MODULE

WG
YG

YR

U
(CONTINUED FROM Fig. 03.1)
G11AS COOLING FAN
ENS7 ENS6 MODULE
NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds shown on Fig. 03.1.
WU

BG
OY
JB1 JB1 JB1 JB1
-24 -25 -28 -4

58 NG B
II

WG
JB1 JB1 JB1
YG

YR

CA105-9

U
-19 -18 -17
W W O
JB145-1 CA10-15 CA105-7
BG
OY

JB129 JB129 JB2 JB2 N N I


-14 -13 -10 -11 JB1-27 CA170-2 CA105-1

56 38 BG BRD BG BG BRD BG
JBS JBS II II
JB1-26 CA170-1 CA105-4
45 20
BRD W

RW
NR

W
CA105-5
WU

U
BG
OY

KB R R O
ON RESUME SET + SET - CANCEL OFF FT2-2 CA5-7 CA105-10
B B YG
JB106 -3 -2 -1 PA2 -1 -2 PA4 -3 -1
SW5-2 SWS1 SW4-3 IP34-6 FUEL PUMP
CASSETTE B Y Y O
FT2-4 CA5-8 CA105-3

YR YR FUEL TANK B P
2.2κ Ω 1κ Ω 510 Ω 300 Ω 180 Ω 120 Ω SW5-4 SW4-1 IP34-8
CASSETTE CA105-2
SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES
* NOTE: Clutch Cancel Switch –
AIR CONDITIONING BRAKE CLUTCH Manual Transmission vehicles only.
STEERING WHEEL PRESSURE SENSOR CANCEL CANCEL G35AS FUEL PUMP
SWITCH SWITCH* MODULE

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: 2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Engine Management: 2.0L – Part 1 Engine Management: 2.0L – Part 1 Fig. 03.3

HO2 SENSORS HO2 SENSORS


UPSTREAM DOWNSTREAM CKP CMP KNOCK MAF ECT EOT MAP
SENSOR SENSORS SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR
1/1 2/1 1/2 2/2
1 2 IATS

υ υ υ
U U λ λ

EN12 EN12 EN43 EN43 EN33 EN33 EN23 -2 -1 EN6 -1 -3 -2 -4 -5 EN18 -2 -1 EN25 -1 -2 EN8 -2 -1 -4
-1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2
EN37 -3 -4 -1 -2 EN32 -3 -4 -1 -2 EN14 -4 -3 -1 -2 EN9 -4 -3 -1 -2

GW
WG

WG
WR

WR

BW
BW
GO

GU

OY

BG
BG
BG
BG
RU

UY
UY

W
W

O
O

N
N

Y
Y

B
Y

P
81 83 82 84 93
E E E E E
NR B I Y
32 EN65-051
EN65-021 I P
EN65-050
89 WG B O RU BR BR BG BG
E EN65-077
EN65-022 RU ENS2 BR BR BG BG
O EN65-104
WG Y ENS15 ENS5
90 B I EN65-026
E
EN65-023 I P
EN65-025
13 GO I O GO
II EN65-076
EN65-063 GO ENS3
O EN65-103
VIA INERTIA SWITCH 12 GU I
BR
II EN65-055
EN65-036 I N
EN65-053
Y I O U
ENGINE CRANK 02.2 EN65-047
EN65-006 I N
EN65-054
EMS CONTROL RELAY B O O UY
01.6 EN65-046
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) EN65-069 Y
EN65-062
02.2
RG I I P
GENERATOR: CHARGE EN65-061
EN65-043 I O
EN65-059
02.2
OG O B
GENERATOR: FIELD EN65-060
EN65-008 BG
EN65-038
02.2
U I I G
GENERATOR: LOAD EN65-086
EN65-035 N
EN65-087
STARTER RELAY DRIVE 02.2
GO O I N
EN65-037
EN65-068 I EN65-030
GW
02.2
B I BW
PARK; NEUTRAL EN65-029
EN65-085 BW ENS10
EN65-031
I EN65-081
O
I UY
EN65-080
G C – I Y
20.1 EN65-079
EN65-088

20.1
Y C +
EN65-089
EN65-003
BG
W ENS6
20.2 D
EN65-039 OY
EN65-011
BW ENS7
I EN65-001
O G
EN65-097
B O R
EN65-098
B EN65-004 W
EN65-028
B EN65-005 N
P I EN65-027
B EN65-018
P
B EN65-019 GO GO GO GO GW GW
I EN65-034
B EN65-048 JB1-23 JBS4 CA10-20 CA170-15
B EN65-052 UY -6 -7
O EN65-074
B EN65-102 OY JB1-10
O EN65-070
B EN65-064 OY CA75 JB196
O EN65-071
EN65-075 -1
B O G CENTRAL
EN65-095
B EN65-078 RW JUNCTION
O EN65-096
FUSE BOX

BG
EN65-091

OY

G
N

R
85 86 91 57
II
E E E
ENGINE CONTROL

GW
MODULE

NR
RW
BG

BG

NG

NG
OY

OY

GU
G

UY
ENS1 ENS22 ENS47 (CONTINUED Fig. 03.4) EN88 EN88 EN88 EN87 EN87
B B B -1 -2 -3 -1 -2

EN61 -2 -1 EN42 -2 -1 EN999 -2 -1 EN998 -2 -1 JB170 -2 -1 PA3 -1 -3

G8AL G8AR
NOTE:
Shielding shown as dashed lines
are braided wires.
1 2 1 2 BRD
VVT IMT EVAP BRAKE TP SENSOR IDLE SPEED
SOLENOID VALVES SOLENOID VALVES CANISTER ON / OFF CONTROL VALVE
(1 TOP; 2 BOTTOM) PURGE VALVE SWITCH

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: 2.0L Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Engine Management: 2.0L – Part 2 Engine Management: 2.0L – Part 2 Fig. 03.4

FUEL INJECTORS IGNITION MODULES AND COILS


FRONT OF
ENGINE 1 3 5 2 4 6 1 3 5 2 4 6
AIR CONDITIONING
COMPRESSOR CLUTCH
RELAY
2 1
4 R6

RG 5 3 RU
4 3 21

BG 2 1 GU
6 5
IL1 -1 -2 IL2 -1 -2 IL3 -1 -2 IL4 -1 -2 IL5 -1 -2 IL6 -1 -2 95
E
EN51 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN52 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN53 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN54 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN55 -4 -2 -3 -1 EN56 -4 -2 -3 -1

GW
NW

GU

GR

NG

GN
GY

NR

NU

GB

NY
N

GW

GW
RW

RW

RW

RW

RW

RW
CYLINDER NUMBERING

GU

GR

GU

GR
YG

YG

YG

YG

YG

YG
B

B
IGNITION
75 76 77 78 79 80 RW CAPACITOR JB1 POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
E E E E E E -36
RW
EN4 EN4 EN4 EN4 EN4 EN4 RW
-1 -7 -2 -8 -3 -9
37 RW RW
II ENS19 RW

BW

BW
EN94 -1 -2
BG

BO

BG

BO
RW
RW RG B
O
BG B EN30-1 EN30-2
EN65-065
O
BO B
EN65-066 AIR CONDITIONING
O
BG B COMPRESSOR CLUTCH G17AS
EN65-067
O
BW B B
EN65-092
BW B ENS18
O EN65-093
O
BO B B
EN65-094
O GU JB1
EN65-014 -37
GW ENS17 ENS16
O EN65-015 G8AL
I
YG
EN65-012
O GR
EN65-016

BG
O GU
EN65-040
O GW NG B
EN65-041 25 FANS
I
YG
EN65-013
O GR 87 WG B
EN65-042 E
O EN65-020
BG PWM1-2

O WU WU WU WU I
EN65-044
O GR JB145-7 JB187-1 PWM1-3
EN65-099
EN65-003
BG
OY OG O
EN65-011
I
WU GC2-A GC2-B
EN65-002
I
WG
EN65-084
U LH COOLING FAN OY
I EN65-007 O
I GO GO GO GO GW
EN65-034
G JB1-23 JBS4 CA10-20 R
O EN65-017 O
GU -6 -7 GC1-B GC1-A
I EN65-057 CA170 JB1 JB1
GW -15 -28 -4
I EN65-056 RH COOLING FAN
CA75 G O

GW

WG
CENTRAL

U
ENGINE CONTROL G I I GO JUNCTION B B P

BG
OY
MODULE JB145-6 JB161 JB161 FUSE BOX JB188-2
-K -G
(CONTINUED FROM Fig. 03.3) GU WG (MAN)
O I JBS51
JB1-38 JB161 JB161
-J -C G11AS COOLING FAN
GW U (AUTO) NOTE: JBS51 –
O I Speed Control MODULE
NOTE: ECM power supplies and grounds JB1-14 JB161 JB161 vehicles only.
shown on Fig. 03.3. -H -C JBS50
U ENS7 ENS6
I
JB161 JB1-39 FUEL PUMP
-D RELAY
B

WU
WG

BG
JB161

OY
4 R11

U
-E
GU YR GO GO 5 3 OG
94 B I 3
E JB161 JB161 CA415-1 CA170-1
-F -A
YG GR 2 1 NG
I JB196 JB196 JB196 59
JB161 -1 -10 -3 JB1 JB1 JB1 FUEL PUMP B II
-B -19 -18 -17
57 56 38 CA415-5
II II II
SPEED CONTROL FUEL TANK
CONTROL MODULE POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
GW

RW
G35AS
NR

NR

WU
U

BG
OY
YG
ON RESUME SET + SET - CANCEL OFF B B YG PA3 -1 -3 PA2 -1 -2 PA4 -3 -1 JB106 -3 -2 -1
SW5-2 SWS1 SW4-3 IP34-6 JB129-14 B
CASSETTE JBS55

B
YR YR YR * NOTE: Clutch Cancel Switch –
Manual Transmission vehicles only.
2.2κ Ω 1κ Ω 510 Ω 300 Ω 180 Ω 120 Ω SW5-4 SW4-1 IP34-8 JB129-13
CASSETTE G14AL
SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES
BRAKE BRAKE CLUTCH AIR CONDITIONING
STEERING WHEEL ON / OFF CANCEL CANCEL PRESSURE SENSOR
SWITCH SWITCH SWITCH*

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: 2.0L Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Automatic and Manual Transmissions: Early Production Automatic and Manual Transmissions: Early Production Fig. 04.1

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR

TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVES FLUID


TEMPERATURE TURBINE INTERMEDIATE OUTPUT P
SENSOR SPEED SENSOR SPEED SENSOR SPEED SENSOR R
TCM RELAY PRESSURE CONTROL
SHIFT SOLENOIDS TIMING N
4 R8 SOLENOIDS (DUTY CYCLE) SOLENOIDS D
WU WR 5 3 NR
17
F40 15A υ 2
B 2 1 W 3
24

REDUCTION
2 / 4 BRAKE

2 / 4 BRAKE
II
A B C

CLUTCH
JBS55
P

LOW
LINE
TCC
B
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX N
G14AL B 02.1 ECM: STARTER
CIRCUIT
JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB156-6
-18 -9 -10 -11 -17 -15 -16 -12 -14 -13 -7 -8 -2 -1 -4 -3 -6 -5

B B N G O R G Y W U W B N B N B N B
WU B JB131-17 B N 39
JBS65 II
JB131-36 O JB131-15 B JB156-10
WU B O JB131-14 N

BRD

BRD

BRD
JB131-54 O JB131-52 G
O JB131-16 O
JB156 JB156 JB156 JB156 JB156 JB156 JB156
UY B O JB131-18 R -9 -7 -2 -1 -3 -4 -8
8
JB131-6 O JB131-03 G
B
O JB131-53 Y B B U G W Y R O B
G C – O JB131-10 W B
20.1
JB131-12 U JBS35
O JB131-04
Y C + I JB131-39 W JBS55
20.1
JB131-33 JB131-20 B
B
G C – I JB131-24 N
20.1
JB131-13 N G14AL
I JB131-21
Y C + I JB131-05 N
20.1
JB131-34 I JB131-30 U
I JB131-26 G
I JB131-25 W
I JB131-27 Y
I JB131-08 R
I JB131-07 O
I JB131-45 BW
I JB131-47 OY
P JB131-09 B
P JB131-38 B

OY OY
G15BR G15BL IP14-6 JB129-10
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE MODE SWITCH BW BW
IP14-5 JB130-6
D–4
SWITCH
Y 07.2 GECM:
IP14-4 KEY-IN AUDIBLE WARNING

NOT-IN-PARK
(ROW) U (ROW) SWITCH

B I
I EN16-031
B B (NAS) W RW (NAS) GO 14
II
JB145-5 JB2-12 PA5-2 PA5-1 JB2-16 O U R
4
IP14-16 IP18-3 IP18-4
CLUTCH PEDAL KEY LOCK
WG WG SAFETY SWITCH O
I EN16-033 P SOLENOID
JB1-4 JB2-11
GEARSHIFT
R INTERLOCK
I EN16-026
WU SOLENOID
BG GB GB N
EN16-019
88 38 40 08.3 REVERSE LAMPS O IGNITION SWITCH
E II II
ENS6 EN85-01 EN85-02 D
B WR 36
WG

RW
WU

REVERSE LAMP
BG

2 II
W

IP14-1
SWITCH
3 – C G 20.1
IP14-10
EN86 -1 -2 -3 PA4 -3 -1 Y
+ C 20.1
IP14-9 CAN MESSAGES:
• GEAR SELECTOR POSITIONS
– C G • BRAKE ON / OFF
H B B IP14-12
20.1

IPS68 IP14-2 Y
ENGINE CONTROL + C 20.1
MODULE IP14-11

NOTE: ECM power supplies and


G37BL I O 09.2 GEAR SELECTOR
grounds shown on Fig. 03.1. OUTPUT SPEED CLUTCH CANCEL IP14-3 ILLUMINATION
SENSOR SWITCH

MANUAL TRANSMISSION J GATE ASSEMBLY

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: 2.5L & 3.0L Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: Early
All Production Vehicles
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Automatic and Manual Transmissions: Later Production Automatic and Manual Transmissions: Later Production Fig. 04.2

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION (VIN C72268 ➞ D15361) TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR

TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVES FLUID


TEMPERATURE TURBINE INTERMEDIATE OUTPUT P
SENSOR SPEED SENSOR SPEED SENSOR SPEED SENSOR R
PRESSURE CONTROL
TCM RELAY SHIFT SOLENOIDS TIMING N
4 R8 SOLENOIDS (DUTY CYCLE) SOLENOIDS
D
WU WR 5 3 NR
17
F40 15A υ 2
B B 2 1 W 3
24

REDUCTION
2 / 4 BRAKE

2 / 4 BRAKE
JBS55 II
A B C

CLUTCH
P

LOW
LINE
TCC
G14AL
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX N
JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 B 02.1 02.2
ECM: STARTER
-18 -9 -10 -11 -17 -15 -16 -12 -14 -13 -7 -8 -2 -1 -4 -3 -6 -5 CIRCUIT
JB156-6
WU B JB131-17 B N O N Y
N G O R G Y W U W B N U
JBS65 JB131-36 B
O JB131-15
WU B O JB131-14 N N 39
II
JB131-54 O JB131-52 G JB156-10

O JB131-16 O

BRD

BRD

BRD
UY B O JB131-18 R
8
JB131-6 O JB131-03 G
JB156 JB156 JB156 JB156 JB156 JB156 JB156
O JB131-53 Y -9 -7 -2 -1 -3 -4 -8
G C – O JB131-10 W
20.1
JB131-12 O JB131-04 U U G W Y R O B
Y C + I JB131-39 W
20.1
JB131-33 JB131-20 B
G C – I JB131-24 N JBS55
20.1
JB131-13 JB131-44 U
B
Y C + I JB131-21 N
20.1
JB131-34 O G14AL
JB131-46
I JB131-05 N
JB131-42 Y
I JB131-30 U
I JB131-26 G
I JB131-25 W
I JB131-27 Y
I JB131-08 R
I JB131-07 O
I JB131-45 BW
I JB131-47 OY
P JB131-09 B
P JB131-38 B

G15BR G15BL OY OY
IP14-6 JB129-10
TRANSMISSION
CONTROL MODULE MODE SWITCH BW BW
IP14-5 JB130-6

D–4
(ROW) U (ROW) SWITCH
Y 07.2 GECM:
KEY-IN AUDIBLE WARNING
IP14-4

I EN16-031
B B (NAS) W RW (NAS) GO 14 NOT-IN-PARK
II SWITCH
JB145-5 JB2-12 PA5-2 PA5-1 JB2-16
(2.5L, 3.0L)
CLUTCH PEDAL
SAFETY SWITCH B I

I EN65-085
B B U GO 14 O U R
4
II IP18-3 IP18-4
JB145-5 JB196-6 JB196-4 IP14-16
(2.0L) KEY LOCK
P O SOLENOID
I
WG WG (2.5 L, 3.0L)
EN16-033 GEARSHIFT
JB1-4 JB2-11 R INTERLOCK
I
WG WG (2.0 L) SOLENOID
EN65-084 N
JB1-4 JB196-3 38 O IGNITION SWITCH
II
D
40 GB GB 08.3 REVERSE LAMPS B WR 36
RW

II 2 II
W

EN85-01 EN85-02 IP14-1

3 – C G 20.1
REVERSE LAMP
SWITCH IP14-10
PA4 -3 -1 Y
+ C 20.1
IP14-9 CAN MESSAGES:
• GEAR SELECTOR POSITIONS
– C G 20.1
• BRAKE ON / OFF
B B IP14-12
IPS68 IP14-2 Y
ENGINE CONTROL + C 20.1
MODULE IP14-11
G37BL I O 09.2 GEAR SELECTOR
NOTE: ECM power supplies and CLUTCH CANCEL ILLUMINATION
grounds shown on Fig. 03.1 or Fig. 03.3. IP14-3
SWITCH

MANUAL TRANSMISSION (VIN C43293 ➞) J GATE ASSEMBLY

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: All Vehicles (Later Production)
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: Later Production Vehicles
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: November 2002
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Automatic and Manual Transmissions: Later Production VIN D15361 ➞ Automatic and Manual Transmissions:
Later Production VIN D15361 ➞ Fig. 04.3

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION (VIN D15361 ➞) TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR (VIN D15361 ➞)

TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVES FLUID


TEMPERATURE TURBINE INTERMEDIATE OUTPUT P
SENSOR SPEED SENSOR SPEED SENSOR SPEED SENSOR R
TCM RELAY PRESSURE CONTROL
SHIFT SOLENOIDS TIMING N
4 R8 SOLENOIDS (DUTY CYCLE) SOLENOIDS
D
WU WR 5 3 NR
17
F40 15A υ 2
B B 2 1 W 3
24

REDUCTION
2 / 4 BRAKE

2 / 4 BRAKE
JBS55 II
A B C

CLUTCH
P

LOW
LINE
TCC
G14AL
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX N
JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 JB155 B 02.1 02.2
ECM: STARTER
-18 -9 -10 -11 -17 -15 -16 -12 -14 -13 -7 -8 -2 -1 -4 -3 -6 -5 CIRCUIT
JB156-6
WU B JB131-17 B N O N Y
N G O R G Y W U W B N U
JBS65 JB131-36 B
O JB131-15
WU B O JB131-14 N N 39
II
JB131-34 O JB131-52 G JB156-10

O JB131-16 O

BRD

BRD

BRD
UY B O JB131-18 R
8
JB131-6 O JB131-03 G
JB156 JB156 JB156 JB156 JB156 JB156 JB156
O JB131-53 Y -9 -7 -2 -1 -3 -4 -8
G C – O JB131-10 W
20.1 B
JB131-12 O JB131-04 U U G W Y R O
Y C + I JB131-39 W JBS55
20.1
JB131-33 JB131-20 B
B
G C – I JB131-24 N
20.1
JB131-33 U G14AL
JB131-44
Y C + I JB131-21 N
20.1
JB131-34 JB131-46 O
I JB131-05 N
JB131-42 Y NOTE: Transmission Range Sensor positions 2 and 3 inoperative.
I JB131-30 U Gear selection on “manual side” of J-Gate transmitted to TCM
JB131-26 G via D – 4 Switch and 2nd and 3rd gear outputs from the J-Gate Module.
I
I JB131-25 W Range Sensor 2nd (R) and 3rd (O) gear circuits to splices JBS71 and
I JB131-27 Y JBS72 will be deleted in a future production running change.
I JB131-08 R
O JBS72
I JB131-07
BW JBS71
I JB131-45
I JB131-47 OY
P JB131-09 B
P JB131-38 B
O R
G15BR G15BL OY OY
TRANSMISSION IP14-6 JB129-10
CONTROL MODULE MODE SWITCH
BW BW
IP14-5 JB130-6
JB129 JB129
(ROW) U (ROW) -20 -22 D–4
SWITCH
Y 07.2 GECM:
KEY-IN AUDIBLE WARNING
IP14-4

I EN16-031
B B (NAS) W RW (NAS) GO 14 NOT-IN-PARK
JB145-5 JB2-12 PA5-2 PA5-1 JB2-16
II SWITCH
(2.5L, 3.0L)
CLUTCH PEDAL
SAFETY SWITCH B I

I EN65-085
B B U GO 14 O U R
4
II IP18-3 IP18-4
JB145-5 JB196-6 JB196-4 R O SECOND IP14-16
(2.0L) GEAR KEY LOCK
IP14-14 O SOLENOID
I
WG WG (2.5 L, 3.0L) O O THIRD
EN16-033
GEAR GEARSHIFT
JB1-4 JB2-11 IP14-15 INTERLOCK
I
WG WG (2.0 L) SOLENOID
EN65-084
JB1-4 JB196-3 38 P O IGNITION SWITCH
II

40 GB GB 08.3 REVERSE LAMPS


R B WR 36
RW

II II
W

EN85-01 EN85-02 IP14-1


N G
REVERSE LAMP – C 20.1
SWITCH D IP14-10
PA4 -3 -1 Y
+ C 20.1
2 IP14-9 CAN MESSAGES:
• GEAR SELECTOR POSITIONS
3 – C G 20.1 • BRAKE ON / OFF
IP14-12

ENGINE CONTROL + C Y 20.1


MODULE B B P IP14-11
IPS68 IP14-2 O
I 09.2 GEAR SELECTOR
NOTE: ECM power supplies and CLUTCH CANCEL G37BL IP14-3
ILLUMINATION
grounds shown on Fig. 03.1 or Fig. 03.3. SWITCH

MANUAL TRANSMISSION (VIN C43293 ➞) J GATE ASSEMBLY (VIN D15361 ➞)

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: All Vehicles (Later Production)
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: VIN D15361 ➞
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: November 2002
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Anti-Lock Braking Anti-Lock Braking Fig. 05.1

LH FRONT RH FRONT LH REAR RH REAR


WHEEL SPEED WHEEL SPEED WHEEL SPEED WHEEL SPEED
SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR

H H H H

LF1 LF1 RF1 RF1


-2 -1 -2 -1

W N W R

CA55 CA55 CA60 CA60


-2 -1 -2 -1

WU GB WG NG

JB133 JB133 JB15 JB15 CA170 CA170 CA10 CA10


-1 -2 -1 -2 -6 -7 -16 -17

19 GW B I JB45-12 W
II
JB45-23 JB45-28 N
I JB45-16 WR
Y C JB45-15 NR
20.1
DRIVER WARNINGS; JB45-24 WU
CAN VEHICLE SPEED; I JB45-14
ENGINE TORQUE REDUCTION G C JB45-13 GB
20.1
JB45-40 I JB45-31 WG
JB45-30 NG
I JB45-32 GO GO GO GW
B JBS4 CA10-20
P JB45-05
-6 -7

R B
MOTOR
R JB45-2 CA75
15
JBS27 R B
SOLENOIDS CENTRAL JUNCTION
JB45-6 FUSE BOX

GW
R PRESSURE VACUUM
JB195-1 PUMP PUMP
B
CA170
JB195-2 -15

CAPACITOR
B
MOTOR P JB45-01 GW

VPU VPU
-1 -2 JB2
-1
R S
21 16
II
57
II
VP1 VP1
-1 -2

B GO W NR R S GW NR

VM2 VM1 VM1 VM2 VM3 VM3


-1 -1 -5 -2 -1 -2

PA3 PA3
-1 -3
CONTROL
VALVES
Activates Vacuum Pump if
Intake Manifold vacuum
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING falls to 0.450 bar (13.29 in. hg);
CONTROL MODULE switches pump off at 0.650 bar (19.20 in. hg).

JBS66

B B B BRAKE
VACUUM MODULE * ON / OFF SWITCH

G18AR G18AL G14AL

* NOTE: Vacuum Module, Vacuum Pump and circuit –


early production vehicles only.

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: 2.5L & 3.0L ABS Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Dynamic Stability Control Dynamic Stability Control Fig. 05.2

LH FRONT RH FRONT LH REAR RH REAR LH REAR RH REAR


YAW RATE STEERING ANGLE BRAKE PRESSURE WHEEL SPEED WHEEL SPEED WHEEL SPEED WHEEL SPEED WHEEL SPEED WHEEL SPEED
SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR

C C C C
H H H H H H
IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP19 IP19 IP19 IP19 JB89 JB89 JB89 LF1 LF1 RF1 RF1 LR1 LR1 RR1 RR1
-3 -2 -1 -4 -3 -4 -1 -2 -2 -3 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1

Y G U GW Y G U GW WG GB B W N W R
R W R W
20.1 B*** B***
CAN YAW RATE
IPS6
20.1
IPS7 CA55 CA55 CA60 CA60 CA55 CA55 CA60 CA60
-2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1
20.1
STEERING ANGLE U GW
20.1 B*** WU GB WG NG WU GB WG NG

JB129 JB129
*** NOTE: B – early production vehicles. -9 -16

JB133 JB133 JB15 JB15 CA170 CA170 CA10 CA10 CA170 CA170 CA10 CA10
-1 -2 -1 -2 -6 -7 -16 -17 -6 -7 -16 -17
19 GW B JB185-21 B*** U
II
JB185-23 JB185-39 GW
I JB185-26 WG
Y C JB185-42 GB
20.1
DRIVER WARNINGS; JB185-24 JB185-25 B
VEHICLE SPEED;
ENGINE TORQUE REDUCTION G C I JB185-12 W
20.1
JB185-40 JB185-28 N
I JB185-16 WR
JB185-15 NR
I JB185-14 WU
B B B B I JB185-13 GB
IPS68 IP29-5 IP29-2 JB130-7 JB185-27 WG
I JB185-31
JB185-30 NG
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL
G37BL SWITCH I JB185-32 GO GO GO GW
B JBS4 CA10-20
P JB185-05
-6 -7
2.0L VEHICLES
R B
MOTOR
R JB185-2 CA75
15
JBS68 R B
SOLENOIDS CENTRAL JUNCTION
JB185-6 PRESSURE FUSE BOX
PUMP

GW
R VACUUM
JB195-1 PUMP
B
B CA170
JB195-2 MOTOR P JB185-01
-15

CAPACITOR **
GW
** NOTE: Capacitor and circuit –
early production vehicles only. VPU VPU
-1 -2 JB2-1 (2.5, 3.0 L)
JB196-1 (2.0 L)
R S
21 16
II
57
II
VP1 VP1
-1 -2

B B GO W NR R S GW NR

VM2 VM1 VM1 VM2 VM3 VM3


-1 -1 -5 -2 -1 -2

PA3 PA3
-1 -3

CONTROL
Activates Vacuum Pump if
VALVES Intake Manifold vacuum
falls to 0.450 bar (13.29 in. hg);
DYNAMIC switches pump off at 0.650 bar (19.20 in. hg).
STABILITY CONTROL
CONTROL MODULE

JBS67
BRAKE ON / OFF
VACUUM MODULE * SWITCH
B B B

* NOTE: Vacuum Module, Vacuum Pump and circuit –


G18AR G18AL G14AL
2.0L vehicles and early production 2.5L and 3.0L vehicles only.

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: DSC Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control Fig. 05.3

LH FRONT RH FRONT LH REAR RH REAR


WHEEL SPEED WHEEL SPEED WHEEL SPEED WHEEL SPEED
SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR

H H H H

LF1 LF1 RF1 RF1 LR1 LR1 RR1 RR1


-2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1

W N W R R W R W

CA55 CA55 CA60 CA60


-2 -1 -2 -1

WU GB WG NG

JB133 JB133 JB15 JB15 CA170 CA170 CA10 CA10


-1 -2 -1 -2 -6 -7 -16 -17

19 GW B
II
JB197-23

Y C I JB197-12 W
20.1
DRIVER WARNINGS; JB197-24 JB197-28 N
CAN VEHICLE SPEED;
ENGINE TORQUE REDUCTION G C I JB197-16 WR
20.1
JB197-40 JB197-15 NR
I JB197-14 WU
JB197-13 GB
B B B B I I JB197-31 WG
IPS68 IP29-5 IP29-2 JB130-7 JB197-27 NG
JB197-30
JB197-32 GO GO GO GW
TRACTION CONTROL I
B JBS4
G37BL SWITCH P JB197-05 CA10-20
-6 -7

R B
MOTOR
R JB197-2 CA75
15
JBS69 R B CENTRAL JUNCTION
SOLENOIDS
JB197-6 FUSE BOX

GW
R PRESSURE VACUUM
JB195-1 PUMP PUMP
B
CA170
JB195-2 -15

CAPACITOR
B
MOTOR P JB197-01 GW

VPU VPU
-1 -2 JB196
-1
R S
21 16
II
57
II
VP1 VP1
-1 -2

B GO W NR R S GW NR

VM2 VM1 VM1 VM2 VM3 VM3


-1 -1 -5 -2 -1 -2

PA3 PA3
-1 -3
CONTROL
VALVES
Activates Vacuum Pump if
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING / Intake Manifold vacuum
falls to 0.450 bar (13.29 in. hg);
TRACTION CONTROL switches pump off at 0.650 bar (19.20 in. hg).
CONTROL MODULE

JBS70

B B B BRAKE
VACUUM MODULE ON / OFF SWITCH

G18AR G18AL G14AL

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: 2.0L ABS/TC Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Manual Climate Control System; Glass Heaters Manual Climate Control System; Glass Heaters Fig. 06.1

DISCHARGE EVAPORATOR
TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE FRESH / RECIRCULATION DEFROST DOOR PANEL / FLOOR AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND
SENSOR SENSOR FLAP ACTUATOR ACTUATOR ACTUATOR ACTUATOR

STEPPER COILS STEPPER COILS STEPPER COILS

υ υ
C4 C1 C3 C2 C4 C1 C3 C2 C4 C1 C3 C2
NOTE: The A/CCM incorporates the control panel
for the Climate Control System.
AC6 AC6 AC5 AC5 (LHD) AC7 AC7 AC4 AC4 AC4 AC4 AC4 AC3 AC3 AC3 AC3 AC3 AC2 AC2 AC2 AC2 AC2
-2 -1 -1 -2 -4 -2 -6 -1 -3 -4 -5 -6 -1 -3 -4 -5 -6 -1 -3 -4 -5
(RHD) AC7 AC7
-2 -4

UY B B G GW U GB GR GU GO R O RU OG R OY RG WB RW W Y

U B I AC1-15 UY
62
IP101-14 AC1-16 B
OY G ACS2
64 B I AC1-14
B
IP101-1 O AC1-04 GW
32 WR B O AC1-05 U
II
IP101-2 O AC1-21 GB
O AC1-06 GR
Y C O AC1-20 GU
20.1
IP101-9 O AC1-07 GO
G C O AC1-13 R
20.1
IP101-10 O AC1-23 O
Y C O AC1-08 RU
20.1
IP101-22 O AC1-22 OG
G C O AC1-09 R
20.1
IP101-23 O AC1-26 OY
O AC1-25 RG
CONTROL PANEL O I O AC1-10 WB
09.2
ILLUMINATION RW
IP101-20 O AC1-24
O AC1-11 W
O AC1-12 Y

O IP101-04 B
O IP101-03 B
I IP101-07 BW
B P
IP101-15 A/CCM O IP135-01 BW GO GO B B B B
IPS55 JB130 FLS1 CAS10
G37BR -21 CA15-17 FL5-9 FL5-10 CA15-2

O IP39-03 BR G15AR
O IP39-04 BK LH DOOR MIRROR
O IP39-02 BO
O IP39-06 BG
O IP39-01 GB GO GO GO B B B
IPS37 CA76-1 CAS84 CA20-17 FR4-9 FR4-10 FRS1 CA20-2
F98 10A
B P HEATED G4AL
IP135-2 REAR WINDOW RH DOOR MIRROR
BLOWER
RELAY +ve
G36AR WAVE TRAP
4 R19
GB GB BW
5 3 GU GU GU B
AIR CONDITIONING 10
CONTROL MODULE CA77-2 CA127-1 ZA1-1 ZA10-1
2 1 B
11 G3BS
IP58-2 IP121-2 IP121-5 IP121-6 IP121-4 IP121-3 IP121-1 IP2-13
HEATED REAR WINDOW

CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX


BLOWER
6 5 4 3 2 1
WINDSHIELD HEATER
AIR CONDITIONING IP58-1 RELAY
BLOWER BLOWER SERIES RESISTOR R GU B
RELAY R2 JB35-21 JB35-22 JB96-1 JB96-2
F13 30A
4 R20 OY 3 5 R
1 G14BR
5 3 OY JBS28
12 RH WINDSHIELD HEATER
IP3-2 OY 1 2 B
1 2
2
WR 34
II
IP2-16 R GW B
-ve BUS JB35-25 JB35-26 JB95-1 JB95-2
F15 30A
G14BL

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX LH WINDSHIELD HEATER


CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

NOTES:
Refer to Fig. 03.2 or 03.4 for A/C Compressor Clutch and Cooling Fan circuits.
Check market specification for fitment of Heated Windshield.

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: Manual Climate Control Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Automatic Climate Control System; Glass Heaters Automatic Climate Control System; Glass Heaters Fig. 06.2

DISCHARGE EVAPORATOR DEFROST DOOR PANEL / FLOOR AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND IN-CAR AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE TEMPERATURE FRESH / RECIRCULATION ACTUATOR ACTUATOR ACTUATOR TEMPERATURE SOLAR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR SENSOR FLAP ACTUATOR SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR
STEPPER COILS STEPPER COILS STEPPER COILS

NOTE:
Vehicles without Navigation “Touch Screen” – the A/CCM υ υ υ υ
incorporates the Control Panel for the Climate Control System.
C4 C1 C3 C2 C4 C1 C3 C2 C4 C1 C3 C2
Vehicles with Navigation “Touch Screen” – The A/CCM is remotely
mounted on the Climate Control Unit. Driver control inputs are
AC6 AC6 AC5 AC5 (LHD) AC7 AC7 AC4 AC4 AC4 AC4 AC4 AC3 AC3 AC3 AC3 AC3 AC2 AC2 AC2 AC2 AC2 IP66 IP66 IP66 IP66 IP38 IP38 JB105 JB105
received via Network communication. -2 -1 -1 -2 -4 -2 -6 -1 -3 -4 -5 -6 -1 -3 -4 -5 -6 -1 -3 -4 -5 -3 -4 -2 -1 -1 -2 -2 -1
(RHD) AC7 AC7
-2 -4

UY B B G GW U GB GR GU GO R O RU OG R OY RG WB RW W Y WR BW W B B B B B

U B I AC1-15 UY
62
IP101-14 AC1-16 B 67
ACS2 II
64 OY B I AC1-14 G JB3 JB3
B -9 -10
IP101-1 O AC1-04 GW 33
II
32 WR B O AC1-05 U
II
IP101-2 O AC1-21 GB NOTE: 33 – early
production vehicles.
O AC1-06 GR
Y C O AC1-20 GU B
20.1
IP101-9 GO IPS27
O AC1-07
G C O AC1-13 R
20.1
IP101-10 O AC1-23 O
Y C O AC1-08 RU B B
20.1
IP101-22 O AC1-22 OG
G C O AC1-09 R
20.1
IP101-23 O AC1-26 OY
O AC1-25 RG
CONTROL PANEL O I O AC1-10 WB
ILLUMINATION *
09.2
IP101-20 O AC1-24 RW
O AC1-11 W
* NOTE: Control Panel Illumination circuit – O AC1-12 Y
not used on “Touch Screen” vehicles.
O IP101-05 BW
I IP101-16 W
IP101-17 B
I IP101-18 B
I IP101-19 B
O IP101-04 B
** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
O IP101-03 B
O IP101-06 B GO GO B B B B
BW CA15-17 FL5-9 FL5-10 FLS1 CA15-2 CAS10
I IP101-07
O IP101-21 W G15AL
JB130 G15AR**
P IP101-15 B -21 LH DOOR MIRROR

AIR CONDITIONING G37BR GO GO GO B B B


CAS84 FRS1
CONTROL MODULE F98 10A CA76-1 CA20-17 FR4-9 FR4-10 CA20-2

HEATED G4AL
REAR WINDOW RH DOOR MIRROR
RELAY +ve
WAVE TRAP
4 R19
5 3 GU GU GU B
10
CA77-2 CA127-1 ZA1-1 ZA10-1
2 1 B
11 G3BS
IP2-13
AIR CONDITIONING HEATED REAR WINDOW
BLOWER
RELAY
4 R20 CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
5 3 OY OY
12 B+
IP3-2 IP134-2 (LHD)
IP134-1 (RHD)
1 2 W WINDSHIELD HEATER
RELAY
IP2-16 B CONTROL
R GU B
-ve BUS IP134-6 (LHD) R2 JB35-21 JB35-22 JB96-1 JB96-2
F13 30A
IP134-4 (RHD) 3 5
1
OY R G14BR
BW JBS28
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX SENSE RH WINDSHIELD HEATER
IP134-3 (LHD) OY 1 2 B
IP134-5 (RHD) 2

B R GW B
IP134-1 (LHD) JB35-25 F15 30A JB35-26 JB95-1 JB95-2
IP134-2 (RHD)
G14BL
G36AR BLOWER POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX LH WINDSHIELD HEATER

NOTES:
Refer to Fig. 03.2 or Fig. 03.4 for A/C Compressor Clutch and Cooling Fan circuits.
Check market specification for fitment of Heated Windshield.

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: Automatic Climate Control Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Instrument Cluster Instrument Cluster Fig. 07.1

61
O B P
IP11-7

3 YU B I B B B
I IP11-13 IP11-5 JB129-4 JB1-16 EN19-1

15 GR B OIL PRESSURE
II IP11-11 SWITCH

Y C
20.1
IP10-17
G C
20.1
IP10-18 I B B B B
IP10-11 JB129-3 JB103-1 JB103-2 JBS54

Y S
20.2 WASHER FLUID
IP10-22 LEVEL SWITCH G10AL FUEL LEVEL SENSOR (2.0L)
SCP
U S
20.2
IP10-23 B
CA415-4
20Ω E F 160Ω

I B B B B
CA415-2
Y IP10-12 JB129-1 JB70-1 JB70-2 JBS55
20.2 S
IP5-19 WB
BRAKE FLUID
U S LEVEL SWITCH G14AL
20.2
IP5-18 B
O D
IP6-18 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 1
I B
IP10-15 IP72-1 B
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
FT2-3
CONTROL MODULE PARKING BRAKE 20Ω E F 160Ω
SWITCH
2.0 L
FT2-1
O D
IP74-22 I WU 2.5, 3.0 L WU WU
O I IP10-7 CA1-14 CA5-1
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH 17.1
IP165-25
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 2
R I
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH 17.1
IP165-26 B
FT3-3
20Ω E F 160Ω
RESTRAINTS
CONTROL MODULE 2.0 L
FT3-1

I WB WB WB
09.2
O I INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10-8 CA1-13 CA5-2
DIMMER MODULE ILLUMINATION
IP11-21 2.5, 3.0 L B B
REAR EXTERIOR LIGHTING: GB I B CA5-11
08.3
REVERSE LAMPS STATUS IP10-1 IP10-9 CA169-1 B B
CA5-3

ADVANCED RESTRAINT SYSTEM: 17.1


U I AIRBAG WARNING LAMP
AIRBAG WARNING IP11-19

I B BR B
U IP10-16 IP53-10 IP53-7 IPS69
FRONT EXTERIOR LIGHTING: 08.2 08.1 I MAIN BEAM INDICATOR TRIP COMPUTER
MAIN BEAM STATUS IP10-10 CYCLE SWITCH

FRONT EXTERIOR LIGHTING: 08.7 08.2 08.1


OY I G36BL
DIP BEAM STATUS IP11-17
TURN SIGNAL
(CIRCUITS CONTINUED) SWITCH
FRONT EXTERIOR LIGHTING: 08.2 08.1
U I FRONT FOG LAMPS INDICATOR
FRONT FOG LAMPS STATUS IP10-19

O Y
EXTERIOR LIGHTING: 08.6 08.5 08.4 08.3 08.2 08.1
OG I IP10-24 IP80-5 A/B
SIDE LAMPS STATUS
IP11-15

REAR EXTERIOR LIGHTING: 08.6 08.5 08.4 08.3


WU I RESET
REAR FOG LAMPS STATUS REAR FOG LAMPS INDICATOR
IP10-20

MLS / KM
B P
IP11-8
W
G37AL IP10-25 IP80-6
(G36BL)
MASTER LIGHTING
SWITCH
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: All Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Audible Warnings Audible Warnings Fig. 07.2

O I
DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH 17.1
IP165-25
R I
PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH 17.1
IP165-26
O O
IP74-22

RESTRAINTS
CONTROL MODULE

O I
IP6-18

O B
23
JB172-5

KEY-IN
B I
IP18-5 IP6-8
I
R AUDIBLE
4 WARNING
IP18-4
CONTROL
II

III AUDIBLE WARNINGS:


• Seat Belt
• Airbag
• Ignition Key-in
IGNITION SWITCH • Not-in-Park
• Headlamps on
• Delay Entry (combined Alarm state and Driver Door Ajar status)
B B Y I
IPS68 IP14-2 IP14-4 IP6-15 NOTE: Refer to Figs. 08.1 – 08.5 for Turn Signal audible warning.
NOT-IN-PARK
SWITCH
G37BL

J GATE ASSEMBLY

B B B B B R R I LHD
CAS10 CA15-2 FLS1 FL9-2 FL9-1 CA15-20 CA1-7 IP6-22
DOOR AJAR
SWITCH
G15AR

LH FRONT DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY

B B B B R R I RHD
CA20-2 FRS1 FR9-2 FR9-1 CA20-20 CA1-5 IP6-22
DOOR AJAR
SWITCH
G4AL

RH FRONT DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
B
IP6-1
Y S P B
20.2
IP5-19 CA86-5
SCP
U S
20.2
IP5-18 G5AS
G4AL (G5AR)

GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE

Y S
20.2
IP10-22
HEADLAMPS ON
U S
20.2
IP10-23

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: All Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Exterior Lighting: Front – Autolamps Exterior Lighting: Front – Autolamps Fig. 08.1

MAIN BEAM STATUS 07.1


U
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

O B LIGHTING GW
23
JB172-5 F87 15A IP2-2
R15 4 GB OY B B
Y 3 5 JB51-12 JB132-1 JB132-2 JBS55
20.2 S 33 F86 7.5A

SCP LIGHTING MESSAGES


IP5-19 GO G14AL
U U GO 2 1 JB51-16 LH TURN REPEATER
20.2 S O F85 7.5A
IP5-18 IP6-13 IPS16 IP4-13
LIGHTING
CONTROL OY OY B B
FLASH -ve BUS
BR G I MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG JB171-1 FB2-1 FB2-2 JB171-4
IP53-7 IP53-6 IP6-9 REMOTE RELAY
HEADLAMPS
MAIN BEAM BW I I B LH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP
IP53-8 IP6-11 IP5-3 CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX NOTE: JBS10 – Repeater only.
LH TURN BG JB84-9
I
B IP53-1 IP6-17 O OY OY TURN
IP53-2 RH TURN BG JB172-4 JBS10 JB84-9
I
IP53-3 IP6-19 O O TURN
B OY O
JB172-3 JB84-7
IP53-5 IP53-4 IP5-22
NOTE: JBS17 – Side Marker only.
OY SIDE
JBS17 JB84-7
IPS67 (LHD)
W W
SIDE B
IPS69 (RHD) REMOTE I
B JB84-1 JB84-10
HEADLAMPS CA416-1 CA417-1
G37BL TURN SIGNAL
BRD BRD OY MAIN G11AL
(G36BL) AUDIBLE WARNING
JB84-5
CA416-2 CA417-2
DIP
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
B EXTERNAL ANTENNA
NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only. (JAPAN, S. KOREA)
IP6-1 GB B B
BALLAST
B B BO I P B JB84-1 JB84-10 JB84-5 JB84-8
IPS65 IP51-5 IP51-4 IP6-23 CA86-5 MAIN DIP
G11AL G32AS
G36AL
(G5AR) HAZARD SWITCH G5AS LH HEADLAMP UNIT LH HEADLAMP UNIT
GENERAL ELECTRONIC G4AL (G5AR) (HID VARIANT) *
CONTROL MODULE
GW GW B B
SIDE LAMPS STATUS 07.1
OG JB171-2 FB1-1 FB1-2 JB171-6
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
LH FRONT
FRONT FOG STATUS 07.1
U GW FOG LAMP
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) JBS9

GW GW B B
JB171-3 FB3-1 FB3-2 JB171-8

DIP BEAM STATUS 07.1


OY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) RH FRONT * NOTE: HID variant – V supply
FOG LAMP circuit for all lamps unchanged.
OG
IP2-10
REAR FOG LAMPS OY OY B B
F97 7.5A IP2-9 IP25-1 IP25-2 IPS66 (LHD)
IPS68 (RHD) G5AS
(G37BL)
U CA78-16 GLOVE BOX LAMP
NOTE: JBS11 – Repeater only.
GW FRONT FOG LAMPS IP17-12 OY
IP17-15 GW GW JB51-6 O B B
IP17-11 JB129-21 JBS11 JB98-1 JB98-2 JBS54
F64 7.5A
R CA78-4 G10AL
R SIDE LAMPS IP17-4 IP4-4 OG RH TURN REPEATER
19
IP17-8 R JB51-7
IP17-5 IP1-3 OG OG B B
F63 7.5A NOTE: JBS16 – Side Marker only.
OY CA76-7 JBS16 JB171-5 FB4-1 FB4-2 JB171-7 JBS56
08.7 B
IP17-3
AUTOLAMPS CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX RH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP
G11AR
OY OY OY JB85-9
IP17-7 IPS47 JB129-17 JBS37 O TURN

JB85-9
AUTO (SENSOR) G TURN

B B IP17-14 JB85-7
IPS67 (LHD) IP17-6 DIP BEAM GB OG SIDE
IPS69 (RHD)
IP17-13 JB85-7
G37BL R9 4 GU OY SIDE B
(G36BL)
GO 3 5 GU JB85-1 JB85-10
MASTER LIGHTING 14 F16 20A
JBS36 GU GW GW MAIN
SWITCH G10AR
W 1 2
22 F17 20A JB85-5
II DIP

I G G G
RC5-5 CA36-3 CA1-18 DIP BEAM GO B B
RELAY BALLAST
O GB GB GB GB GB JB85-1 JB85-10 JB85-5 JB85-8
IPS56 MAIN DIP
RC5-4 CA36-15 CA1-17 JB129-15 G10AR G33AS

RH HEADLAMP UNIT RH HEADLAMP UNIT


POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX (HID VARIANT) *
AUTOLAMPS
SENSOR

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: Autolamp Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Exterior Lighting: Front –
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Exterior Lighting: Front – Non Autolamps; Daytime Running Lamps Non Autolamps; Daytime Running Lamps Fig. 08.2

MAIN BEAM STATUS


07.1
U
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

O B GW
23 LIGHTING
JB172-5 F87 15A IP2-2
R15 4 GB OY B B
Y 3 5 JB51-12 JB132-1 JB132-2 JBS55
20.2 S 33 F86 7.5A

SCP LIGHTING MESSAGES


IP5-19 GO G14AL
U U GO 2 1 JB51-16 LH TURN REPEATER
20.2 S O F85 7.5A
IP5-18 IP6-13 IPS16 IP4-13
LIGHTING
CONTROL OY OY B B
FLASH -ve BUS
BR G I MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG JB171-1 FB2-1 FB2-2 JB171-4
IP53-7 IP53-6 IP6-9 REMOTE RELAY
HEADLAMPS
MAIN BEAM BW I I B LH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP
IP53-8 IP6-11 IP5-3 CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX NOTE: JBS10 – Repeater only.
LH TURN BG JB84-9
I
B IP53-1 IP6-17 O OY OY TURN
IP53-2 RH TURN BG JB172-4 JBS10 JB84-9
I
IP53-3 IP6-19 O O TURN
B OY O
JB172-3 JB84-7
IP53-5 IP53-4 IP5-22
NOTE: JBS17 – Side Marker only.
OY SIDE
JBS17 JB84-7
IPS67 (LHD) SIDE B
IPS69 (RHD)
B REMOTE I W W JB84-1 JB84-10
G37BL TURN SIGNAL HEADLAMPS CA416-1 CA417-1 OY MAIN
G11AL
(G36BL) AUDIBLE WARNING
BRD BRD JB84-5
CA416-2 CA417-2 DIP
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH
B EXTERNAL ANTENNA
NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only.
IP6-1 (JAPAN, S. KOREA) GB B B
BALLAST
B B BO I P B JB84-1 JB84-10 JB84-5 JB84-8
IPS65 MAIN DIP
IP51-5 IP51-4 IP6-23 CA86-5 G11AL G32AS
G36AL
(G5AR) HAZARD SWITCH G5AS LH HEADLAMP UNIT LH HEADLAMP UNIT
GENERAL ELECTRONIC G4AL (G5AR) (HID VARIANT) *
CONTROL MODULE
GW GW B B
SIDE LAMPS STATUS 07.1
OG JB171-2 FB1-1 FB1-2 JB171-6
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
LH FRONT
FRONT FOG STATUS 07.1
U GW FOG LAMP
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) JBS9

GW GW B B
JB171-3 FB3-1 FB3-2 JB171-8

DIP BEAM STATUS 07.1


OY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) RH FRONT
FOG LAMP * NOTE: HID variant – V supply
OG circuit for all lamps unchanged.
IP2-10
REAR FOG LAMPS OY OY B B
F97 7.5A IP2-9 IP25-1 IP25-2 IPS66 (LHD)
IPS68 (RHD)
G5AS
U CA78-16
GLOVE BOX LAMP (G37BL)
NOTE: JBS11 – Repeater only.
GW FRONT FOG LAMPS IP17-12 OY
IP17-15 GW GW JB51-6 O B B
IP17-11 JB129-21 JBS11 JB98-1 JB98-2 JBS54
F64 7.5A
R CA78-4 G10AL
R SIDE LAMPS IP17-4 IP4-4 OG RH TURN REPEATER
19
IP17-8 R JB51-7
IP17-5 IP1-3 OG OG B B
F63 7.5A NOTE: JBS16 – Side Marker only.
OY CA76-7 JBS16 JB171-5 FB4-1 FB4-2 JB171-7 JBS56
08.7 B
IP17-3
CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX RH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP
G11AR
OY OY OY JB85-9
IP17-7 IPS47 JB129-17 JBS37 O TURN
DIP BEAM GB GB JB85-9
IP17-13 JB129-15 TURN
NON DAYTIME JB85-7
RUNNING LAMPS
OG SIDE
JB85-7
DIP BEAM R9 4 GU OY SIDE B
GO 3 5 GU JB85-1 JB85-10
14 F16 20A
CANADA DAYTIME JBS36 GU GW GW MAIN
RUNNING LAMPS G10AR
W 1 2
22 F17 20A JB85-5
II DIP
B B
IPS67 (LHD) IP17-6 DIP BEAM
IPS69 (RHD)
DIP BEAM GO B B
RELAY BALLAST
G37BL SCANDINAVIA DAYTIME GB JB85-1 JB85-10 JB85-5 JB85-8
(G36BL) RUNNING LAMPS DIP
MAIN
G10AR G33AS

RH HEADLAMP UNIT RH HEADLAMP UNIT


MASTER LIGHTING POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX (HID VARIANT) *
SWITCH

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: Non Autolamp Vehicles; Daytime Running Lamp Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Exterior Lighting: Rear Exterior Lighting: Rear Fig. 08.3

ELECTROCHROMIC MIRROR: 10.1


GB GB
REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATED

PARKING AID: 18.1


GB GB
REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATED CA129-3

(CIRCUITS CONTINUED)
40 GB GB GB GB (MAN) GR
II
Y C EN85-01 EN85-02 JB145-4 CA10-6 CA137-3
20.1
IP10-17 STOP
CAN REVERSE GEAR (AUTO) REVERSE LAMP
G C
20.1 SWITCH
IP10-18 I GB GB (MAN) OY
IP10-1 CA1-22 CA137-5
NOTE: Refer to Fig. 07.1 for Instrument Cluster O
power supplies and grounds. IP11-3 TAIL
GW B
IP1-13 CA137-7 CA137-6
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
4 R17 GB (AUTO) FOG
5 3 CAS26
29 F79 10A CA78-8
II
O B OY
23 LIGHTING 2 1
JB172-5 GB 30 CA76-13 CA137-1
IP1-12 II
Y S TURN
20.2
IP5-19
SCP LIGHTING MESSAGES
U S REVERSE LAMPS GB
20.2
IP5-18 RELAY CA137-2
REVERSE
LH TURN BG CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX
I LH TAIL LAMP
B IP53-1 IP6-17 UNIT
IP53-2 RH TURN BG OY
I O
IP53-3 IP6-19 CA86-2 OY OY OY B
B OY O
CAS82 CA129-6 RB5-1 RB5-2
IP53-5 IP53-4 IP5-22
LH REAR SIDE
O O MARKER LAMP
NOTE: CAS92 – Side Marker only.
IPS67 (LHD) CA87-4
IPS69 (RHD)
B LIGHTING O B
CONTROL
G37BL TURN SIGNAL TM4-1 TM4-2
(G36BL) AUDIBLE WARNING

B LH LICENSE PLATE
TURN SIGNAL SWITCH LAMP
IP6-1
NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only.
P B
B B BO I CA86-5 O O O O B
IPS65 IP51-5 IP51-4 IP6-23 CA45-1 TL10-1 TMS1 TM5-1 TM5-2 TMS2
G36AL G5AS
(G5AR) G4AL (G5AR) RH LICENSE PLATE
HAZARD SWITCH B
GENERAL ELECTRONIC LAMP
CONTROL MODULE
OG O TL10-2
SIDE LAMPS STATUS 07.1
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) CA138-5
STOP
B
REAR FOG STATUS 07.1
WU
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

O CA45-2

WU CA138-3
B
GB REAR FOG LAMPS
44 IP17-10
II TAIL
IP17-16 GW GW
IP17-9 CA1-21 CAS80 GW B
CA138-1 CA138-2 CAS9
FOG
B
OG G1AR
IP2-10 O
R CA138-7
SIDE LAMPS IP4-4 TURN
19
R IP17-4 F97 7.5A IP2-9
IP17-8 R O
IP17-5 IP1-3 CA78-16 GB
CA138-6
JB51-6 REVERSE

F64 7.5A OY
RH TAIL LAMP
CA78-4 UNIT

JB51-7

F63 7.5A O O O O B
CA76-7 CAS81 CA129-10 RB6-1 RB6-2 RBS10

GR
RH REAR SIDE B
CA76-2
NOTE: CAS91 – Side Marker only. MARKER LAMP
O CA129-7
CA76-3
MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH
OG OG B B
CA76-4 CA304-2 CA304-1

57 NR GW GW GW G2AL
II PA3-3 PA3-1 JB2-1 (2.5, 3.0 L) CA170-15 CA75-7
HIGH-MOUNT G38AS
JB196-1 (2.0 L) STOP LAMP
BRAKE ON / OFF
SWITCH CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: All Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Exterior Lighting: Rear – European Trailer Towing Exterior Lighting: Rear – European Trailer Towing Fig. 08.4

Y T5011-09 B+ (ACCESSORY)

2 NG Y R R T5011-10 B+ (BATTERY)
I T5S2
CA146-3 T5020-1 F100 20A T5020-2
B B Y T5001-3 U T5011-1 LH TURN
CAS9 CA146-1 B IN-LINE FUSE RY
T5001-2 T5011-2 FOG LAMPS
30
N R R T5001-1 UR T5011-4 RH TURN
CA146-2 T5S1 O
G1AR T5011-5 RH TAIL LAMP
TRAILER TOWING P T5011-6 STOP LAMPS
REAR ACCESSORY OW T5011-7 LH TAIL LAMP
CONNECTOR PO T5011-8 REVERSE LAMPS
PARKING AID: W W S S NW NW
TRAILER CONNECTED 18.1 T5011-3
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) CA129-11 CA302-1 TT6-1
R R T5S3 NW T5011-11
NW T5011-13
T5S4
TT2 TT3 TT3 TT3 TT3 TT3 TT3 TT3 TT3 TT3 TT3
-8 -8 -10 -3 -4 -5 -9 -2 -7 -6 -1 NW NW
TRAILER
G2BL G2BR CONNECTOR
O B
23 LIGHTING O B B
JB172-5 REVERSE LAMPS 08.3
GB
Y ACTIVATION CAS26
20.2 S I I I I I I I O O O I O O
IP5-19
SCP LIGHTING MESSAGES
U S PY
20.2
IP5-18 TT2 TT2 TT1 TT1 TT1 TT1 TT2 TT2 TT2 TT2 TT2 TT1 TT1 TT4-7
TRAILER TOWING -2 -1 -1 -4 -5 -2 -5 -4 -3 -6 -7 -3 -6
CONTROL MODULE FOG
LH TURN BG BW
I
B IP53-1 IP6-17 LIGHTING GB GB PO W W RW OW P O B BG PY N BW PY TT4-1
CONTROL
IP53-2 RH TURN BG TURN
I
IP53-3 IP6-19
B OY O
OW
IP53-5 IP53-4 IP5-22 CA176-6 TT4-5 G
O TT4-6 CA175-6
RH TURN O
IPS67 (LHD) CA87-4 TAIL
CA176-7
IPS69 (RHD)
B O OY P
LH TURN
G37BL TURN SIGNAL CA86-2 CA175-1 TT4-3
(G36BL) AUDIBLE WARNING STOP

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH B G


IP6-1 CA175-2 TT4-2
NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only. B GW REVERSE
P
B B BO I CA86-5 CA175-7
IPS65 CAS80 LH TAIL LAMP
IP51-5 IP51-4 IP6-23 GW UNIT
G36AL G5AS
(G5AR) G4AL CA176-1
HAZARD SWITCH (G5AR)
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE OY PY
SIDE LAMPS STATUS 07.1
OG CA175-5 TT5-1
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) FOG

REAR FOG STATUS 07.1


WU GR BG
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) TT5-7
CA175-3
TURN

WU O
REAR FOG LAMPS
44 GB IP17-10 CA176-3 O
II
IP17-16 GW GW TT5-3 N
IP17-9 CA1-21 TT5-2 CA176-2
TAIL

O G
OG CA176-5 TT5-5
IP2-10 STOP

R B
SIDE LAMPS IP4-4
19
R IP17-4 F97 7.5A IP2-9 TT5-6
IP17-8 R O O O REVERSE

IP17-5 IP1-3 CA78-16 CA45-1 TL10-1


RH TAIL LAMP
UNIT
JB51-6

F64 7.5A OY O B
CA78-4 TMS1 TM4-1 TM4-2

LH LICENSE PLATE B B
JB51-7
LAMP
F63 7.5A O
CA76-7 O B B B B
TM5-1 TM5-2 TMS2 TL10-2 CA45-2
GR
CA76-2
RH LICENSE PLATE
LAMP
O CAS9
MASTER LIGHTING
SWITCH CA76-3
OG OG B
B
57 NR GW GW GW CA76-4 CA304-2 CA304-1
II PA3-3 PA3-1 JB2-1 (2.5, 3.0 L) CA170-15 CA75-7
JB196-1 (2.0 L) HIGH-MOUNT
G38AS G1AR
BRAKE ON / OFF STOP LAMP
SWITCH CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: EUR Trailer Towing Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Exterior Lighting: Rear – U.K. Trailer Towing Exterior Lighting: Rear – U.K. Trailer Towing Fig. 08.5

REVERSE LAMPS T412S-1 PO PO


B+ (ACCESSORY) T412S-6 Y TT7-1

B+ (BATTERY T412S-4 R
T412S-3 NW R
T412S-7 NW T4020-2 F100 20A T4020-1 U T312N-1 LH TURN
2 NG Y Y Y RY T312N-2 FOG LAMPS
IN-LINE FUSE I T4S1
CARAVAN G2BR CA146-3 T3001-3 T4001-3 UR T312N-4 RH TURN
CONNECTOR B B B B O T312N-5 RH TAIL LAMP
CAS9 CA146-1 T3001-2 T4001-2 P T312N-6 STOP LAMPS
G1AR
30
N R R R R OW T312N-7 LH TAIL LAMP
CA146-2 T3S1 T3001-1 T4S2 T4001-1 NW NW T312N-3
PARKING AID: W W S S R R T3S2
TRAILER CONNECTED 18.1 TRAILER TOWING
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) CA129-11 CA302-1 TT6-1
REAR ACCESSORY NW TRAILER
TT2 TT3 TT3 CONNECTOR TT3 TT3 TT3 TT3 TT3 TT3 TT3 TT3 CONNECTOR
-8 -8 -10 -6 -3 -4 -5 -9 -2 -7 -1
G2BL

O B
23 LIGHTING O B B
JB172-5 REVERSE LAMPS 08.3
GB
Y ACTIVATION CAS26
20.2 S I I I I I I I O O O I O O
IP5-19
SCP LIGHTING MESSAGES
U S PY
20.2
IP5-18 TT2 TT2 TT1 TT1 TT1 TT1 TT2 TT2 TT2 TT2 TT2 TT1 TT1 TT4-7
TRAILER TOWING -2 -1 -1 -4 -5 -2 -5 -4 -3 -6 -7 -3 -6
CONTROL MODULE FOG
LH TURN BG I BW
B IP53-1 IP6-17
LIGHTING GB GB PO W W RW OW P O B BG PY N BW PY TT4-1
CONTROL
IP53-2 RH TURN BG I TURN
IP53-3 IP6-19
B OY O
OW
IP53-5 IP53-4 IP5-22 CA176-6 TT4-5 G
O O TT4-6 CA175-6
RH TURN
IPS67 (LHD) CA87-4 CA176-7
TAIL
IPS69 (RHD)
B O OY P
LH TURN
G37BL TURN SIGNAL CA86-2 CA175-1 TT4-3
(G36BL) AUDIBLE WARNING
STOP

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH B G


IP6-1 CA175-2 TT4-2
NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only.
P B REVERSE
B B BO I CA86-5
IPS65 LH TAIL LAMP
IP51-5 IP51-4 IP6-23 GW UNIT
G36AL G5AS
(G5AR) G4AL CA175-7
HAZARD SWITCH (G5AR) CAS80 GW
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE CA176-1 PY
SIDE LAMPS STATUS 07.1
OG OY TT5-1
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) FOG
CA175-5
REAR FOG STATUS 07.1
WU GR BG
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) TT5-7
CA175-3
TURN

WU
GB REAR FOG LAMPS O O
44 IP17-10
II
IP17-16 GW GW CA176-3 TT5-3 N
IP17-9 CA1-21 TT5-2 CA176-2
TAIL

O G
OG CA176-5 TT5-5
IP2-10 STOP

R B
R SIDE LAMPS IP17-4 IP4-4 IP2-9 TT5-6
19 F97 7.5A
IP17-8 R O O O REVERSE

IP17-5 IP1-3 CA78-16 CA45-1 TL10-1


RH TAIL LAMP
UNIT
JB51-6

F64 7.5A OY O B
CA78-4 TMS1 TM4-1 TM4-2

LH LICENSE PLATE B B
JB51-7
LAMP
F63 7.5A O
CA76-7 O B B B B
GR TM5-1 TM5-2 TMS2 TL10-2 CA45-2
CA76-2
RH LICENSE PLATE
O LAMP CAS9
CA76-3
MASTER LIGHTING
SWITCH OG OG B
B
CA76-4 CA304-2 CA304-1

57 NR GW GW GW
II PA3-3 PA3-1 JB2-1 (2.5, 3.0 L) CA170-15 CA75-7
HIGH-MOUNT G38AS G1AR
JB196-1 (2.0 L) STOP LAMP
BRAKE ON / OFF
SWITCH CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: U.K. Trailer Towing Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Exterior Lighting: Rear – NAS Trailer Towing Exterior Lighting: Rear – NAS Trailer Towing Fig. 08.6

* NOTE: T6S2 and circuit to TT3-9 – early production vehicles only.


2 NG Y Y T3001-3 ** NOTE: NW – early production vehicles.
I
CA146-3
B B B T3001-2
CAS9 CA146-1 Y T6US1-3 LH TURN AND STOP
30
N R R T3001-1
CA146-2 T3S1 G
G1AR T6US1-4 RH TURN AND STOP

TRAILER TOWING
REAR ACCESSORY NW** BW T6US1-2 TAIL LAMPS
CONNECTOR T6S2*
PARKING AID:
18.1
W W S S W W T6US1-1 GROUND
TRAILER CONNECTED R R
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) CA129-11 CA302-1 TT6-1 T6S1
NW NW**
BW
W TRAILER
TT2 TT3 TT3 TT3 TT3 TT3 TT3 TT3
-8 -8 -10 -3 -5 -9 -7 -1 CONNECTOR

G2BL
O B
23 LIGHTING O B B
JB172-5 REVERSE LAMPS 08.3
GB
Y ACTIVATION CAS26
20.2 S I I I I I I I O O O I O O
IP5-19
SCP LIGHTING MESSAGES
U S PY
20.2
IP5-18 TT2 TT2 TT1 TT1 TT1 TT1 TT2 TT2 TT2 TT2 TT2 TT1 TT1 TT4-7
TRAILER TOWING -2 -1 -1 -4 -5 -2 -5 -4 -3 -6 -7 -3 -6
CONTROL MODULE FOG
LH TURN BG I BW
B IP53-1 IP6-17
LIGHTING GB GB PO W W RW OW P O B BG PY N BW PY TT4-1
CONTROL
IP53-2 RH TURN BG I TURN
IP53-3 IP6-19
B OY O
OW
IP53-5 IP53-4 IP5-22 CA176-6 TT4-5 G
O TT4-6 CA175-6
RH TURN O
CA87-4 TAIL
IPS67 CA176-7
B O OY P
LH TURN
TURN SIGNAL CA86-2 CA175-1 TT4-3
G37BL AUDIBLE WARNING
STOP

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH B G


IP6-1 CA175-2 TT4-2
B GW REVERSE
P
B B BO I CA86-5 CA175-7
IPS65 CAS80 LH TAIL LAMP
IP51-5 IP51-4 IP6-23 GW UNIT
G36AL G4AL G5AS CA176-1
HAZARD SWITCH
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE OY PY
SIDE LAMPS STATUS 07.1
OG CA175-5 TT5-1
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) FOG

REAR FOG STATUS 07.1


WU GR BG
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
CA175-3 TT5-7
TURN

WU O
GB REAR FOG LAMPS O
44 IP17-10 CA176-3
II
IP17-16 GW GW TT5-3 N
IP17-9 CA1-21 TT5-2 CA176-2
TAIL

O G
OG CA176-5 TT5-5
IP2-10 STOP

R B
R SIDE LAMPS IP17-4 IP4-4 IP2-9 TT5-6
19 F97 7.5A
REVERSE
IP17-8 R O O O
IP17-5 IP1-3 CA78-16 CA45-1 TL10-1
RH TAIL LAMP
UNIT
JB51-6

F64 7.5A OY OY OY B B O B
CA78-4 CAS94 CA129-6 RB5-1 RB5-2 RBS10 TMS1 TM4-1 TM4-2

LH REAR SIDE CA129-7


LH LICENSE PLATE B B
JB51-7 MARKER LAMP LAMP
F63 7.5A O B
CA76-7 O O B O B B B B
CAS95 CA129-10 RB6-1 RB6-2 G2AL TM5-1 TM5-2 TMS2 TL10-2 CA45-2
GR
RH REAR SIDE RH LICENSE PLATE
CA76-2 MARKER LAMP LAMP
O CAS9
MASTER LIGHTING
SWITCH CA76-3
OG OG B
B
57 NR GW GW GW CA76-4 CA304-2 CA304-1
II PA3-3 PA3-1 JB2-1 (2,5, 3.0 L) CA170-15 CA75-7
JB196-1 (2.0 L) HIGH-MOUNT G38AS G1AR
BRAKE ON / OFF STOP LAMP
SWITCH CENTRAL JUNCTION FUSE BOX

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: NAS Trailer Towing Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Headlamp Leveling Headlamp Leveling Fig. 08.7

DIP BEAM STATUS


07.1
OY
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

HEADLAMP LEVELING SERVO


U U U U AMPLIFIER
IP17-2 CA1-1 CA10-22 JBS8 JB84-2

OY B
JB84-5 JB84-10
OY DIP
G11AL
3 2 1 0 IP17-3
LH HEADLAMP UNIT

OY OY OY
IP17-7 IPS47 JB129-17 JBS37

G
B B IP17-14 R9 4 GU OY
IPS67 (LHD) IP17-6 DIP BEAM GB GO 3 5 GU F16 20A DIP
IPS69 (RHD) 14
IP17-13 JBS36 GU GW GW B
G37BL W 1 2
(G36BL) 22 F17 20A JB85-5 JB85-10
II
MASTER LIGHTING G10AR
SWITCH 08.1
G U
DIP BEAM SERVO
JB85-2 AMPLIFIER
AUTOLAMPS RELAY
08.1
GB GB GB
IPS56 JB129-15

NOTE: IPS56 – Autolamps only. POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

RH HEADLAMP UNIT

DRIVER-CONTROLLED HEADLAMP LEVELING

31 WR B O RW RW
II
IP130-23 IP130-17 JB130-8 JB84-2

O RU RU
Y C IP130-19 JB130-9 JB84-3
20.1
IP130-2 O R R
G C IP130-16 JB130-10 JB84-4
20.1
IP130-3 O RG RG
IP130-18 JB130-11 JB84-6
HEADLAMP
W D LEVELING
20.2 STEPPER MOTOR
IP130-5

LH HEADLAMP UNIT
Y Y I
JB140-6 JB130-17 IP130-6 * NOTE: BG – early production vehicles.

FRONT AXLE W W O
SENSOR JB140-5 JB130-1 IP130-25 O BW BW
U U IP130-15 JB130-12 JB85-2
JB140-1 JB130-22 IP130-11 O BG* WU BG* WU
IP130-21 JB130-13 JB85-3

O B B
IP130-22 JB130-14 JB85-4
UY UY UY I O BG BG
HI1-6 CA303-3 CA241-3 IP130-7 IP130-20 JB130-15 JB85-6
HEADLAMP
REAR AXLE WG WG WG O LEVELING
STEPPER MOTOR
SENSOR HI1-5 CA303-2 CA241-2 IP130-10
R R R P B B
IPS68 RH HEADLAMP UNIT
HI1-1 CA303-1 CA241-1 IP130-12 IP130-24

HEADLAMP LEVELING G37BL


CONTROL MODULE
AUTOMATIC HEADLAMP LEVELING

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: Headlamp Leveling Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Interior Lighting Interior Lighting Fig. 09.1

BK OY 65
B
O B IP27-1 IP27-2
23 LIGHTING
JB172-5
LH FOOTWELL
LAMP
Y S
20.2
IP5-19 O BK BK BK OY 66
IPS13 B
U S CA86-3 CA1-2 IP26-1 IP26-2
20.2
IP5-18
RH FOOTWELL
LAMP

B B B B B R R I
CAS10 CA15-2 FLS1 FL9-2 FL9-1 CA15-20 CA1-7 IP6-22 (LHD)
DOOR AJAR
G15AL SWITCH IP6-21 (RHD)
G15AR**
INTERIOR
LH FRONT DOOR LIGHTING MAP LAMP 1
LATCH ASSEMBLY CONTROL

BK
B B B B R R I RC22-3 OY 71
FRS1 RC30-3* B
CA20-2 FR9-2 DOOR AJAR FR9-1 CA20-20 CA1-5 IP6-21 (LHD) B RC22-9
SWITCH IP6-22 (RHD) RC30-1*
G4AL RC22-1
RC30-2* FRONT
RH FRONT DOOR INTERIOR LAMP
* NOTE: Roof Console without
LATCH ASSEMBLY BK BK Printed Circuit Board.
CA1-6 CA36-1
B B B B B Y I
CAS10 CA25-3 BLS3 BL6-2 BL6-1 CA25-14 CA87-15 MAP LAMP 2
DOOR AJAR
G15AL SWITCH
G15AR**
NOTE: BLS3 – Powered ROOF CONSOLE
Rear Windows only. LH REAR DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
BK
B B B B B Y I RC11-1 OY 70
CAS8 BRS4 B
CA30-3 BR6-2 DOOR AJAR BR6-1 CA30-14 CA86-18 REMOTE B RC20-1
LOCK / UNLOCK
G4AR SWITCH W W RC11-2
I
NOTE: BRS4 – Powered CA416-1 CA417-1
Rear Windows only. RH REAR DOOR REAR INTERIOR LAMP
LATCH ASSEMBLY BRD BRD
REMOTE CA416-2 CA417-2
LOCK / UNLOCK
B I EXTERNAL ANTENNA
** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles. IP5-3 (JAPAN, S. KOREA) B OY 68
B
RC9-2 RC9-1

SET (LHD) B G I
B B B B FL3-5 CA16-5 CA86-16 KEY BARREL LH VANITY MIRROR
CAS10 FLS1
(LHD ONLY) LAMP
CA15-2 FL3-6 RESET (LHD) B U I
FL3-7 CA16-6 CA86-14
G15AL ** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
G15AR**
LH FRONT DOOR B B B B OY
LATCH ASSEMBLY 69
CAS10 RCS1 B
CA36-13 RC8-2 RC8-1
G15AL
G15AR**
SET (RHD) B G I
B B KEY BARREL RH VANITY MIRROR
B FR3-5 CA21-5 CA86-16 (RHD ONLY) LAMP
CA20-2 FRS1 FR3-6 RESET (RHD) B U I
FR3-7 CA21-6 CA86-14
G4AL O OG OG OG OY 73
RH FRONT DOOR CA86-1 CAS85 CA16-3 FL7-2 FL7-1
B
LATCH ASSEMBLY
B
IP6-1
LH DOOR COURTESY LAMP
B P
CA86-5 OG OG OY 72
B
CA21-3 FR6-2 FR6-1
G5AS
(G5AR) G4AL
RH DOOR COURTESY LAMP
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE

B B B B B OY OY OY OY 74
CAS9 TMS2 B
CA45-2 TL10-2 TM6-3 TRUNK TM6-4 TL10-3 CA45-3 CA132-1 CA132-2
SWITCH
G1AR
TRUNK LAMP
TRUNK
LOCK MOTOR

B B OY 08.1 FRONT EXTERIOR LIGHTING


IPS66 (LHD) IP25-2 IP25-1
IPS68 (RHD)
G5AS
(G37BL)
GLOVE BOX LAMP

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: All Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Dimmer-Controlled Lighting Dimmer-Controlled Lighting Fig. 09.2

IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENT
SWITCH ILLUMINATION

O B
SW3-4 SW3-3
O O B YG (2.5, 3.0 L) YG YG
SWS1 03.2 ECM: GROUND
IP34-5 SW4-4 SWS2 SW4-3 IP34-6 JB129-14 JB1-24
CASSETTE CASSETTE
O B
SW5-1 SW5-2 (2.0 L) B B
JBS55
CRUISE CONTROL
SWITCH ILLUMINATION
G14AL

STEERING WHEEL

O O B
IP101-20 IP101-15
O G37BR
O AIR CONDITIONING
IP17-1 IPS4 O O B CONTROL MODULE (PANEL)
IP11-21 IP11-8
O G37AL
(G36BL)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER O B
IP70-9 IP70-12
G37BR

PWM O TELEMATICS DISPLAY


O B
IP51-6 IP51-5

O G5AR

19
R SIDE LAMPS
HAZARD, SEAT HEATER O O B
IP17-8 SWITCHES IPS21 IP65-17 IP65-1

NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only. G37AR

AUDIO UNIT
O B B
IP110-1 IP42-1 IPS65
G36AL
G5AL)
CIGAR LIGHTER O B B
IP14-3 IP14-2 IPS68
CA1-9
G37BL
B B J GATE
IPS67 (LHD) IP17-6
IPS69 (RHD) O O O B B B B
G37BL CA36-4 RC22-10 RC22-1 RCS1 CA36-13 CAS10
(G36BL)
G15AL O B B
MASTER LIGHTING G15AR*
SWITCH IP29-6 IP29-5 IPS68
ROOF CONSOLE
G37BL

* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles. DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL


SWITCH
CAS11
O O B B B B
CA20-16 (LHD) FR10-4 (LHD) FR10-8 (LHD) FRS1 (LHD) CA20-2 (LHD) CAS10
CA15-16 (RHD) FL10-4 (RHD) FL10-8 (RHD) FLS1 (RHD) CA15-2 (RHD) G4AL
(G15AR)
PASSENGER DOOR NOTE: CAS10 – RHD only.
SWITCH PACK

O O B B B B
CA15-16 (LHD) FL1-8 (LHD) FL1-14 (LHD) FLS1 (LHD) CA15-2 (LHD) CAS10
CA20-16 (RHD) FR1-8 (RHD) FR1-14 (RHD) FRS1 (RHD) CA20-2 (RHD) G15AR
(G4AL)
O O BW BW BW BW REAR WINDOW NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.
CAS59 FL1-5 (LHD) ISOLATE CIRCUIT
CA30-11 BR1-4 BR1-8 CA30-7 CA15-7 (LHD)
CA20-7 (RHD) FR1-5 (RHD)

RH REAR DOOR DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK


SWITCH PACK

O O BW BW
CA25-11 BL1-4 BL1-8 CA25-7

LH REAR DOOR
SWITCH PACK

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: All Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Variable Assist Steering; Electrochromic Rear View Mirror Variable Assist Steering; Electrochromic Rear View Mirror Fig. 10.1

42 GR B
II
IP11-24

Y C O R R R R
20.1
IP10-17 IP11-25 JB130-2 JB145-3 EM91-2
CAN VEHICLE SPEED
G C
20.1
IP10-18

I U U U U
IP11-23 JB130-3 JB145-2 EM91-1

B P
IP11-8

VARIABLE ASSIST
G37AL SERVO
(G36BL)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

VARIABLE ASSIST STEERING

54 WU* BR B
II
RC5-1

REVERSE LAMPS:
08.3
GB GB I
REVERSE LAMPS ON
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) CA36-7 RC5-3

B B B B P
CAS10 CA36-13 RCS1 RC5-2

G15AL
G15AR*
ELECTROCHROMIC
REAR VIEW
MIRROR

* NOTE: G15AR, WU – early production vehicles.

ELECTROCHROMIC REAR VIEW MIRROR

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: All Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Door Mirrors: Movement, Fold-Back Door Mirrors: Movement, Fold-Back Fig. 10.2

52 GW B O N N N N 48 GU B O N N N N
II II
FL1-15 FL1-17 CA16-12 CA16-18 FL5-4 FR1-15 FR1-17 CA21-12 CA16-14 FL5-4

LH LH

COMMON
YR YR YR COMMON
YR YR YR YR YR
RH FL1-16 FLS2 FL5-2 RH FR1-16 FRS7 CA21-13 CA16-13 FL5-2

O WR WR WR WR O WR WR WR WR
FL1-4 CA15-19 CA16-19 FL5-6 FR1-4 CA20-19 CA16-15 FL5-6

LH MIRROR LH MIRROR

O N N N N O N N N N
FL1-18 CA16-14 CA21-14 FR4-4 FR1-18 CA21-14 CA21-18 FR4-4

YR YR YR YR YR YR
CA16-13 CA21-13 FR4-2 FR4-2

B B B B P O WR WR WR WR B B B P O WR WR WR WR
CAS10 CA15-2 FLS1 FL1-14 FL1-3 CA16-15 CA21-15 FR4-6 CA20-2 FRS1 FR1-14 FR1-3 CA21-15 CA21-19 FR4-6
G15AL
G15AR* G4AL
RH MIRROR RH MIRROR
DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.

DOOR MIRROR MOVEMENT: LHD DOOR MIRROR MOVEMENT: RHD

U U U U U U
64
N B CA16-17 FL5-16
64
N B CA16-17 FL5-16
CA270-4 CA270-4

W W W W W W
B B B B R R I CA16-11 FL5-15 B B B R R I CA16-11 FL5-15
CAS10 CA15-2 FLS1 FL1-14 FL1-11 CA16-16 CA270-2 CA20-2 FRS1 FR1-14 FR1-11 CA21-16 CA270-2
G15AL LH MIRROR G4AL
LH MIRROR
G15AR*

DRIVER DOOR DRIVER DOOR


SWITCH PACK O U U U U SWITCH PACK O U U U U
CA270-3 CAS46 CA21-17 FR4-16 CA270-3 CAS46 CA21-17 FR4-16

* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.


B B P O W W W W B B P O W W W W
CAS10 CA270-5 CA270-1 CAS64 CA21-11 FR4-15 CAS10 CA270-5 CA270-1 CAS64 CA21-11 FR4-15
G15AL G15AL
G15AR* G15AR*
RH MIRROR RH MIRROR
FOLD FLAT FOLD FLAT
MODULE MODULE

* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.

DOOR MIRROR FOLD: LHD DOOR MIRROR FOLD: RHD


NOTE: Refer to Figures 06.1 and 06.2 for Mirror Heaters.

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: All Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Powered Seats: 8-Way Movement Powered Seats: 8-Way Movement Fig. 11.1

LH SEAT MOVEMENT MOTORS RH SEAT MOVEMENT MOTORS

NOTE: NOTE:
40 – Non Heated Seat. 45 – Non Heated Seat.
42 – Heated Seat. 47 – Heated Seat.
LS5 LS5 LS4 LS4 LS2 LS2 LS6 LS6 RS5 RS5 RS4 RS4 RS2 RS2 RS6 RS6
-1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2
40 42
OG B
45 47
OY B
LS1-6 RS1-6
YB WB YG WG YU WR YR WR WB YB WG YG WR YU WR YR

YB WB
LS1-4 RS1-4
WB YB
LS1-5 RS1-5

YG WG
LS1-3 RS1-3
WG YG
LS1-11 RS1-11

YU WR
LS1-9 RS1-9
WR YU
LS1-8 RS1-8

YR WR
LS1-7 RS1-7
WR YR
LS1-12 RS1-12

P B P B
LS1-1 RS1-1

LH SEAT SWITCH PACK RH SEAT SWITCH PACK

LH SEAT LUMBAR PUMP RH SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

WG YG
LS16-7 LS19-3 RS16-7 RS19-3

43
OG B 48
OY B
LS16-2 LS19-2 RS16-2 RS19-2
YG WG
LS16-1 LS19-1 RS16-1 RS19-1

B B
LS16-3 RS16-3
B LSS1 B RSS1

LS16-6 RS16-6
NOTE: LSS1 – Lumbar Vehicles only. NOTE: RSS1 –
LH SEAT LUMBAR SWITCH PACK RH SEAT LUMBAR SWITCH PACK Lumbar Vehicles only.
B B B B B B
CAS8 CA65-16 CAS8 CA70-16

G15AL NOTE: CAS8 – RHD only. G4AR NOTE: CAS8 – LHD only.
(G4AR) (G15AL)

LH SEAT RH SEAT NOTE: Powered Lumbar Circuit and components – Powered Lumbar Seats only.

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: 8-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Powered Seats: 2-Way Movement Powered Seats: 2-Way Movement Fig. 11.2

LH SEAT MOVEMENT MOTOR RH SEAT MOVEMENT MOTOR

LS10 LS10 RS10 RS10


-2 -1 -2 -1

WG YG YG WG

NOTE: NOTE:
40 – Non Heated Seat. 45 – Non Heated Seat.
42 – Heated Seat. WG 47 – Heated Seat. YG
LS16-7 RS16-7

40 42
OG 45 47
OY
LS16-2 LS16-2
YG WG
LS16-1 RS16-1

B B
LS16-3 RS16-3
B B B B B B B B
LS16-6 LSS1 CA65-16 CAS8 RS16-6 RSS1 CA70-16 CAS8

LH SEAT SWITCH PACK RH SEAT SWITCH PACK


G15AL G4AR
NOTE: CAS8 – RHD only. NOTE: CAS8 – LHD only. (G15AL)
(G4AR)

LH SEAT RH SEAT

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: 2-Way Powered Seat Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Seat Heaters Seat Heaters Fig. 11.3

NOTE:
40 – Heaters only Seat.
41 – Powered Heated Seats.

OG B I W
40 41
LS13-12 LS13-3 LS7-3

27 GB B
II
LS13-5 O N
LS13-4 LS7-2
TEMPERATURE SENSOR

O GB
LS13-6 LS7-1
W W W I
IP51-2 CA240-7 CA65-10 LS13-8
LH CUSHION HEATER
NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only. R R R O
IP51-3 NOTE: CAS8 – RHD only.
STATE CA240-1 CA65-17 LS13-10
B B U U U O
IPS65 IP51-5 IP51-1 CA240-6 CA65-10 LS13-9 B
I
LH SEAT
HEATER LS13-7 LS7-4
G36AL B B B B
(G5AR) SWITCH P
LS13-1 LSS1 CA65-16 CAS8
LH SEAT BACK HEATER
G15AL
NOTE: LSS1 – 8-way; 2-way; Lumbar only. (G4AR)
LH SEAT HEATER
MODULE

LH SEAT

NOTE:
45 – Heaters only Seat.
46 – Powered Heated Seats.

OY B I N
45 46
RS13-12 RS13-3 RS7-3

26 GB B
II
RS13-5 O W
RS13-4 RS7-2
TEMPERATURE SENSOR

O GW
RS13-6 RS7-1
W W W I
IP56-2 CA240-4 CA70-10 RS13-8
RH CUSHION HEATER
NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only. R R R O
IP56-3 NOTE: CAS8 – LHD only.
CA240-5 CA70-17 RS13-10
B B U U U O
IPS65 IP51-5 IP56-1 CA240-3 CA70-18 RS13-9 B
STATE I
RS13-7 RS7-4
G36AL B B B B
(G5AR) RH SEAT HEATER P
RSS1 CAS8
SWITCH RS13-1 CA70-16
RH SEAT BACK HEATER
G4AR
NOTE: RSS1 – 8-way; 2-way; Lumbar only. (G15AL)
RH SEAT HEATER
MODULE

RH SEAT

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: Heated Seat Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Central Door Locking: Double Locking Central Door Locking: Double Locking Fig. 12.1

NOTE: Drive-Away Door Locking occurs when


all doors are closed, the Ignition is switched to
II or III and the vehicle speed exceeds 7 k/ph (4 mph).
OY B
SCP 22 LOCKING
JB172-1 I U U U U B
Y S IP5-16 CA1-11 CA45-6 TL10-6 TM8-1 TM8-2
20.2
IGNITION SWITCHED GU IP5-19
POWER SUPPLY
01.4 TRUNK RELEASE
U S SWITCH
20.2
IP5-18

KEY-IN W
NOT CONNECTED TRUNK AJAR
B B TMS3 TM6-2 SWITCH
I
IP18-5 IP6-8 I N N N
I CA86-22 CA45-5 TL10-5 TM6-5
R Y S LOCK / O O O O B B B B B
4 20.2
UNLOCK
IP18-4 VEHICLE SPEED; IP10-22 CA87-2 CA45-4 TL10-4 TM6-1 TM6-3 TMS2 TL10-2 CA45-2 CAS9
EMERGENCY UNLOCK
II U S
20.2
GO GO IP132-3 IP10-23 TRUNK LOCK G1AR
IPS45
MOTOR
IP18-1 IP132-1 GR VEHICLE
III IP132-2 IP10-13 IMPACT B B
P REMOTE I
O IP11-8 LOCK / UNLOCK IP5-3
B
INERTIA SWITCH 61
IP11-7 G37AL
(G36BL)
IGNITION SWITCH
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER I Y B B B B B
CA87-15 CA25-14 BL6-1 BL6-2 BLS3 CA25-3 CAS10
DOOR AJAR
B B R R SWITCH
I
FL9-2 DOOR AJAR FL9-1 CA15-20 CA1-7 IP6-22 (LHD) YB B NOTE: BLS3 – Powered Rear Windows only.
G15AL
SWITCH 1P6-21 (RHD) G15AR*
CA25-10 BL3-3
B WG WG O UNLOCK
FL3-2 CA16-20 CA1-4 IP5-5 (LHD) YB B
CAS1 IP5-1 (RHD)
B YB YB O LOCK CA25-9 BL3-1 ACTUATOR * NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
SWITCHES
FL3-1 CA16-10 CA87-3
ACTUATOR
SWITCHES WB B
B YB CAS2 YB CA25-8 BL3-2
O DOUBLE LOCK
FL3-3 CA16-7 CA86-4
CAS73 O WB
LOCK B O O I UNLOCK
CA87-5 CAS79
FL3-8 CA16-9 CA86-19 LH REAR DOOR
UNLOCK B W CAS74 W I
LATCH ASSEMBLY
FL3-4 CA16-8 CA87-16

B B B B SET (LHD) B G I
WB B
CAS10 CA15-2 FLS1 FL3-6 FL3-5 CA16-5 CA86-16 (KEY BARREL CA30-8 BR3-2
LHD ONLY)
RESET (LHD) B U I
G15AL FL3-7 CA16-6 CA86-14 YB B
G15AR*
CA30-9 BR3-1
LH FRONT DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY LOCKING
CONTROL YB B
* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
CA30-10 BR3-3 ACTUATOR
SWITCHES
B YB
FR3-3 CA21-7 I Y B B B B B
ACTUATOR BRS4 CAS8
SWITCHES CA86-18 CA30-14 BR6-1 DOOR AJAR BR6-2 CA30-3
SWITCH
B YB
FR3-1 CA21-10 G4AR
RH REAR DOOR NOTE: BRS4 – Powered Rear Windows only.
B WB WB O UNLOCK LATCH ASSEMBLY
FR3-2 CA21-20 CA1-8 IP5-1 (LHD)
IP5-5 (RHD)

LOCK B O
FR3-8 CA21-9 REMOTE
LOCK / UNLOCK
UNLOCK B W I W W
FR3-4 CA21-8 CA416-1 CA417-1
B SET (RHD) B G I BRD BRD
FR3-6 FR3-5 CA21-5 CA86-16 (KEY BARREL
RHD ONLY) CA416-2 CA417-2
RESET (RHD) B U I EXTERNAL ANTENNA
FR3-7 CA21-6 CA86-14 (JAPAN, S. KOREA)

B B B B R R I B
CA20-2 FRS1 FR9-2 FR9-1 CA20-20 CA1-5 IP6-21 (LHD) IP6-1
DOOR AJAR
SWITCH IP6-22 (RHD)
P B
G4AL CA86-5
RH FRONT DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
G5AS
GENERAL ELECTRONIC G4AL (G5AR)
CONTROL MODULE
NOTE: Set / Reset Switch in Front Door Latch Assemblies –
LHD: LH Front Latch only, RHD: RH Front Latch only.

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: Double Locking Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Central Door Locking: Non Double Locking Central Door Locking: Non Double Locking Fig. 12.2

NOTE: Drive-Away Door Locking occurs when


all doors are closed, the Ignition is switched to
II or III and the vehicle speed exceeds 7 k/ph (4 mph).
OY B
22 LOCKING
JB172-1
SCP
I U U U U B
Y S IP5-16 CA1-11 CA45-6 TL10-6 TM8-1 TM8-2
20.2
IGNITION SWITCHED GU IP5-19
POWER SUPPLY
01.4 TRUNK RELEASE
U S SWITCH
20.2
IP5-18
KEY-IN
NOT CONNECTED
W
B B TMS3 TM6-2 TRUNK AJAR
I
SWITCH
IP18-5 IP6-8 I N N N
I CA86-22 CA45-5 TL10-5 TM6-5
R Y S LOCK / O O O O B B B B B
4 20.2
UNLOCK
IP18-4 IP10-22 CA87-2 CA45-4 TL10-4 TM6-1 TM6-3 TMS2 TL10-2 CA45-2 CAS9
VEHICLE SPEED;
II EMERGENCY UNLOCK U
20.2 S
GO GO IP132-3 IP10-23 TRUNK LOCK G1AR
IPS45 MOTOR
IP18-1 IP132-1 GR VEHICLE
III IP132-2 IP10-13 IMPACT B B
P REMOTE I
O IP11-8 LOCK / UNLOCK IP5-3
INERTIA SWITCH B
61
IP11-7
G37AL
(G36BL)
IGNITION SWITCH
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER I Y B B B B B
CA87-15 CA25-14 BL6-1 BL6-2 BLS3 CA25-3 CAS10
DOOR AJAR
B B R R SWITCH
I
FL9-2 DOOR AJAR FL9-1 CA15-20 CA1-7 IP6-22 (LHD) YB B NOTE: BLS3 – Powered Rear Windows only.
G15AL
SWITCH 1P6-21 (RHD) G15AR*
CA25-9 BL3-1
B WG WG O UNLOCK WB B
FL3-2 CA16-20 CA1-4 IP5-5 (LHD) CA25-8 BL3-2
CAS1 IP5-1 (RHD)
B YB YB O LOCK * NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
FL3-1 CA16-10 CA87-3
LOCK B O CAS73 O I LH REAR DOOR
FL3-8 CA16-9 CA86-19 LATCH ASSEMBLY
UNLOCK B W CAS74 W I WB
O
FL3-4 CA16-8 CA87-16 UNLOCK
CA87-5 CAS79

B B B B SET (LHD) B G I
CAS10 CA15-2 FLS1 FL3-6 FL3-5 CA16-5 CA86-16 (KEY BARREL
LHD ONLY)
RESET (LHD) B U I WB B
G15AL FL3-7 CA16-6 CA86-14 CA30-8 BR3-2
G15AR*
YB B
LH FRONT DOOR CA30-9 BR3-1
LATCH ASSEMBLY
* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
I Y B B B B B
CA86-18 CA30-14 BR6-1 BR6-2 BRS4 CA30-3 CAS8
DOOR AJAR
SWITCH

NOTE: BRS4 – Powered Rear Windows only. G4AR


RH REAR DOOR
LOCKING
CONTROL
LATCH ASSEMBLY

B YB
FR3-1 CA21-10

B WB WB O UNLOCK
FR3-2 CA21-20 CA1-8 IP5-1 (LHD)
IP5-5 (RHD)
LOCK B O REMOTE
LOCK / UNLOCK
FR3-8 CA21-9 I W W
UNLOCK B W CA416-1 CA417-1
FR3-4 CA21-8 BRD BRD
CA416-2 CA417-2
B SET (LHD) B G I EXTERNAL ANTENNA
CA86-16 (KEY BARREL
FR3-6 FR3-5 CA21-5
RHD ONLY) (JAPAN, S. KOREA)
RESET (LHD) B U I
FR3-7 CA21-6 CA86-14

B B B B R R I B
CA20-2 FRS1 FR9-2 DOOR AJAR FR9-1 CA20-20 CA1-5 IP6-21 (LHD) IP6-1
SWITCH IP6-22 (RHD)
P B
G4AL CA86-5
RH FRONT DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY
G5AS
GENERAL ELECTRONIC G4AL (G5AR)
CONTROL MODULE
NOTE: Set / Reset Switch in Front Door Latch Assemblies –
LHD: LH Front Latch only, RHD: RH Front Latch only.

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: Non Double Locking Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Security System Security System Fig. 12.3

NOTE: ECM power supplies and


grounds shown on Fig. 03.1or 03.3.
O B OY B
61 22
IP11-7 JB172-1 I G O
15 GR B O B CA86-17 CA190-4 B B
II 23
IP11-11 JB172-5 Y Y CA190-5 CAS9
POWER
O
Y CA86-20 CAS83 CA190-6
C 20.1 G1AR
EN16-124 Y C S Y Y S
EN65-89 (2.0L) 20.1 20.2 20.2
IP10-17 IP10-22 IP5-19
INCLINATION SENSOR
C G 20.1 20.1
G C S U
20.2 20.2
U S
EN16-123 IP10-18 IP10-23 IP5-18
EN65-88 (2.0L)
PASSIVE
ANTI-THEFT SECURITY Y Y D W
ENGINE SYSTEM CONTROL 20.2 SERIAL COMMUNICATION
CONTROL MODULE CA36-11 RC22-6 RC22-8
RC33-1* RC33-3*
G PATS O OY B B
IP10-6 POWER IP10-2 IP29-1 IP29-5 IPS68 W W B B B B
I O
CA86-23 CA36-10 RC22-7 RC22-1 RCS1 CA36-13 CAS10
RC33-4* RC33-2* G15AL
INTRUSION
SECURITY INDICATOR G37BL
SENSOR * NOTE: Roof Console without
G15AR**
O D Printed Circuit Board.
IP15-4 IP10-4
ROOF CONSOLE
G WG D
REMOTE
SECURITY ** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
IP15-1 IP15-3 IP10-3 B I
B PATS IP5-3
GROUND
IP15-2 IP10-5 RADIO
B P W W I I R REMOVED B
IP11-8 CA417-1 CA416-1 IP6-10 IP65-8 IP65-1 OY
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT REMOTE
SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER BRD BRD SECURITY G37AR JB87-2
G37AL CA417-2 CA416-2
(G36BL) INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
EXTERNAL ANTENNA AUDIO UNIT
(JAPAN, S. KOREA)
KEY-IN B B
B B JBS56 JB87-1
I
IP18-5 IP6-8 O OY 08.1 08.2 G11AR
I JB172-4
TURN SIGNAL FLASH
R ** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles. O O HORNS
4 08.1 08.2
IP18-4 JB172-3
II B B B B B R R I
CAS10 CA15-2 FLS1 FL9-2 DOOR AJAR FL9-1 CA15-20 CA1-7 IP6-22 (LHD) 4 R3
G15AL SWITCH IP6-21 (RHD) 5 3
OY OY OY
G15AR** 24
III JBS32
LH FRONT DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY O B B 2 1 OY
IP5-14 JB129-6

IGNITION SWITCH
B B B B R R I
CA20-2 FRS1 FR9-2 DOOR AJAR FR9-1 CA20-20 CA1-5 IP6-21 (LHD) HORN RELAY
SWITCH IP6-22 (RHD)
G4AL
POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
RH FRONT DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY

B B B B B Y I
CAS10 CA25-3 BLS3 BL6-2 DOOR AJAR BL6-1 CA25-14 CA87-15 B B B
O
G15AL SWITCH
CA87-1 CA170-12 JB79-1 SL2-1
G15AR**
NOTE: BLS3 – Powered LH REAR DOOR B B B
Rear Windows only.
LATCH ASSEMBLY JBS56 JB79-5 SL1-1

G11AR
B B B B B Y I PASSIVE
CAS8 CA30-3 BRS4 BR6-2 DOOR AJAR BR6-1 CA30-14 CA86-18 SECURITY SOUNDER
SWITCH
G4AR
NOTE: BRS4 – Powered RH REAR DOOR
Rear Windows only.
LATCH ASSEMBLY 20 W
II
JB79-3
U
63
NOT CONNECTED W JB79-6
TRUNK AJAR
TMS3 TM6-2 SWITCH U U
D
N N N I JB172-18 JB79-4
TM6-5 TL10-5 CA45-5 CA86-22 B B
B B B B B O O O JBS56 JB79-5
CAS9 CA45-2 TL10-2 TMS2 TM6-3 TM6-1 TL10-4 CA45-4 CA87-2
G11AR ACTIVE
G1AR SECURITY SOUNDER
TRUNK LOCK
MOTOR
B
IP6-1
B B B I P B
JBS55 JB81-2 JB81-1 JB172-21 CA86-5 NOTE: Check market specification and/or vehicle option specification
G14AL for fitment of the following Security Components:
HOOD SECURITY G5AS
SWITCH G4AL (G5AR) INCLINATION SENSOR
INTRUSION SENSOR
GENERAL ELECTRONIC PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER
CONTROL MODULE ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: All Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Wash / Wipe System Wash / Wipe System Fig. 13.1

OY B
22
JB172-1
O B
23
JB172-5

Y S
20.2
SCP SIDE LAMPS STATUS
IP5-19 POWER WASH PUMP
U RELAY
20.2 S
IP5-18 R5 4

U 3 5 OY OY B B
WASH / WIPE 27
NOTE: Headlamp Power Wash enabled when Side Lamps On. CONTROL JB65-1 JB65-2 JBS54

GU GU 2 1 GU
O 96
E
JB172-23 POWER WASH G10AL
PUMP
FLICK WIPE WG WG WG WG O
IP16-4 JB129-8 JBS19 JB130-19 IP5-21 POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
I WB
WASHER GR GR I JB172-2
GW IPS22
62 IP16-2 IP6-5
II
IP16-6 FAST WIPE WB WB
IP16-8 JB3-3
INTERMITTENT
WIPE GU GU I
IP16-1 IP5-4 B
INTERMITTENT SELECT W W I IP6-1
IP16-10 IP6-4 P B
CA86-5 61 GR
II
JB63-4
G5AS RUN
G4AL (G5AR)
WB
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
JBS26 PARK
CONTROL MODULE JB63-3

WIPER PARK WB WB WB HIGH SPEED


B B IP16-7 JB3-13 JB63-1 B
IPS67 (LHD) IP16-3 SLOW WIPE WG WG WG LOW SPEED JB63-5
IPS69 (RHD)
IP16-9 JB3-7 JB63-2
G37BL
(G36BL) G14AR

WIPER SWITCH ASSEMBLY


WIPER MOTOR ASSEMBLY

WINDSHIELD
WIPER MOTOR
WB RELAY
4 R1

GR 5 3 WB
59
II

WG 2 1 GR 61
II

(1) GW GW 63
II
JB35-33 F19 15A JB35-34

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

GR GR (2) O 43
II
JB129-7* JB109-1 JB109-2
JB3-11
NOTATION:
* NOTE: JB129-7 – early production vehicles. WINDSHIELD WASHER
PUMP (1) Later production vehicles.
(2) Early Production vehicles.

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: Non Rain Sensing Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Wash / Wipe System with Rain Sensing Wash / Wipe System with Rain Sensing Fig. 13.2

OY B
22
JB172-1
O B
23
JB172-5

Y S
20.2
IP5-19 POWER WASH PUMP
SCP SIDE LAMPS STATUS RELAY
U S
20.2
IP5-18 R5 4

U 3 5 OY OY B B
WASH / WIPE 27
NOTE: Headlamp Power Wash enabled when Side Lamps On. CONTROL JB65-1 JB65-2 JBS54

GU GU 2 1 GU
O 96
E
JB172-23 POWER WASH G10AL
PUMP
FLICK WIPE WG WG WG WG O
IP16-4 JB129-8 JBS19 JB130-19 IP5-21 POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX
I WB
WASHER GR GR I JB172-2
GW IPS22
62 IP16-2 IP6-5
II
IP16-6 FAST WIPE WB WB
IP16-8 JB3-3 JBS40
INTERMITTENT
WIPE GU GU I
IP16-1 IPS23 IP5-4 B
INTERMITTENT SELECT W W I IP6-1
IP16-10 IP6-4 P B
CA86-5 61 GR
II
JB63-4
G5AS RUN
G4AL (G5AR)
WB
GENERAL ELECTRONIC
JB63-3 PARK
CONTROL MODULE

WIPER PARK WB WB WB HIGH SPEED


B B IP16-7 JB3-13 JB63-1 B
IPS67 (LHD) IP16-3 SLOW WIPE WG WG LOW SPEED JB63-5
IPS69 (RHD)
IP16-9 CA230-15 JB63-2
G37BL
(G36BL) G14AR

WIPER SWITCH ASSEMBLY


WIPER MOTOR ASSEMBLY

I WG
CA6-7
U U O WG
RC15-1 CA35-1 CA6-8 CA6-1 CA10-10

O W W I I GU GU WINDSHIELD
RC15-3 CA35-3 CA6-10 CA6-4 CA241-5 WIPER MOTOR
POWER
G G I WB WB WB RELAY
RC15-2 CA35-2 CA6-9 CA6-11 CA10-21 JBS26 4 R1

WB WB GR 5 3 WB
O 59
II
CA6-2 CA10-9
RAIN SENSOR GROUND
GR GR WG 2 1 GR
I 60
II
CA6-5 CA241-6

O WG** WR WG
CA6-3 CA10-1
O B (1) GW GW 63
II
CA6-6 P B JB35-33 F19 15A JB35-34
CA6-12

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX


G15AR
RAIN SENSING G15AL**
CONTROL MODULE
GR GR O (2) O 43
JBS48 II
JB129-7* JB109-1 JB109-2
** NOTE: WG, G15AL – early production vehicles. JB3-11
NOTATION:
WINDSHIELD WASHER
* NOTE: JB129-7 – early production vehicles. PUMP (1) Later production vehicles.
(2) Early Production vehicles.

O
CA10-3

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: Rain Sensing Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Powered Windows: LHD Powered Windows: LHD Fig. 14.1

* NOTE: Remote Global Close –ROW vehicles only. EXTERNAL ANTENNA


(JAPAN, S. KOREA)

OY B WG
22 14.3 SLIDING ROOF
JB172-1 I W W
CA416-1 CA417-1
REMOTE
GLOBAL CLOSE* BRD BRD
CA416-2 CA417-2
B I REMOTE
IP5-3 GLOBAL CLOSE*

WG OY RELAY
GLOBAL O 37
CLOSE CA87-17 FL2-7
KEY BARREL B G GW
SWITCH I GLOBAL 51
CLOSE II
B B B B FL3-5 CA16-5 CA86-16 FL2-2
CAS10 FLS1 POSITION
CA15-2 FL3-6
CAS22
WG WG MOTOR SENSORS
CONTROL
FL3-7 CA15-10 FL2-6
G15AL LH FRONT DOOR
G15AR** LATCH U B B B B
FL2-4 FL2-8 FLS1 CA15-2 CAS10

ASSEMBLY B G
IP6-1 FL2-3 G15AL
G15AR**

G5AS
GENERAL ELECTRONIC (G5AR) LH FRONT WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY
CONTROL MODULE
** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
52 GW REAR
II WINDOWS
FL1-15 ISOLATE
REAR WINDOW
CONTROL
ISOLATE

O BW BW
FL1-5 CA15-7
39
OY RELAY
FR2-7
U U U 46 GU
II
LH FRONT FL1-12 CA15-3 CA15-1 FR2-2
** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles. WINDOW
G G G WG WG MOTOR POSITION
SET CONTROL SENSORS
FL1-13 CA15-4 CA15-15 CA20-10 FR2-6
W W W W B B B
FL1-19 CA15-5 CA20-5 FRS3 FR2-4 FR2-8 FRS1 CA20-2
RH FRONT
WINDOW
O O O O
FL1-20 CA15-6 CA20-6 FRS2 FR2-3 G4AL
RW RW R
LH REAR FL1-9 CA15-13 CA25-1
WINDOW
RH FRONT WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY
YB YB Y
FL1-10 CA15-14 CA25-2
R R R
RH REAR FL1-1 CA15-11 CA30-1
B B B B WINDOW Y Y Y
CAS10 CA15-2 FLS1 FL1-14 FL1-2 CA15-12 CA30-2 OY RELAY
36
BL2-7
G15AL DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK
G15AR** 49 GW
II
BL2-2
WG WG MOTOR POSITION
CONTROL SENSORS
B B B W CA25-6 BL2-6
CA20-2 FRS1 FR10-8 FR10-3 R B B B B
BLS2 BLS3 CAS10
O BL2-4 BL2-8 CA25-3

G4AL
FR10-7 Y
BLS1 G15AL
BL2-3 G15AR**
PASSENGER DOOR
SWITCH PACK
LH REAR WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY
** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
R
BL1-3
Y
BL1-7
BW BW OY RELAY
38
BL1-8 CA25-7 CAS59 BR2-7

45 GU
LH REAR DOOR II
SWITCH PACK BR2-2
WG WG POSITION
MOTOR
SENSORS
CONTROL
CA30-6 BR2-6
R R B B B B
BR1-3 BRS2 BR2-4 BR2-8 BRS4 CA30-3 CAS8

Y Y
BR1-7 BRS1 BR2-3 G4AR
BW BW
BR1-8 CA30-7
RH REAR WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY
RH REAR DOOR NOTE: Vehicles with Manual Rear Windows –
SWITCH PACK Rear Window Switches, Motors and associated wiring deleted.

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: LHD Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Powered Windows: RHD Powered Windows: RHD Fig. 14.2

EXTERNAL ANTENNA
(JAPAN, S. KOREA)

OY B WG
22 14.3 SLIDING ROOF
JB172-1 I W W
CA416-1 CA417-1
REMOTE
GLOBAL CLOSE BRD BRD
CA416-2 CA417-2
B I REMOTE
GLOBAL CLOSE
IP5-3
WG OY RELAY
GLOBAL O 39
CLOSE CA87-17 FR2-7
KEY BARREL B G GU
SWITCH I GLOBAL 48
CLOSE II
B B B FR3-5 CA21-5 CA86-16 FR2-2
CA20-2 FRS1 FR3-6 WG WG MOTOR POSITION
CAS22 CONTROL SENSORS
FR3-7 CA20-10 FR2-6
RH FRONT DOOR
G4AL LATCH ASSEMBLY U B B B
FR2-4 FR2-8 FRS1 CA20-2
REAR B G
WINDOWS
ISOLATE IP6-1 FR2-3 G4AL

G5AS
GENERAL ELECTRONIC (G5AR) RH FRONT WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY
CONTROL MODULE
GU CONTROL ** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
47
II
FR1-15
REAR WINDOW RH FRONT
ISOLATE WINDOW

O BW BW
FR1-5 CA20-7 OY RELAY
37
FL2-7
W W U 50 GW
II
LH FRONT FR1-19 CA20-5 CA20-1 FL2-2
WINDOW POSITION
O O G WG WG MOTOR SENSORS
CONTROL
FR1-20 CA20-6 CA20-15 CA15-10 FL2-6
U U W W B B B B
LH REAR FR1-12 CA20-3 CA15-5 FLS10 FL2-4 FL2-8 FLS1 CA15-2 CAS10
WINDOW
G G O O
FLS11 G15AL
FR1-13 CA20-4 CA15-6 FL2-3 G15AR*
RW RW R
RH REAR FR1-9 CA20-13 CA25-1
WINDOW
LH FRONT WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY
YB YB Y
FR1-10 CA20-14 CA25-2
R R R
DRIVER FR1-1 CA20-11 CA30-1
B B B DOOR Y Y Y
CA20-2 FRS1 FR1-14 FR1-2 CA20-12 CA30-2 OY RELAY
36
BL2-7
SWITCH PACK 49 GW
G4AL II
BL2-2
WG WG POSITION
MOTOR SENSORS
CONTROL
B B B B W CA25-6 BL2-6
CAS10 CA15-2 FLS1 FL10-8 FL10-3 R B B B B
BLS2 BLS3 CAS10
O BL2-4 BL2-8 CA25-3
G15AL FL10-7 Y
G15AR*
BLS1 BL2-3 G15AL
PASSENGER DOOR G15AR*
SWITCH PACK
LH REAR WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY
** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
SET R
BL1-3
Y
BL1-7
BW BW OY RELAY
CAS59
38
BL1-8 CA25-7 BR2-7

LH REAR DOOR 45 GU
II
SWITCH PACK BR2-2
POSITION
WG WG MOTOR SENSORS
CONTROL
CA30-6 BR2-6
R R B B B B
BR1-3 BRS2 BR2-4 BR2-8 BRS4 CA30-3 CAS8

Y Y
BR1-7 BRS1 BR2-3 G4AR
BW BW
BR1-8 CA30-7
RH REAR WINDOW MOTOR ASSEMBLY
RH REAR DOOR NOTE: Vehicles with Manual Rear Windows –
SWITCH PACK Rear Window Switches, Motors and associated wiring deleted.

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: RHD Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Sliding Roof Sliding Roof Fig. 14.3

WG
WG
WINDOW CLOSE 14.2 14.1 WG
WG * NOTE: Roof Console without Printed Circuit Board.

59
O B
RC14-1

53 WU B O WU
II OPEN / DOWN
OY B RC14-7 RC14-9 RC22-5
22 RC34-2*
JB172-1 GLOBAL
CLOSE
O WG WG WG I O Y
TILT / CLOSE
Y CA87-17 CAS22 CA36-6 RC14-2 RC14-8 RC22-4
20.2 S
RC34-5*
VEHICLE IP5-19
SCP
SPEED U
20.2 S B
IP5-18 RC22-1
RC34-6*
VEHICLE O U U I SLIDING ROOF
SPEED MOTOR ASSEMBLY
CA87-20 CA36-2 RC14-6

P B B B B ROOF CONSOLE
** NOTE: Remote Global Close – REMOTE RC14-10 RCS1 CA36-13 CAS10
ROW vehicles only. GLOBAL CLOSE **
B I
G15AL
IP5-3 G15AR***
SLIDING ROOF
CONTROL MODULE

*** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.


SET / LOCK (LHD) B G I GLOBAL
B B B B FL3-5 CA16-5 CA86-16 CLOSE (LHD)
CAS10 CA15-2 FLS1 FL3-6
FL3-7 REMOTE
KEY BARREL GLOBAL CLOSE **
G15AL SWITCH
I W W
G15AR***
CA416-1 CA417-1
LH FRONT DOOR BRD BRD
LATCH ASSEMBLY CA416-2 CA417-2
*** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
EXTERNAL ANTENNA
(JAPAN, S. KOREA)
SET / LOCK (RHD) B G I GLOBAL
CLOSE (RHD)
B B B FR3-5 CA21-5 CA86-16
CA20-2 FRS1 FR3-6
FR3-7
KEY BARREL
G4AL SWITCH

RH FRONT DOOR
LATCH ASSEMBLY

B
IP6-1

G5AS
GENERAL ELECTRONIC (G5AR)
CONTROL MODULE

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: Sliding Roof Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L In-Car Entertainment: Standard In-Car Entertainment: Standard Fig. 15.1

NW B COAXIAL CABLE
58
IP65-11 I B YG 6
I
5 YG B IP106-J1 CA189-1 CA117-1 CA115-2
I
IP65-2
IP106-J2 CA189-2 CA117-2
AM
COAXIAL CABLES
20.2
Y S
IP65-9 CA183-1
FM
20.2
U S P
IP65-10 CA183-2

O HEATED REAR WINDOW


RADIO ILLUMINATION 09.2 I ANTENNA
IP65-17 MODULE

SECURITY SYSTEM: R O
RADIO REMOVED SENSING 12.3
IP65-8

TELEPHONE: Y I
MUTE 16.4 16.3 16.2 16.1
IP65-7 LH FRONT LH REAR
SPEAKER SPEAKER

D2B NETWORK: O O
20.3
“WAKE-UP”
IP65-19

UY UY I FL6 FL6 BL4 BL4


-2 -1 -2 -1
SW3-2 SW4-2 IP34-7 IP65-18
CASSETTE

B B YG O W W W
– + SW3-3 SWS1 SW4-3 IP34-6 IP65-14 CA230-5 CA16-1
PHONE; VOLUME SEEK MODE CASSETTE
VOICE O Y Y Y
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES
IP65-13 CA230-6 CA16-2

STEERING WHEEL
O WU WU WU
03.2
YG YG (2.5, 3.0 L) IP65-3 CA230-7 CA25-12
ECM: GROUND
JB1-24 JB129-14 O YU YU YU
IP65-4 CA230-8 CA25-13

B B (2.0 L) O WG WG WG
JBS55 IP65-5 CA230-9 CA30-12

G14AL O YR YR YR
IP65-6 CA230-10 CA30-13

O WR WR WR
IP65-16 CA230-11 CA21-1
D2B
O YR YR YR
IP65-15 CA230-12 CA21-2

57 55
OY B FR5 FR5 BR4 BR4
-1 -2 -1 -2
NOTE: CA301-2 D BOF BOF D
2 20.3 20.3 2

55 – Navigation vehicles. CD2-1 ID1-1


57 – Non Navigation vehicles. D BOF 20.3 20.3
BOF D
2 2
CD2-2 ID1-2

D2B NETWORK O I
20.3
“WAKE-UP”
CA301-3

RH FRONT RH REAR
P SPEAKER SPEAKER

P B P B
CA301-1 IP65-1

G1AL G37AR

CD AUTOCHANGER AUDIO UNIT

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: Standard ICE Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L In-Car Entertainment: Premium In-Car Entertainment: Premium Fig. 15.2

NW B COAXIAL CABLE
58
IP65-11 I B YG 6
I
5 YG B IP106-J1 CA189-1 CA117-1 CA115-2
I
IP65-2
IP106-J2 CA189-2 CA117-2
AM
Y COAXIAL CABLES
20.2 S
IP65-9 CA183-1
FM
20.2
U S P
IP65-10 CA183-2

O I HEATED REAR WINDOW LH FRONT LH REAR


RADIO ILLUMINATION 09.2 ANTENNA
IP65-17 MODULE MID BASS LH FRONT MID BASS LH REAR
SPEAKER TWEETER SPEAKER TWEETER

SECURITY SYSTEM: R O
RADIO REMOVED SENSING
12.3
IP65-8

TELEPHONE: Y I
MUTE
16.4 16.3 16.2 16.1
IP65-7
FL6 FL6 FL8 FL8 BL4 BL4 BL5 BL5
-2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1
D2B NETWORK: O O
20.3
NETWORK “WAKE-UP” IP65-19 W Y WU YU

O W W W W W
IP65-14 CA230-5 CAS75 CA16-1 FLS8

UY UY I O Y Y Y Y Y
SW3-2 SW4-2 IP34-7 IP65-18 IP65-13 CA230-6 CAS76 CA16-2 FLS9
CASSETTE

O WU WU WU WU WU
B B YG IP65-3 CA230-7 CAS51 CA25-12 BLS5
– + SW3-3 SWS1 SW4-3 IP34-6 YU YU YU YU YU
O
PHONE; VOLUME SEEK MODE CASSETTE CAS52 BLS6
VOICE IP65-4 CA230-8 CA25-13
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES

STEERING WHEEL O WG WG WG WG WG
IP65-5 CA230-9 CAS55 CA30-12 BRS5

03.2
YG YG (2.5, 3.0 L) O YR YR YR YR YR
ECM: GROUND
JB1-24 JB129-14 IP65-6 CA230-10 CAS56 CA30-13 BRS6

O WR WR WR WR WR
B B (2.0 L) IP65-16 CA230-11 CAS77 CA21-1 FRS5
JBS55 YR YR YR YR YR
O
IP65-15 CA230-12 CAS78 CA21-2 FRS6
G14AL YR WG
YR WR
FR5 FR5 FR8 FR8 BR4 BR4 BR8 BR8
-1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2 -1 -2
D2B

OY B
NOTE: 57 55
CA301-2 D BOF 20.3 20.3
BOF D RH FRONT RH FRONT RH REAR RH REAR
2 2

55 – Navigation vehicles. CD2-1 ID1-1 MID BASS TWEETER MID BASS TWEETER
57 – Non Navigation vehicles. D BOF BOF D SPEAKER SPEAKER
2 20.3 20.3 2
CD2-2 ID1-2
YR - ve
D2B NETWORK O I CA124-9 B NR
“WAKE-UP”
20.3 60
CA301-3 WR + ve
CA124-7
CA124-10
YR - ve
P B CA124-5
CA301-1 WG + ve
G1AL CA124-8
YU - ve
CA124-14
CD AUTOCHANGER
WU + ve
CA124-11
Y - ve
CA124-12
W + ve
CA124-13
B P O W W I P B
IP65-1 IP65-12 CA230-2 CA124-2 CA124-1
G37AR G2AS

AUDIO UNIT SUB WOOFER

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: Premium ICE Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Telephone System: ROW Telephone System: ROW Fig. 16.1

NR B
51
PH1-12
NR B
52
PH1-13

11 YG B
I
PH1-14

28 Y B
II
PH1-29

BOF D
20.4 20.3 2
CD3-1
BOF D
20.4 20.3 2
CD3-2

D2B NETWORK:
20.3
O O TELEPHONE
“WAKE-UP”
PH1-23
ANTENNA
(BUMPER)

I
I Y Y PH3-1
NA7-13 CA414-8
PH3-2
TELEPHONE
COAXIAL CABLE
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE I
PH3-1 PH13-1

PH3-2 PH13-2
I Y Y Y Y O MUTE
IP65-7 CA241-8 CAS49 CA407-7 PH1-4 TELEPHONE
RU RU ANTENNA
O (WITH JaguarNet)
NOTE: CAS49 – Navigation only. PH1-1 PH11-4 PP1-4
AUDIO UNIT
BG BG
PH1-26 PH11-7 PP1-7

I Y Y O YU YU TELEPHONE
IP70-10 CA1-19 PH1-3 PH11-8 PP1-8

D YB YB
PH1-20 PH11-5 PP1-5
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
D YU YU
PH1-22 PH11-6 PP1-6
G G G G I
RC22-12 RCS6* CA35-5 CA406-2 PH1-18
RC31-2*
BRD W W BRD W W BRD W YG YG
CA35-6 CA406-3 PH1-11 PH1-8 PH11-2 PP1-2
Y Y Y Y I YR YP COMPUTER
MICROPHONE RC22-11 RCS7* CA35-4 CA406-1 PH1-17 PH1-24 PH11-3 PP1-3
RC31-1*
YB YS
ROOF CONSOLE * NOTE: Roof Console without Printed Circuit Board. PH1-7 PH11-9 PP1-9

HANDSET
RECEIVER

COAXIAL CABLE
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM: 17.1
NR NR NR I
AIRBAG DEPLOYED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
CA241-13 CA407-1 PH1-30 PH5-1 PH6-1

JaguarNet ** PH5-2 PH6-2

JaguarNet
GPS ANTENNA

I YB YB YB
PH1-31 CA407-2 CA35-10 RC22-17 INFORMATION

O O O
INFORMATION O
PH1-32 CA407-3 CA35-7 RC22-18

ASSIST O
OG OG OG
PH1-16 CA407-4 CA35-9 RC22-16

I YU YU YU B B B B
PH1-15 CA407-5 CA35-8 RC22-15 RC22-1 RCS1 CA36-13 CAS10
ASSIST
G15AL
G15AR***
ROOF CONSOLE
P B
PH1-9 ** NOTE: JaguarNet components, wiring and circuitry – JaguarNet vehicles only.
P B PHS3
*** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.

PH1-25
B

CELLULAR PHONE G39AS


CONTROL MODULE

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: ROW Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Telephone System: NAS Telephone System: NAS Fig. 16.2

NR B
51
PH1-12
NR B
52
PH1-13

11 YG B
I
PH1-14

28 Y B
II
PH1-29

BOF D
20.4 20.3 2
CD3-1
BOF D
20.4 20.3 2
CD3-2

D2B NETWORK: 20.3


O O
“WAKE-UP”
PH1-23

I Y Y
NA7-13 CA414-8 TELEPHONE

O RU
PH1-1 PH10-3
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
BG
PH1-26 PH10-2 COAXIAL CABLE

Y Y Y Y WG PH9-1 PH4-1
I O O
CAS49 MUTE
IP65-7 CA241-8 CA407-7 PH1-4 PH1-2 PH10-8 PH4-2
PH9-2
O YU
AUDIO UNIT NOTE: CAS49 – Navigation only. PH1-3 PH10-9 TELEPHONE
Y ANTENNA
I (BUMPER)
PH1-6 PH10-1

I Y Y I Y
IP70-10 CA1-19 PH1-5 PH10-10
BO
PH1-10 PH10-7 COAXIAL CABLE
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
YG PH9-1 PH12-1
D
PH1-21 PH10-4 PH12-2
PH9-2
G G G G I D YB
RC22-12 RCS6* CA35-5 CA406-2 PH1-18 PH1-20 PH10-5 TELEPHONE
RC31-2*
BRD W W BRD W W BRD W YU ANTENNA
D (WITH JaguarNet)
CA35-6 CA406-3 PH1-11 PH1-22 PH10-6
Y Y Y Y I
MICROPHONE RC22-11 RCS7* CA35-4 CA406-1 PH1-17
RC31-1*
HANDSET
RECEIVER
* NOTE: Roof Console without Printed Circuit Board.
ROOF CONSOLE

NR NR NR COAXIAL CABLE
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM: 17.1 I I
AIRBAG DEPLOYED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) CA241-13 CA407-1 PH1-30 PH5-1 PH6-1

PH5-2 PH6-2

JaguarNet **
JaguarNet
GPS ANTENNA

I YB YB YB
PH1-31 CA407-2 CA35-10 RC22-17 INFORMATION

O O O O
INFORMATION
PH1-32 CA407-3 CA35-7 RC22-18

O OG OG OG
ASSIST
PH1-16 CA407-4 CA35-9 RC22-16

I YU YU YU B B B B
PH1-15 CA407-5 CA35-8 RC22-15 RC22-1 RCS1 CA36-13 CAS10
ASSIST
G15AL
G15AR***
ROOF CONSOLE
P B
PH1-9
** NOTE: JaguarNet components, wiring and circuitry – JaguarNet vehicles only. *** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
P B PHS3
PH1-25
B

CELLULAR PHONE G39AS


CONTROL MODULE

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: NAS Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Telephone System with Voice: ROW Telephone System with Voice: ROW Fig. 16.3

YG YG (2.5, 3.0 L) (2.0 L) B B NR B Y Y I


ECM: GROUND 03.2 51
JB1-24 JBS55 PH1-12 CA414-8 NA7-13

G14AL NR B
52
PH1-13
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
B B YG 11 YG B NOTE: CAS49 – Navigation only.
SWS1 I
SW3-3 SW4-3 IP34-6 JB129-14 PH1-14
CASSETTE Y Y Y Y
28 B I
II CAS49
PH1-29 CA407-7 CA241-8 IP65-7
UY UY
PHONE;
SW3-2 SW4-2 IP34-7 D2B NETWORK: 20.3
O O AUDIO UNIT
VOICE CASSETTE “WAKE-UP” PH1-23
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES

STEERING WHEEL BOF D Y Y I


20.4 20.3 2
CD3-1 CA1-19 IP70-10
BOF D
20.4 20.3 2

I CD3-2
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
IP65-18

D BOF 20.3 20.4 O Y


2
MUTE
ID1-1 PH1-4
D BOF 20.3 20.4 TELEPHONE ANTENNA
2
ID1-2 I
(BUMPER)
PH3-1

PH3-2

COAXIAL CABLE
I
PH3-1 PH13-1
AUDIO UNIT
NR B
50 PH3-2 PH13-2
PH2-22
TELEPHONE
10 YG B TELEPHONE ANTENNA
I (WITH JaguarNet)
PH2-8 O RU RU
25 WR B PH1-1 PH11-4 PP1-4
II
PH2-6 BG BG
PH1-26 PH11-7 PP1-7
BOF D O YU YU
20.4 20.3 2 TELEPHONE
CD4-1 PH1-3 PH11-8 PP1-8
D2B
BOF D D YB YB
20.4 20.3 2
CD4-2 PH1-20 PH11-5 PP1-5

D YU YU
D2B NETWORK: 20.3
O O PH1-22 PH11-6 PP1-6
“WAKE-UP”
PH2-14

YG YG
PH1-8 PH11-2 PP1-2
G G G G G I YR YP COMPUTER
RC22-12 RCS6* CA35-5 CA406-2 PH2-12 PH2-13 PH1-18 PH1-24 PH11-3 PP1-3
RC31-2*
BRD W W BRD W W BRD W BRD W YB YS
CA35-6 CA406-3 PH2-2 PH1-11 PH1-7 PH11-9 PP1-9
Y Y Y Y Y I
MICROPHONE RC22-11 RCS7* CA35-4 CA406-1 PH2-1 PH2-3 PH1-17
RC31-1* HANDSET
* NOTE: Roof Console without Printed Circuit Board. RECEIVER
ROOF CONSOLE B P
COAXIAL CABLE
PH2-11 I
PH5-1 PH6-1
JaguarNet **
VOICE ACTIVATION PH5-2 PH6-2
CONTROL MODULE
JaguarNet
GPS ANTENNA
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM: 17.1
NR NR NR I I YB YB YB
AIRBAG DEPLOYED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) CA241-13 CA407-1 PH1-30 PH1-31 CA407-2 CA35-10 RC22-17 INFORMATION

O O O
INFORMATION O
PH1-32 CA407-3 CA35-7 RC22-18
OG OG OG
ASSIST O
PH1-16 CA407-4 CA35-9 RC22-16 *** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.

I YU YU YU B B B B
PH1-15 CA407-5 CA35-8 RC22-15 RC22-1 RCS1 CA36-13 CAS10
ASSIST
G15AL
G15AR***

ROOF CONSOLE
B P
B PH1-9
PHS3 B P ** NOTE: JaguarNet components, wiring and circuitry – JaguarNet vehicles only.
PH1-25
B
G39AS CELLULAR PHONE
CONTROL MODULE
NOTE: Japan Vehicles with Voice Activation Control, refer to Fig. 16.7.

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: ROW Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Telephone System with Voice: NAS Telephone System with Voice: NAS Fig. 16.4

ECM: GROUND 03.2


YG YG
JB1-24 JB129-14

B B YG NR B Y Y I
51
SW3-3 SWS1 SW4-3 IP34-6 PH1-12 CA414-8 NA7-13
CASSETTE NR B
52
PH1-13
NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
UY UY 11 YG B NOTE: CAS49 – Navigation only.
I
SW3-2 SW4-2 IP34-7 PH1-14
PHONE;
CASSETTE
VOICE
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES 28 Y B Y Y Y I
II CAS49
PH1-29 CA407-7 CA241-8 IP65-7

STEERING WHEEL
D2B NETWORK:
20.3
O O AUDIO UNIT
“WAKE-UP”
PH1-23

I
IP65-18 BOF D Y Y I
20.4 20.3 2
CD3-1 CA1-19 IP70-10
D BOF 20.3 20.4 20.4 20.3
BOF D
2 2
ID1-1 CD3-2
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
D BOF 20.3 20.4
2
ID1-2

O Y
MUTE PH1-4

TELEPHONE
AUDIO UNIT
NR B O RU
50
PH2-22 PH1-1 PH10-3

10 YG B BG
I COAXIAL CABLE
PH2-8 PH1-26 PH10-2

25 WR B O WG PH9-1 PH4-1
II
PH2-6 PH1-2 PH10-8
PH9-2 PH4-2
O YU
BOF D PH1-3 PH10-9 TELEPHONE
20.4 20.3 2
CD4-1 Y ANTENNA
D2B I
(BUMPER)
BOF D PH1-6 PH10-1
20.4 20.3 2
CD4-2 I Y
PH1-5 PH10-10
D2B NETWORK:
20.3
O O BO
“WAKE-UP” COAXIAL CABLE
PH2-14 PH1-10 PH10-7

D YG PH9-1 PH12-1
PH1-21 PH10-4
PH9-2 PH12-2
D YB
G G G G G I PH1-20 PH10-5 TELEPHONE
RC22-12 RCS6* CA35-5 CA406-2 PH2-12 PH2-13 PH1-18 YU ANTENNA
D (WITH JaguarNet)
RC31-2*
BRD W W BRD W W BRD W BRD W PH1-22 PH10-6
CA35-6 CA406-3 PH2-2 PH1-11
Y Y Y Y Y I
MICROPHONE RCS7*
HANDSET
RC22-11 CA35-4 CA406-1 PH2-1 PH2-3 PH1-17 RECEIVER
RC31-1*
* NOTE: Roof Console without Printed Circuit Board.
ROOF CONSOLE B P
PH2-11 COAXIAL CABLE
I
PH5-1 PH6-1
JaguarNet **
VOICE ACTIVATION PH5-2 PH6-2
CONTROL MODULE
JaguarNet
GPS ANTENNA
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM: 17.1
NR NR NR I I YB YB YB
AIRBAG DEPLOYED (CIRCUIT CONTINUED) CA241-13 CA407-1 PH1-30 PH1-31 CA407-2 CA35-10 RC22-17 INFORMATION

O O O O
INFORMATION
PH1-32 CA407-3 CA35-7 RC22-18

O OG OG OG
ASSIST *** NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
PH1-16 CA407-4 CA35-9 RC22-16

I YU YU YU B B B B
PH1-15 CA407-5 CA35-8 RC22-15 ASSIST RC22-1 RCS1 CA36-13 CAS10
G15AL
G15AR***

ROOF CONSOLE
B P
B PH1-9
PHS3 B P ** NOTE: JaguarNet components, wiring and circuitry – JaguarNet vehicles only.
PH1-25
B
G39AS CELLULAR PHONE
CONTROL MODULE

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: NAS Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Voice Control System Voice Control System Fig. 16.5

03.2
YG YG (2.5, 3.0 L)
ECM: GROUND
JB1-24

B B YG (2.0 L) B B
SW3-3 SWS1 SW4-3 IP34-6 JB129-14 JBS55
CASSETTE
G14AL

UY UY
SW3-2 SW4-2 IP34-7
PHONE;
VOICE CASSETTE
AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES

STEERING WHEEL

I
IP65-18

D BOF 20.3 20.4


2
ID1-1
D BOF 20.3 20.4
2
ID1-2

NR B
50
PH2-22
AUDIO UNIT
10 YG B
I
PH2-8

25 WR B
II
PH2-6

BOF D
20.4 20.3 2
CD4-1
D2B
BOF D
20.4 20.3 2
CD4-2

D2B NETWORK: 20.3


O O
“WAKE-UP”
PH2-14

G G G G I
RC22-12 RCS6* CA35-5 CA406-2 PH2-12
RC31-2*
BRD W W BRD W W BRD W
CA35-6 CA406-3 PH2-2
Y Y Y Y I
MICROPHONE RC22-11 RCS7* CA35-4 CA406-1 PH2-1
RC31-1*
* NOTE: Roof Console without Printed Circuit Board.
ROOF CONSOLE B P
PH2-11

G1BR
VOICE ACTIVATION
CONTROL MODULE

NOTE: Japan Vehicles with Voice Activation Control, refer to Fig. 16.7.

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: Voice Only Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Navigation System (except Japan) Navigation System (except Japan) Fig. 16.6

NOTE:
54 – Vehicles with Navigation and CD Autochanger.
56 – Vehicles with Navigation only.

OY B
54 56
NA7-1
YG COAXIAL CABLE
8 B
I
NA7-11 NA6-1 NA12-1

NA6-2 NA12-2
BOF D
20.4 20.3 2
CD5-1 NAVIGATION
BOF D
GPS ANTENNA
20.4 20.3 2
CD5-2

D2B NETWORK: 20.3


O O
“WAKE-UP”
NA7-3

Y S
20.2
NA7-4
U S B GB
20.2 18
NA7-14 Y Y IP70-1
NA1-7 NA24-1 IP70-4 B YG 4
I
16.4 16.3 16.2 16.1
Y I U U IP70-2
TELEPHONE: MUTE
NA7-13 NA1-20 NA24-2 IP70-15

I O 09.2 DIMMER-CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
IP70-9
G G
NA1-2 NA24-3 IP70-7
U U
NA1-15 NA24-4 IP70-17
R R
NA1-14 NA24-5 IP70-6
Y Y
NA1-3 NA24-6 IP70-5
B B
NA1-1 NA24-7 IP70-18

W BRD W W BRD W
NA1-16 NA24-8 IP70-8

P B
IP70-12

B P NAVIGATION SCREEN G37BR


NA7-2 AND
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
G40BS NAVIGATION
CONTROL MODULE

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: NAV Vehicles except Japan
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Navigation System: Japan Navigation System: Japan Fig. 16.7

NOTE:
54 – Vehicles with Navigation and CD Autochanger.
56 – Vehicles with Navigation only.

OY B
54 56
NA7-1
YG COAXIAL CABLE
8 B I
I
NA7-11 NA6-1 NA12-1

NA6-2 NA12-2
BOF D
20.4 20.3 2
CD5-1 NAVIGATION
BOF GPS ANTENNA
20.4 20.3 D
2
CD5-2

D2B NETWORK: 20.3


O O
“WAKE-UP”
NA7-3

B GB
18
Y S IP70-1
20.2
NA7-4 B YG 4
I
U S IP70-2
20.2
NA7-14 Y Y
NA1-7 NA24-1 IP70-4 I O 09.2 DIMMER-CONTROLLED
LIGHTING
TELEPHONE: MUTE 16.4 16.3 16.2 16.1
Y I U U IP70-9
NA7-13 NA1-20 NA24-2 IP70-15

I Y 16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4 TELEPHONE: MUTE


IP70-10
G G G G G
RC22-12 CA35-5 CA406-2 NA2-11 NA1-2 NA24-3 IP70-7
BRD W W BRD W W BRD W U U
CA35-6 CA406-3 NA2-12 NA1-15 NA24-4 IP70-17
Y Y Y R R I R R
MICROPHONE RC22-11 CA35-4 CA406-1 NA2-6 NA1-14 NA24-5 IP70-6 IP136-1 NA25-1 NA20-1
Y Y BRD BRD
ROOF CONSOLE NA1-3 NA24-6 IP70-5 IP136-2 NA25-2 NA20-2
TELEVISION
B B TV ANTENNA
NA1-1 NA24-7 IP70-18 ANTENNA 1
AMPLIFIER
1
W BRD W W BRD W
NA1-16 NA24-8 IP70-8 I R R
IP137-1 NA25-3 NA21-1
BRD BRD
IP137-2 NA25-4 NA21-2
TELEVISION
NR B TV ANTENNA
49
NA9-3 ANTENNA 2
YG G G AMPLIFIER
7 B
2
I
NA9-4 NA2-1 NA24-12 IP70-19
U U I R R
R NA2-7 NA24-13 IP70-20 IP138-1 NA25-5 NA22-1
R I NA9-6 NA2-5 R R BRD BRD
NA11-1 NA10-1 W NA2-2 NA24-14 IP70-21 IP138-2 NA25-6 NA22-2
TELEVISION
BRD NA9-1 NA2-4 Y Y TV ANTENNA
NA11-2 NA10-2 K NA2-8 NA24-15 IP70-22 ANTENNA 3
VEHICLE AMPLIFIER
INFORMATION NA9-2 NA2-10
VICS 3
ANTENNA ANTENNA W BRD W W BRD W
AMPLIFIER W BRD W NA2-3 NA24-16 IP70-11 R R
I
NA9-7 NA2-9 IP139-1 NA25-7 NA23-1
BRD BRD
I IP139-2 NA25-8 NA23-2
TELEVISION
CA222-1 NA8-1
TV ANTENNA
ANTENNA 4
CA222-2 COAXIAL CABLE NA8-2 AMPLIFIER
4
NOTE: NAS4 – VICS vehicles only.
VEHICLE
INFORMATION
SENSOR P B B P P B
NA9-5 NAS4 NA7-2 IP70-12

VEHICLE INFORMATION NAVIGATION NAVIGATION SCREEN, G37BR


CONTROL MODULE B CONTROL MODULE TELEVISION SCREEN,
AND
TELEMATICS DISPLAY
NOTE: Vehicle Information components and wiring – VICS vehicles only. G40BS

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: Japan NAV Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Advanced Restraint System Advanced Restraint System Fig. 17.1

CASSETTE
G IP74-5 G
18 B
II
IP74-12 IP34-1 SW1-1

20.2
W D STAGE
SERIAL COMMUNICATION TWO
IP74-11
CASSETTE
TELEPHONE / VEMS: AIRBAG DEPLOYED NR O B
16.4 16.3 16.2 16.1
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) IP74-17 IP74-6 IP34-2 SW1-2 DRIVER
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER: AIRBAG WARNING U O CASSETTE
DUAL AIRBAG
07.1 IGNITERS
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) IP74-19 IP74-1 G

GECM: SEAT BELT AUDIBLE WARNING 07.2


O O IP34-9 SW2-1
IP74-22 STAGE
ONE
W W CASSETTE
FRONT IMPACT JB93-2 CA10-4 CA165-19 B
SENSOR N N IP74-2 IP34-10 SW2-2
JB93-1 CA10-5 CA165-20
CA165-3 RW
CA144-1
DRIVER
W CURTAIN AIRBAG
IGNITER
DRIVER CA215-2 CA165-27 BW
SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR N CA165-4 CA144-2
CA215-1 CA165-28
CA165-1 RW RW
CA65-5 AL1-1
** NOTE: W – early production vehicles.
DRIVER
W** U SIDE AIRBAG
PASSENGER IGNITER
CA216-2 CA165-29 BW BW
SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR N CA165-2 CA65-6 AL1-2
CA216-1 CA165-30
CA165-31 WR
CA65-7
DRIVER
SEAT BELT
W PRETENSIONER
DRIVER CA140-2 CA165-13 NW IGNITER
REAR SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR N CA165-32 CA65-8
CA140-1 CA165-14

W IP74-13 RW
PASSENGER CA131-2 CA165-15 IP37-1
REAR SIDE IMPACT
SENSOR N STAGE
TWO
CA131-1 CA165-16
BW
IP74-14 IP37-2 PASSENGER
DUAL AIRBAG
W IP74-3 RW IGNITERS
DRIVER SEAT CA65-2 CA165-23 IP36-1
POSITION SWITCH H U STAGE
ONE
CA65-1 CA165-24
BW
IP74-4 IP36-2
B O
CA65-13
H CA65-14 CA165-25 CA165-5 RW
G15AL
G15AR* CA145-1
(G4AR) DRIVER PASSENGER
SEAT BELT SWITCH CURTAIN AIRBAG
* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.
IGNITER
B B R BW
CAS96 (LHD) CA70-13
H CA70-14 CA165-26 CA165-6 CA145-2
G4AR CAS97 (RHD)
(G15AL)
(G15AR*) PASSENGER CA165-21
SEAT BELT SWITCH RW RW
NOTE: The CAN Network connecting the SRS Control Modules CA70-5 AD1-1
is a local CAN Network. It is not part of Powertrain CAN. PASSENGER
SIDE AIRBAG
17 GR B + C O O C + IGNITER
II
WS17-G WS17-E CA70-1 CA165-17 BW BW
– C U U C – CA165-22 CA70-6 AD1-2
WS17-F CA70-2 CA165-18
R CA165-33 GO
WS18-A WS17-H CA70-7 PASSENGER
W SEAT BELT
GR O IP74-15 PRETENSIONER
WS18-C WS17-J 16 O
IGNITER
II
U IP140-1 IP140-3 BR
WS18-B WS17-K B B B CA165-34 CA70-8
WS17-D CA70-4 CAS96 (LHD) PASSENGER AIRBAG
CAS97 (RHD)
DEACTIVATED B
PASSENGER SEAT INDICATOR LAMP P
WEIGHT G4AR IP74-16
PASSENGER SEAT
PRESSURE SENSOR WEIGHT SENSING G37AR
CONTROL MODULE
RESTRAINTS
CONTROL MODULE

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: All Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Parking Aid System Parking Aid System Fig. 18.1

9 YG B
I
RB7-1
+ O RU RU
RB7-14 CA129-4 CA136-1

REVERSE LAMPS: ACTIVATED 08.3


GB I – O Y Y
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)
RB7-9 RB7-17 CA129-5 CA136-2

REAR EXTERIOR LIGHTING:


08.6 08.5 08.4
W I PARKING AID
TRAILER CONNECTED
(CIRCUIT CONTINUED) RB7-8 SOUNDER

20.2
W D
SERIAL COMMUNICATION
RB7-5 RW RW
RB7-15 RBS1 RB4-1

D W W RH
RB7-24 RB4-2 SENSOR
BG BG
RB7-16 RBS2 RB4-3

RW
RB3-1

D WR WR RH CENTER
RB7-23 RB3-2 SENSOR
BG
RB3-3

RW
RB2-1

D WU WU LH CENTER
RB7-10 RB2-2
SENSOR
BG
RB2-3

RW
RB1-1
B B P D WG WG LH
CA129-8 RB7-3 RB7-11 RB1-2
SENSOR
BG
G2AR RB1-3

PARKING AID
CONTROL MODULE

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: Parking Aid Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Ancillaries Ancillaries Fig. 19.1

BG BG
SW6-1 SW4-6 IP34-3
CASSETTE
HORN OY
SWITCH
JB87-2

B B B
SW6-2 SW4-5 IP34-4 IPS67 (LHD)
IPS69 (RHD)
CASSETTE
G37BL
STEERING WHEEL (G36BL) B B
JBS56 JB87-1

G11AR 44
OY

22
OY B HORNS OY B B
JB172-1 IP42-2 IP42-1 IPS65

I BG 55 OY G36AL
4 R3 II CIGAR LIGHTER
IP6-20 (G5AL)
OY 5 3 OY OY
24 NOTE: IPS65 – LHD only.
JBS32

B B 2 1 OY
O
IP5-14 JB129-6

HORN RELAY
P B
CA86-5 POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

GENERAL ELECTRONIC G4AL


CONTROL MODULE

HORN CIGAR LIGHTER

N N
29 30
IP24-2 CA146-2

1 NG 2 NG
I I
IP24-3 CA146-3 B B B B GARAGE DOOR OY 71
OPENER B
B B B B CAS10 CA36-13 RCS1 RC22-1 RC22-9
IPS66 CAS9 G15AL
IP24-1 CA146-1 G15AR* PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
CABIN TRUNK
G5AS ACCESSORY ACCESSORY ROOF CONSOLE
G1AR
(G5AL) CONNECTOR CONNECTOR

* NOTE: G15AR – early production vehicles.


NOTE: IPS66 – LHD only.

ACCESSORY CONNECTORS GARAGE DOOR OPENER

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: All Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Controller Area Network Controller Area Network Fig. 20.1

OY B
53
+ C Y (DSC) (ABS/TC) Y C + + C Y IP22-16
NOTES:
JB184-24 JB197-24 IP130-2 35 WR B
II
– C G (DSC) (ABS/TC) G C – – C G * Headlamp Leveling Control Module and associated wiring – IP22-9
JB185-40 JB197-40 IP130-3 Automatic Headlamp Leveling vehicles only.
** Yaw Rate Sensor and Steering Angle Sensor and associated wiring –
Dynamic Stability Control vehicles only.
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL ANTI-LOCK BRAKING / HEADLAMP LEVELING
CONTROL MODULE TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE*
CONTROL MODULE

+ C Y (ABS) + C Y + C Y
JB45-24 IP20-3 IP19-3

– C G (ABS) – C G – C G
JB45-40 IP20-2 IP19-4

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING YAW RATE SENSOR** STEERING ANGLE


CONTROL MODULE SENSOR**

+ C Y Y Y C + + C Y Y Y C + + C Y Y Y C + + C Y Y C +
EN16-124 JB1-22 JBS31 JB131-34 JB131-33 JB130-18 IPS9 IP101-9 IP101-22 IPS11 IPS52 IP14-9 IP14-11 IPS39 IP10-17

– C G G G C – – C G G G C – – C G G G C – – C G G C –
EN16-123 JB1-21 JBS30 JB131-13 JB131-12 JB130-16 IPS8 IP101-10 IP101-23 IPS10 IPS51 IP14-10 IP14-12 IPS38 IP10-18

ENGINE TRANSMISSION AIR CONDITIONING J GATE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER


CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
(2.5L & 3.0L) (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION VEHICLES ONLY)
VEHICLES ONLY) Y C +
+ C Y Y IP22-6
EN65-89 JB1-22 G C –
– C G G IP22-14
EN65-88 JB1-21
CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK: LHD
ENGINE
CONTROL MODULE
(2.0L)

+ C Y (DSC) (ABS/TC) Y C + + C Y
NOTES:
JB184-24 JB197-24 IP130-2

– C G (DSC) (ABS/TC) G C – – C G * Headlamp Leveling Control Module and associated wiring –


JB185-40 JB197-40 IP130-3 Automatic Headlamp Leveling vehicles only.
** Yaw Rate Sensor and Steering Angle Sensor and associated wiring –
Dynamic Stability Control vehicles only.
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL ANTI-LOCK BRAKING / HEADLAMP LEVELING
CONTROL MODULE TRACTION CONTROL CONTROL MODULE*
CONTROL MODULE

+ C Y (ABS) + C Y + C Y
JB45-24 IP20-3 IP19-3

– C G (ABS) – C G – C G
JB45-40 IP20-2 IP19-4

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING YAW RATE SENSOR** STEERING ANGLE


CONTROL MODULE SENSOR**

+ C Y Y Y C + + C Y Y C + + C Y Y Y C + + C Y Y Y C +
EN16-124 JB1-22 JBS31 JB131-34 JB131-33 JB130-18 IP101-9 IP101-22 IPS11 IPS52 IP14-9 IP14-11 IPS9 IPS39 IP10-17

– C G G G C – – C G G C – – C G G G C – – C G G G C –
EN16-123 JB1-21 JBS30 JB131-13 JB131-12 JB130-16 IP101-10 IP101-23 IPS10 IPS51 IP14-10 IP14-12 IPS8 IPS38 IP10-18

ENGINE TRANSMISSION AIR CONDITIONING J GATE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER


CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
(2.5L & 3.0L) (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION VEHICLES ONLY) Y C +
VEHICLES ONLY)
IP22-6

+ C Y Y G C –
EN65-89 JB1-22 IP22-14

– C G G
EN65-88 JB1-21
B B
ENGINE
CONTROLLER AREA NETWORK: RHD IPS67 (LHD)
IPS69 (RHD)
IP22-4
P

CONTROL MODULE B
(2.0L) IP22-5
G37BL
(G36BL) G37AL
DATA LINK
CONNECTOR

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: All Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Standard Corporate Protocol Network; Serial Data Link Standard Corporate Protocol Network; Serial Data Link Fig. 20.2

+ S Y OY B
53
IP10-22 IP22-16

– S U 35 WR B
II
IP10-23 IP22-9

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

+ S Y Y Y
NA7-4 CA414-7 CA241-9

– S U U U
NA7-14 CA414-6 CA241-10

NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE Y Y S +


IPS31
IP22-2
U U S –
IPS32
BOF D + S Y IP22-10
2
ID1-1 IP65-9
BOF D – S U
2
ID1-2 IP65-10

AUDIO UNIT

+ S Y
IP5-19

– S U
IP5-18

GENERAL ELECTRONIC
CONTROL MODULE
STANDARD CORPORATE PROTOCOL NETWORK (SCP)

D W W W D
IP74-11 IP22-7

RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE

D W W W W D
RB7-5 CA129-9 CA230-3 IPS25 IP130-5

PARKING AID CONTROL MODULE HEADLAMP LEVELING CONTROL MODULE

D W W W W W W D
EN16-105 (2.5, 3.0 L) JB1-20 JB130-4 CA230-4 CA36-9 RC22-8
EN65-39 (2.0 L) RC33-3*

* NOTE: Roof Console without Printed Circuit Board.


B B P
INTRUSION SENSOR IPS67 (LHD) IP22-4
IPS69 (RHD)
ENGINE CONTROL ROOF CONSOLE B
MODULE IP22-5
G37BL
(G36BL) G37AL
DATA LINK
SERIAL DATA LINK CONNECTOR

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: All Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L D2B Network: Part 1 D2B Network: Part 1 Fig. 20.3

D BOF BOF BOF D


2 2
ID1-1 CD1-1 CD6-1 CD2-1
D BOF BOF BOF D
2 2
ID1-2 CD1-2 CD6-2 CD2-2

O O AUDIO UNIT CD AUTOCHANGER


PH2-14

VOICE ACTIVATION
CONTROL MODULE BOF BOF BOF
D D
2 2
ID1-1 CD1-1 CD6-1 CD3-1
O O O O D BOF BOF BOF D
2 2
CA407-12 PHS5 PH1-23 ID1-2 CD1-2 CD6-2 CD3-2

CELLULAR PHONE AUDIO UNIT CELLULAR PHONE


NOTE: PHS5 – Voice only.
CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE

O O O O O
IP65-19 CA241-11 CAS45 CA301-3 BOF BOF BOF
D D
2 2
ID1-1 CD1-1 CD6-1 CD4-1
CD AUTOCHANGER D BOF BOF BOF D
2 2
ID1-2 CD1-2 CD6-2 CD4-2
AUDIO UNIT

O O O AUDIO UNIT VOICE


CA414-5 NA7-3 CONTROL MODULE

NAVIGATION
CONTROL MODULE D BOF BOF BOF D
2 2
ID1-1 CD1-1 CD6-1 CD5-1
D BOF BOF BOF D
2 2
ID1-2 CD1-2 CD6-2 CD5-2

AUDIO UNIT NAVIGATION


CONTROL MODULE

D2B NETWORK “WAKE-UP” TWO-MODULE NETWORKS

D BOF BOF BOF D D BOF D D D BOF BOF BOF D D BOF D D


2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
ID1-1 CD1-1 CD6-1 CD2-1 CD2-2 CD3-1 CD3-2 ID1-1 CD1-1 CD6-1 CD2-1 CD2-2 CD5-1 CD5-2

CD AUTOCHANGER CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE CD AUTOCHANGER NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE


D BOF BOF BOF D BOF BOF BOF
2 2
ID1-2 CD1-2 CD6-2 ID1-2 CD1-2 CD6-2

AUDIO UNIT AUDIO UNIT

D BOF BOF BOF D D BOF D D D BOF BOF BOF D D BOF D D


2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
ID1-1 CD1-1 CD6-1 CD2-1 CD2-2 CD4-1 CD4-2 ID1-1 CD1-1 CD6-1 CD3-1 CD3-2 CD5-1 CD5-2

CD AUTOCHANGER VOICE CONTROL MODULE CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
D BOF BOF BOF D BOF BOF BOF
2 2
ID1-2 CD1-2 CD6-2 ID1-2 CD1-2 CD6-2

AUDIO UNIT AUDIO UNIT

D BOF BOF BOF D D BOF D D D BOF BOF BOF D D BOF D D


2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
ID1-1 CD1-1 CD6-1 CD3-1 CD3-2 CD4-1 CD4-2 ID1-1 CD1-1 CD6-1 CD4-1 CD4-2 CD5-1 CD5-2

CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE VOICE CONTROL MODULE VOICE CONTROL MODULE NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
D BOF BOF BOF D BOF BOF BOF
2 2
ID1-2 CD1-2 CD6-2 ID1-2 CD1-2 CD6-2

AUDIO UNIT AUDIO UNIT

THREE-MODULE NETWORKS NOTE: Figs. 20.3 and 20.4 show all possible combinations of D2B Networks.

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: All Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L D2B Network: Part 2 D2B Network: Part 2 Fig. 20.4

D BOF BOF BOF D D BOF D D BOF D D


2 2 2 2 2 2 2
ID1-1 CD1-1 CD6-1 CD2-1 CD2-2 CD3-1 CD3-2 CD5-1 CD5-2

CD AUTOCHANGER CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE


D BOF BOF BOF
2
ID1-2 CD1-2 CD6-2

AUDIO UNIT

D BOF BOF BOF D D BOF D D BOF D D


2 2 2 2 2 2 2
ID1-1 CD1-1 CD6-1 CD2-1 CD2-2 CD4-1 CD4-2 CD5-1 CD5-2

CD AUTOCHANGER VOICE CONTROL MODULE NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE


D BOF BOF BOF
2
ID1-2 CD1-2 CD6-2

AUDIO UNIT

D BOF BOF BOF D D BOF D D BOF D D


2 2 2 2 2 2 2
ID1-1 CD1-1 CD6-1 CD3-1 CD3-2 CD4-1 CD4-2 CD5-1 CD5-2

CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE VOICE CONTROL MODULE NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
D BOF BOF BOF
2
ID1-2 CD1-2 CD6-2

AUDIO UNIT

D BOF BOF BOF D D BOF D D BOF D D


2 2 2 2 2 2 2
ID1-1 CD1-1 CD6-1 DC2-1 CD2-2 CD3-1 CD3-2 CD4-1 CD4-2

CD AUTOCHANGER CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE VOICE CONTROL MODULE


D BOF BOF BOF
2
ID1-2 CD1-2 CD6-2

AUDIO UNIT

FOUR-MODULE NETWORKS

D BOF BOF BOF D D BOF D D BOF D D BOF D D


2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
ID1-1 CD1-1 CD6-1 CD2-1 CD2-2 CD3-1 CD3-2 CD4-1 CD4-2 CD5-1 CD5-2

CD AUTOCHANGER CELLULAR PHONE CONTROL MODULE VOICE CONTROL MODULE NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE
D BOF BOF BOF
2
ID1-2 CD1-2 CD6-2

AUDIO UNIT

NOTES:

FIVE-MODULE NETWORK Figs. 20.3 and 20.4 show all possible combinations of D2B Networks.
Network “Wake-Up” Circuit – refer to Fig. 20.3.
D2B Network Diagnostics – refer to Fig. 20.2.

I Input B
+ Battery Voltage + Sensor/Signal Supply V C CAN D
2 D2B Network VARIANT: All Vehicles
1 13 Fig. 01.1 14 64 Fig. 01.2 1 11 Fig. 01.3 12 63 Fig. 01.4 64 74 Fig. 01.5 75 96 Fig. 01.6 VIN RANGE: All
I I II II B B E E O Output P Power Ground – Sensor/Signal Ground S SCP D Serial and Encoded Data DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L Appendix

This Appendix contains a listing of CAN and SCP Network messages.


The following acronyms and abbreviations are used throughout this section:
A/C Air Conditioning
ABS Anti Lock Braking System
ABSCM Anti Lock Braking System Control Module
ABS/TCCM Anti Lock Braking / Traction Control Control Module
A/CCM Air Conditioning Control Module
ACK Acknowledge
AIRCON Climate Control
AT Cmd Commands for configuring and controlling telecommunication devices
AUDIO Audio Unit
BIT Smallest element of data code (1 or 0)
BYTE Grouping of 8 bits (one alphanumeric character)
°C Degrees Centigrade
CAL Calibrate
CAN Controller Area Network
CID CAN Identifier
CM Control Module
CONFIG Configure
D2B OPC Instructions for translating and routing data for D2B use
D2B Fibre Optic Network
DIAG Diagnostics
DSCCM Dynamic Stability Control Control Module
DTC Diagnostic Trouble Code
ECM Engine Control Module
°F Degrees Fahrenheit
FL Front Left
FR Front Right
Gateway Device that converts messages between different types of networks
GECM General Electronic Control Module
HLCM Headlight Levelling Control Module
IC Instrument Cluster
IDB Identification Byte
JGM J Gate Module
Lb. Ft. Pound Feet (Measure of Torque)
LED Light Emitting Diode
m Meter (length)
MIL Malfunction Indicator Lamp
ml Millilitre
ms Millisecond
MSG Message
NCM Navigation Control Module
Nm Newton Meter (Measure of Torque)
OBD On Board Diagnostics
OBD II On Board Diagnostics II
ODO Odometer
Oz Ounce
PATS Passive Anti Theft System
PECUS Programmable Electronic Control Units System
POS Positive (+)
PTT Push to Talk
RCC Climate Control
RL Rear Left
RPM Revolutions Per Minute
RR Rear Right
SCP Standard Corporate Protocol Network
SMS Short Message Service for Mobile Communications
STM Switch to Test Mode
SWS Steering Wheel Angle Sensor
TCM Transmission Control Module
VEMS JaguarNet
WDS World Diagnostic System
YRS Yaw Rate Sensor

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001 i


ii
Receivers
No. Message Name Source GECM IC NCM AUDIO
1 All headlamp status: OFF IC X X
2 All headlamp status: ON IC X X
Appendix

3 All park lamp status: OFF IC X X X


4 All park lamp status: ON IC X X X
5 All turn lamp Command: OFF GECM X
SCP Message Matrix

6 All turn lamp Command: ON GECM X


7 Cellular phone in use: NO (False) AUDIO X
8 Cellular phone in use: YES (True) AUDIO X
9 Trunk lid ajar switch: ACTIVE GECM X X
10 Trunk lid ajar switch: INACTIVE GECM X X
11 Display access confirmation status: ACCEPT IC X X
12 Display access confirmation status: REJECT IC X X
13 Display access display string: Clear Display AUDIO X
14 Display access display string: Clear Display NCM X
15 Display access display string: Overwrite Display AUDIO X
16 Display access display string: Overwrite Display NCM X
17 Display access terminate command AUDIO X
18 Display access terminate command NCM X
19 Download block to display command AUDIO X
20 Download block to display command NCM X
21 Driver’s front door ajar switch status: ACTIVE GECM X X
22 Driver’s front door ajar switch status: INACTIVE GECM X X
23 Driver’s rear door ajar switch status: ACTIVE GECM X X
24 Driver’s rear door ajar switch status: INACTIVE GECM X X
25 Gateway A/CCM to Display IC X
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

26 Gateway A/CCM to Voice IC X


27 Gateway Audio to NCM AUDIO X
28 Gateway Audio to NCM (Multiframe) AUDIO X
29 Gateway Display to A/CCM command NCM X
30 Gateway NCM to Audio NCM X
31 Gateway NCM to Phone: AT Cmd frame 1 NCM X

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


Receivers
No. Message Name Source GECM IC NCM AUDIO
32 Gateway NCM to Phone: AT Cmd frame 2 NCM X
33 Gateway NCM to Phone: D2B OPC frame 1 NCM X
34 Gateway NCM to Phone: D2B OPC frame 2 NCM X
35 Gateway NCM to SMS: SMS Data frame 1 NCM X

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


36 Gateway NCM to SMS: SMS Data frame 2 NCM X
SCP Message Matrix

37 Gateway NCM to VEMS: AT Cmd frame 1 NCM X


38 Gateway NCM to VEMS: AT Cmd frame 2 NCM X
39 Gateway NCM to VEMS: D2B OPC frame 1 NCM X
40 Gateway NCM to VEMS: D2B OPC frame 2 NCM X
41 Gateway NCM to Voice NCM X
42 Gateway Phone to NCM: AT Cmd frame 1 AUDIO X
43 Gateway Phone to NCM: AT Cmd frame 2 AUDIO X
44 Gateway Phone to NCM: D2B OPC frame 1 AUDIO X
45 Gateway Phone to NCM: D2B OPC frame 2 AUDIO X
46 Gateway SMS to NCM: SMS Data frame 1 AUDIO X
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

47 Gateway SMS to NCM: SMS Data frame 2 AUDIO X


48 Gateway VEMS to NCM: AT Cmd frame 1 AUDIO X
49 Gateway VEMS to NCM: AT Cmd frame 2 AUDIO X
50 Gateway VEMS to NCM: D2B OPC frame 1 AUDIO X
51 Gateway VEMS to NCM: D2B OPC frame 2 AUDIO X
52 Gateway voice to A/CCM command AUDIO X
53 Gateway voice to NCM AUDIO X
54 Hood ajar switch: ACTIVE GECM X X
55 Hood ajar switch: INACTIVE GECM X X
56 Ignition switch position w / initialize status: NO IC X X X
57 Ignition switch position w / initialize status: YES IC X X X
58 Left side turn signal Command: OFF GECM X
59 Left side turn signal Command: ON GECM X
60 Low fuel level status: NO IC X
61 Low fuel level status: YES IC X
62 Low washer fluid warning: OFF IC X
Appendix

iii
iv
Receivers
No. Message Name Source GECM IC NCM AUDIO
63 Low washer fluid warning: ON IC X
64 Network bus wake up Command: YES (True) GECM
Appendix

65 Network bus wake up Command: YES (True) IC


66 Odometer rolling count status IC X
67 Parking brake switch status: ACTIVE IC X
SCP Message Matrix

68 Parking brake switch status: INACTIVE IC X


69 Passenger’s front door ajar switch status: ACTIVE GECM X X
70 Passenger’s front door ajar switch status: INACTIVE GECM X X
71 Passenger’s rear door ajar switch status: ACTIVE GECM X X
72 Passenger’s rear door ajar switch status: INACTIVE GECM X X
73 Remote control button status: Button 7 (PTT) ACTIVE AUDIO X
74 Remote control button status: Button 6 (VOL+) ACTIVE AUDIO X
75 Remote control button status: Button 5 (VOL) ACTIVE AUDIO X
76 Remote control button status: Button 4 (Select) ACTIVE AUDIO X
77 Remote control button status: Button 3 (Seek UP) ACTIVE AUDIO X
78 Remote control button status: Button 2 (Seek DOWN) ACTIVE AUDIO X
79 Remote control button status: All buttons INACTIVE AUDIO X
80 Request all headlamp status GECM X
81 Request all headlamp status AUDIO X
82 Request all park lamp status GECM X
83 Request all park lamp status NCM X
84 Request all park lamp status AUDIO X
85 Request trunk ajar switch status IC X
86 Request trunk ajar switch status AUDIO X
87 Request driver’s front door ajar switch status IC X
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

88 Request driver’s front door ajar switch status AUDIO X


89 Request driver’s rear door ajar switch status IC X
90 Request driver’s rear door ajar switch status AUDIO X
91 Request hood ajar switch status IC X
92 Request hood ajar switch status AUDIO X
93 Request ignition switch position w / Initialize status GECM X

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


Receivers
No. Message Name Source GECM IC NCM AUDIO
94 Request ignition switch position w / Initialize status AUDIO X
95 Request ignition switch position w / initialize status NCM X
96 Request low fuel level status NCM X
97 Request low washer fluid warning command GECM X

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


98 Request parking brake switch status AUDIO X
SCP Message Matrix

99 Request passenger’s front door ajar switch status IC X


100 Request passenger’s front door ajar switch status AUDIO X
101 Request passenger’s rear door ajar switch status IC X
102 Request passenger’s rear door ajar switch status AUDIO X
103 Request seat belt warning status IC X
104 Request vehicle Security System status IC X
105 Request vehicle configuration module programmed status IC X
106 Request vehicle Inertia Switch status GECM X
107 Request vehicle Security key status GECM X
108 Request vehicle Security key status AUDIO X
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

109 Right side turn signal turn lamp Command: OFF GECM X
110 Right side turn signal turn lamp Command: ON GECM X
111 Seat belt warning Command: OFF GECM X
112 Seat belt warning Command: ON GECM X
113 Terminate display confirmation status: ACCEPT IC X X
114 Terminate display confirmation status: REJECT IC X X
115 Terminate display definition command AUDIO X
116 Terminate display definition command NCM X
117 Time of day (w / mode) command NCM X
118 Time of day (w / mode) status AUDIO X
119 Transit mode Command: ACTIVE EXTERN X X
120 Transit mode Command: INACTIVE IC X
121 Transmission PRNDL range selected status IC X
122 Vehicle Security System status GECM X
123 Vehicle configuration module programmed status: NO GECM X
124 Vehicle configuration module programmed status: NO AUDIO X

v
Appendix
vi
Receivers
No. Message Name Source GECM IC NCM AUDIO
125 Vehicle configuration module programmed status: YES GECM X
126 Vehicle Inertia Switch status: ACTIVE (Crashed) IC X
Appendix

127 Vehicle Inertia Switch status: INACTIVE (OK) IC X


128 Vehicle Security key status IC X X
129 Vehicle speed high resolution status IC X X
SCP Message Matrix

130 VACM control mode status: OFF AUDIO X X


131 VACM control mode status: ON AUDIO X X
132 VACM control mode status: OFF NCM X X
133 VACM control mode status: ON NCM X X
134 VACM training mode A/B entry NCM X
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


Receivers

ABSCM
ABS/TCCM
DSCCM
ECM
TCM
A/CCM
HLCM
JGM

IC
SWS
DIAG

YRS
No. Message Name Usage Source
020h CAN REFLASH WDS ECM Flash reprogramming command DIAG X

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


030h CAN REFLASH ECM WDS Confirms flash reprogramming ECM X
040h CAN PATS SEQUENCE IC Defines security clearance stage IC X
CAN Message Matrix

040h CAN IGNITION OFF TIMER Rolling time ignition has been in position I or 0 IC X
040h CAN PATS DATA IC Security system IC data IC X
046h CAN PATS SEQUENCE ECM Defines security clearance stage ECM X
046h CAN PATS DATA ECM Security system ECM data ECM X
065h CAN ENGINE TORQUE REQUEST Torque reduction request: throttle control ABSCM X
065h CAN ENGINE TORQUE REQUEST Torque reduction request: throttle control ABS/TCCM X
065h CAN ENGINE TORQUE REQUEST Torque reduction request: throttle control DSCCM X
065h CAN TEMPORARY TORQUE REQUEST Torque reduction request: ignition timing, fuel cutoff ABSCM X
065h CAN TEMPORARY TORQUE REQUEST Torque reduction request: ignition timing, fuel cutoff ABS/TCCM X
065h CAN TEMPORARY TORQUE REQUEST Torque reduction request: ignition timing, fuel cutoff DSCCM X
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

070h CAN YRS TEST MODE YRS test data YRS X


070h CAN YRS POS TM BIT YRS test data YRS X
070h CAN YRS ERROR BIT YRS test data YRS X
070h CAN YRS TEMP ERROR BIT YRS test data YRS X
070h CAN YRS CAL RESPONSE YRS response to CAN YRS CAL message YRS X
070h CAN YRS IDB RESPONSE YRS response to CAN YRS IDB message YRS X
070h CAN YAW RATE SIGNAL Yaw rate value YRS X
070h CAN LATERAL ACCEL SIGNAL Lateral acceleration value YRS X
075h CAN YRS STM YRS, switch to test mode command DSCCM X
075h CAN YRS CAL Calibration information DSCCM X
075h CAN YRS IDB YRS identification byte DSCCM X
080h CAN STEERING WHEEL ANGLE Steering wheel angle value SWS X
080h CAN STEERING WHEEL SPEED Steering wheel rotation speed SWS X
080h CAN STEERING WHEEL STATUS Validates SWS SWS X
080h CAN SWS MSG COUNT Confirms SWS messages received SWS X
080h CAN SWS CHECKSUM Validates SWS messages SWS X
Appendix

vii
Receivers

viii
ABSCM
ABS/TCCM
DSCCM
ECM
TCM
A/CCM
HLCM
JGM

IC
SWS
DIAG

YRS
No. Message Name Usage Source
Appendix

097h CAN INDICATED ENGINE TORQUE Estimated available torque: current engine speed, load, ignition timing ECM X X X X
and fuelling intervention not included
Estimated torque loss caused by: engine friction, engine driven
097h CAN ENGINE FRICTION TORQUE ECM X X X X
accessories
CAN Message Matrix

Estimated available torque: current engine speed, load ignition timing


097h CAN ACTUAL ENGINE TORQUE
and fuelling
ECM X X X X

Estimated available torque: current throttle pedal position, no


097h CAN DRIVER DEMAND TORQUE
intervention included
ECM X X X X

Torque reduction requested for shift energy management (uses ignition


0C9h CAN TORQUE REDUCTION REQUEST
intervention only)
TCM X

0C9h CAN TRANSMISSION TORQUE LIMIT Engine torque limit with current transmission fault TCM X
0C9h CAN TORQUE CONVERTER SLIP Percentage of torque converter slip TCM X X X X
0C9h CAN TRANSMISSION INPUT SPEED Transmission input shaft RPM TCM X
0C9h CAN TRANSMISSION OUTPUT SPEED Transmission output shaft RPM TCM X
0FBh CAN TRACTION SHIFT MAP Use Traction Shift Map ABSCM X
0FBh CAN TRACTION SHIFT MAP Use Traction Shift Map ABS/TCCM X
0FBh CAN TRACTION SHIFT MAP Use Traction Shift Map DSCCM X
0FBh CAN OBD II ABS CLEAR ACK Confirms ABS OBD II DTCs cleared ABSCM X
0FBh CAN OBD II ABS CLEAR ACK Confirms ABS OBD II DTCs cleared ABS/TCCM X
0FBh CAN OBD II ABS CLEAR ACK Confirms DSC OBD II DTCs cleared DSCCM X
0FBh CAN ABS FAULT CODE MIL STATUS Indicates flagged DTC requires MIL illumination ABSCM X
0FBh CAN ABS FAULT CODE MIL STATUS Indicates flagged DTC requires MIL illumination ABS/TCCM X
0FBh CAN ABS FAULT CODE MIL STATUS Indicates flagged DTC requires MIL illumination DSCCM X
0FBh CAN ABS STATUS Indicates when ABS system is functioning ABSCM
0FBh CAN ABS STATUS Indicates when ABS system is functioning ABS/TCCM
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

0FBh CAN ABS STATUS Indicates when ABS system is functioning DSCCM
0FBh CAN VEHICLE REFERENCE SPEED Vehicle speed (reference wheel circumference X wheel rotation speed) ABSCM X X X X
0FBh CAN VEHICLE REFERENCE SPEED Vehicle speed (reference wheel circumference X wheel rotation speed) ABS/TCCM X X X X
0FBh CAN VEHICLE REFERENCE SPEED Vehicle speed (reference wheel circumference X wheel rotation speed) DSCCM X X X X
0FBh CAN ABS FAULT CODES Indicates ABS DTCs to store in the ECM ABSCM X
0FBh CAN ABS FAULT CODES Indicates ABS DTCs to store in the ECM ABS/TCCM X
0FBh CAN ABS FAULT CODES Indicates ABS DTCs to store in the ECM DSCCM X

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


Receivers

ABSCM
ABS/TCCM
DSCCM
ECM
TCM
A/CCM
HLCM
JGM

IC
SWS
DIAG

YRS
No. Message Name Usage Source
0FBh CAN ODO ROLLING COUNT Rolling count of distance vehicle has travelled ABSCM X

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


0FBh CAN ODO ROLLING COUNT Rolling count of distance vehicle has travelled ABS/TCCM X
0FBh CAN ODO ROLLING COUNT Rolling count of distance vehicle has travelled DSCCM X
CAN Message Matrix

0FBh CAN ABS MALFUNCTION ABS and brakes malfunction data, also activates IC warnings ABSCM X X
0FBh CAN ABS MALFUNCTION ABS/TC and brakes malfunction data, also activates IC warnings ABS/TCCM X X
0FBh CAN ABS MALFUNCTION ABS, DSC and brakes malfunction data, also activates IC warnings DSCCM X X
0FBh CAN ABS FLAGS ABS and brake systems status and flag information ABSCM X X X
0FBh CAN ABS FLAGS ABS/TC and brake systems status and flag information ABS/TCCM X X X
0FBh CAN ABS FLAGS ABS, DSC and brake systems status and flag information DSCCM X X X
120h CAN TRANS INPUT INDICATED TORQUE Engine torque input to transmission, includes interventions ECM X X X X
12Dh CAN ENGINE ACCELERATION Rate of engine speed increase ECM X X X
12Dh CAN THROTTLE POSITION Target throttle valve position ECM X X X X
12Dh CAN PEDAL POSITION Accelerator pedal position, driver throttle demand ECM X X X X
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

12Dh CAN ENGINE SPEED Engine speed in RPM ECM X X X X X X


12Dh CAN ALTERNATOR STATUS Alternator status: fault or OK ECM X
Cruise control status: Override switch active, Cruise ON, enabled,
12Dh CAN CRUISE STATUS resuming ECM X X

12Dh CAN OBD II CLEAR FAULT CODES Request ABS and TCM to clear OBD DTCs ECM X X X X
12Dh CAN BRAKE PEDAL PRESSED Brake switch status ECM X X X
12Dh CAN CRANK IN PROGRESS Engine cranking in progress ECM X X X X X X

12Dh CAN TRACTION ACKNOWLEDGE Confirms torque reduction in progress, can / cannot achieve, unable to ECM X X X
respond
12Dh CAN FUEL CAP WARNING Display Check Fuel Cap warning ECM X
1F5h CAN BRAKE FLUID LOW Display Brake Fluid Level Low IC X X X
1F5h CAN PARK BRAKE STATUS Parking brake: OFF / ON IC X X X X
1F5h CAN DIPPED BEAM STATUS Headlight dipped beam: OFF / ON IC X X X
1F5h CAN REV GEAR MAN SELECTED Manual transmission only, reverse gear selected IC X
1F5h CAN OIL PRESSURE LOW Engine oil pressure below specification IC X
1F5h CAN RESTRICT RCC BLOWERS Restrict climate control blower speed IC X
1F5h CAN FUEL LEVEL DAMPED Damped fuel level (fuel gauge signal) IC X

ix
Appendix
x
Receivers

ABSCM
ABS/TCCM
DSCCM
ECM
TCM
A/CCM
HLCM
JGM

IC
SWS
DIAG

YRS
No. Message Name Usage Source
Appendix

1F5h CAN FUEL LEVEL RAW 1 Fuel level sender 1 signal (before signal conditioning) IC X
1F5h CAN FUEL LEVEL RAW 2 Fuel level sender 2 signal (before signal conditioning) IC X
3E9h CAN GEAR POSITION ACTUAL Transmission gear positions: N, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, R, or shift in progress TCM X X X X X
CAN Message Matrix

Transmission rotary switch positions: P, R N, D, 4, 3, 2, or selector


3E9h CAN GEAR POSITION SELECTED
between positions signals
TCM X X X

TCM shift map in use signal: Normal, Sport, Hot, Gradient, Traction,
3E9h CAN TRANSMISSION SHIFT MAP
Manual, or Cruise
TCM X X X X

Transmission fluid temperature –40 °C to 214 °C. Note: will not


3E9h CAN TRANSMISSION OIL TEMPERATURE
exceed 150 °C
TCM X X

3E9h Transmission malfunction data, also activate transmission warning


CAN TRANSMISSION MALFUNCTION TCM X X X X X
signals
3E9h CAN TCM CONFIG FLAG TCM PECUS programmed YES / NO TCM X
3E9h CAN TORQUE CONVERTER STATUS Torque converter clutch disengaged, engaged or constant slip TCM X X X X
3E9h CAN GEAR SELECTION FAULT CAN GEAR POSITION SELECTED signal validity TCM X X X
3E9h CAN IDLE NEUTRAL CONTROL Idle neutral control in / not in progress TCM X
3E9h CAN PERFORMANCE MODE INDICATION Switch Performance Mode LED ON / OFF TCM X
3E9h CAN TCM FAULT CODE MIL STATUS Indicates flagged DTC requires MIL illumination TCM X
3E9h CAN OBD II TCM CLEAR ACK Confirms transmission OBD DTCs cleared TCM X
3E9h CAN TRANSMISSION FAULT CODES Indicates transmission fault codes to store ECM TCM X X X X
3E9h CAN GEAR POSITION TARGET Next actual transmission gear position (for traction control) TCM X X X X
41Ah CAN PRESSURE TRANSDUCER A/C refrigerant pressure, for fan control and diagnostics TCM X
41Ah CAN ENGINE INTAKE TEMPERATURE Engine intake air temperature: 40 °C to 80 °C (40 °F to 176 °F) ECM X
41Ah CAN A/C CLUTCH INHIBIT STATUS Confirms A/C compressor clutch ON / OFF ECM X

41Ah CAN ELECTRICAL LOAD MANAGEMENT Inhibit: heated rear window, windshield, wiper park area, automatic ECM X
heated windshield.
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

Actual cooling fan speed. Response to COOLING FAN REQUEST


41Ah CAN COOLING FAN FEEDBACK ECM X
message
441h CAN AMBIENT TEMPERATURE Outside air temperature 40 °C to 80 °C (40 °F to 176 °F) A/CCM X X
441h CAN COMPRESSOR TORQUE Predicted A/C compressor torque in 100 ms A/CCM X
441h CAN A/C COMMANDS Request A/C compressor ON / OFF. Maximum heat required: YES / NO A/CCM X
Indicates: windshield, rear door mirrors, and windshield wiper park
441h CAN A/C STATUS
area heater ON / OFF and blower speed
A/CCM X

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


Receivers

ABSCM
ABS/TCCM
DSCCM
ECM
TCM
A/CCM
HLCM
JGM

IC
SWS
DIAG

YRS
No. Message Name Usage Source

441h CAN COOLING FAN REQUEST Request climate control fan speed and offset, and fan run on at ignition A/CCM X
OFF

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001


44Dh CAN FUEL USED Data for trip computer calculations ECM X
CAN Message Matrix

44Dh CAN ENGINE OBD II MIL Switch CHECK ENGINE MIL ON / OFF ECM X
Switch red warning light OFF (defaults to ON) — Display:
44Dh CAN THROTTLE MALFUNCTION RED Restricted throttle / performance, Limp home / idle mode, Engine shut ECM X X X X
down messages
Switch amber warning light OFF (defaults to ON) — Display:
44Dh CAN THROTTLE MALFUNCTION AMBER Cruise inhibited, Redundancy mode, OBD engine overspeed fuel cutoff ECM X X X X
messages
44Dh CAN ECM FAULT CODE MIL STATUS Indicates flagged DTC requires MIL illumination ECM X X X X X
44Dh CAN ECM CONFIG FLAG ECM PECUS programming status: programmed YES / NO ECM X
44Dh CAN ENGINE FAULT CODES Indicates engine fault codes to store ECM ECM X
44Dh CAN ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE Engine coolant temperature (°C). Note: Will not exceed 140 °C (284 °F) ECM X X X
44Dh CAN ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE Engine oil temperature 40 to 214 °C (40 to 417 °F) ECM X
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

44Dh CAN BAROMETRIC PRESSURE Barometric pressure as % of 1 standard atmosphere (0 to 125%) ECM X
4BOh CAN FL WHEEL SPEED Front left wheel speed ABSCM X X X
4BOh CAN FL WHEEL SPEED Front left wheel speed ABS/TCCM X X X
4BOh CAN FL WHEEL SPEED Front left wheel speed DSCCM X X X
4BOh CAN FR WHEEL SPEED Front right wheel speed ABSCM X X X
4BOh CAN FR WHEEL SPEED Front right wheel speed ABS/TCCM X X X
4BOh CAN FR WHEEL SPEED Front right wheel speed DSCCM X X X
4BOh CAN RL WHEEL SPEED Rear left wheel speed ABSCM X X X
4BOh CAN RL WHEEL SPEED Rear left wheel speed ABS/TCCM X X X
4BOh CAN RL WHEEL SPEED Rear left wheel speed DSCCM X X X
4BOh CAN RR WHEEL SPEED Rear right wheel speed ABSCM X X X
4BOh CAN RR WHEEL SPEED Rear right wheel speed ABS/TCCM X X X
4BOh CAN RR WHEEL SPEED Rear right wheel speed DSCCM X X X
4COh CAN ODOMETER READING Odometer distance travelled for DTCs and diagnostics IC X X
694h CAN VOICE AIRCON COMMAND SCP to CAN gateway message IC X
695h CAN AIRCON VOICE STATUS CAN to SCP gateway message A/CCM X
696h CAN DISPLAY AIRCON COMMAND SCP to CAN gateway command message IC X
Appendix

xi
xii
Receivers

ABSCM
ABS/TCCM
DSCCM
ECM
TCM
A/CCM
HLCM
JGM

IC
SWS
DIAG

YRS
No. Message Name Usage Source
Appendix

697h CAN AIRCON DISPLAY STATUS CAN to SCP gateway message A/CCM X
6AOh CAN POWERTRAIN CONFIGURATION Network management ECM X X X X
6F1h CAN SWS COMMAND CODE WORD Steering Angle Sensor calibration instructions DSCCM X
CAN Message Matrix

6F1h CAN SWS CID CAN identifier for message transmission DSCCM X
7C4h CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA IN RCC A/CCM diagnostics message DIAG X
7C5h CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA OUT RCC A/CCM diagnostics data out. Only in response to message #7C4h A/CCM X
7E8h CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA IN ECM ECM diagnostics message DIAG X
7E9h CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA IN TCM TCM diagnostics message DIAG X
7Eah CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA IN IC IC diagnostics message DIAG X
7Ebh CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA IN ABS ABSCM diagnostics message DIAG X X X
7Ech CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA OUT ECM ECM diagnostics data out. Only in response to message #7E8h ECM X
7Edh CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA OUT TCM TCM diagnostics data out. Only in response to message #7E9h TCM X
7Eeh CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA OUT IC IC diagnostics data out. Only in response to message #7EAh IC X
7Efh CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA OUT ABS ABSCM diagnostics data out. Only in response to message #7EBh ABSCM X
7Efh CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA OUT ABS ABSCM diagnostics data out. Only in response to message #7EBh ABS/TCCM X
7Efh CAN DIAGNOSTIC DATA OUT ABS DSCCM diagnostics data out. Only in response to message #7EBh DSCCM X
Jaguar X-TYPE 2.0L/2.5L/3.0L

DATE OF ISSUE: December 2001

You might also like